JVC UX S77UX Cover[UX] User Manual GVT0131 013A
User Manual: JVC UX-S77UX UX-S77UX English, Arabic, Persian,
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 157
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
English
English
Cover[UX].fm Page 1 Thursday, June 10, 2004 11:14 AM
MICRO COMPONENT SYSTEM
UX-S77
—Consists of CA-UXS77 and SP-UXS77
D I G I T A L
INSTRUCTIONS
GVT0131-013A
[UX]
00-00_Safty[UX].fm Page 1 Thursday, June 10, 2004 11:13 AM
Warnings, Cautions and Others
CAUTION––STANDBY/ON
button!
Disconnect the mains plug to shut the power off completely
(all lamps and indications go off). The STANDBY/ON
button in any position does not disconnect the mains line.
• When the unit is on standby, the STANDBY/ON lamp lights in
red.
• When the unit is turned on, the STANDBY/ON lamp lights in
green.
The power can be remote controlled.
CAUTION
To reduce the risk of electrical shocks, fire, etc.:
1. Do not remove screws, covers or cabinet.
2. Do not expose this appliance to rain or moisture.
CAUTION
• Do not block the ventilation openings or holes.
(If the ventilation openings or holes are blocked by a
newspaper or cloth, etc., the heat may not be able to get
out.)
• Do not place any naked flame sources, such as lighted
candles, on the apparatus.
• When discarding batteries, environmental problems must
be considered and local rules or laws governing the
disposal of these batteries must be followed strictly.
• Do not expose this apparatus to rain, moisture, dripping or
splashing and that no objects filled with liquids, such as
vases, shall be placed on the apparatus.
G-1
00-00_Safty[UX].fm Page 2 Thursday, June 10, 2004 11:13 AM
Caution: Proper Ventilation
To avoid risk of electric shock and fire, and to prevent damage, locate the apparatus as follows:
1. Front:No obstructions and open spacing.
2. Sides/ Top/ Back:No obstructions should be placed in the areas shown by the dimensions below.
3. Bottom:Place on the level surface. Maintain an adequate air path for ventilation by placing on a stand
with a height of 10 cm or more.
Side view
Front view
SP-UXS77
CA-UXS77
SP-UXS77
CA-UXS77
G-2
00-00_Safty[UX].fm Page 3 Thursday, June 10, 2004 11:13 AM
IMPORTANT FOR LASER PRODUCTS
1. CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT
2. CAUTION: Do not open the top cover. There are no user serviceable parts
inside the Unit; leave all servicing to qualified service personnel.
3. CAUTION: Visible and invisible laser radiation when open and interlock
failed or defeated. Avoid direct exposure to beam.
4. REPRODUCTION OF LABEL: CAUTION LABEL, PLACED INSIDE THE
UNIT.
G-3
Contents
Introduction ............................................................ 2
Advanced Tape Operations .................................32
Precautions ..........................................................................2
How to Read This Manual ..................................................2
Recording on a Tape .........................................................32
Synchronized Disc Recording...........................................33
Getting Started ........................................................ 3
Timer Operations ..................................................35
Step 1: Unpack ....................................................................3
Step 2: Prepare the Remote Control ....................................3
Step 3: Hook Up ..................................................................4
Changing the Scanning Mode .............................................7
Setting the Timer...............................................................35
Before Operating the System ................................. 8
Playable Disc Types ............................................................8
Parts Index...........................................................................9
Display Indicators .............................................................10
Setup Menu Operations .......................................37
Operating Procedure..........................................................37
7 LANGUAGE Setup Menu ...........................................38
7 PICTURE Setup Menu .................................................38
7 AUDIO Setup Menu .....................................................39
7 OTHERS Setup Menu ..................................................40
Restricting the Review—Parental Lock............................41
Daily Operations—Playback ............................... 12
Additional Information ........................................43
Listening to the Radio .......................................................13
Playing Back a Disc ..........................................................14
Playing Back a Tape..........................................................16
Learning More about This System ....................................43
Maintenance ......................................................................45
Troubleshooting ................................................................46
Language Code List ..........................................................47
Country/Area Codes List...................................................48
DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT Signals .........................49
Specifications ....................................................................50
Daily Operations—Sound&Other Adjustments .... 17
Adjusting the Volume .......................................................17
Adjusting the Sound ..........................................................17
Presetting Automatic DVD Sound Increase Level............18
Adjusting the Audio Input Level.......................................18
Changing the Display Brightness ......................................18
Changing the Picture Tone ................................................18
Setting the Clock ...............................................................19
Turning Off the Power Automatically ..............................20
Unique DVD/VCD Operations ............................ 21
Selecting the Sound Track.................................................21
Selecting the Subtitle Language ........................................22
Selecting the View Angle..................................................22
Playing Back a Bonus Group ............................................22
Selecting Browsable Still Pictures ...................................23
Special Effect Playback.....................................................23
Advanced Disc Operations ................................... 24
Programming the Playing Order—Program Play..............24
Playing at Random—Random Play...................................25
Playing Repeatedly............................................................26
Prohibiting Disc Ejection—Child Lock ............................26
On-Screen Disc Operations .................................. 27
On-screen Bar Information................................................27
Operations Using the On-screen Bar.................................28
Operations on the CONTROL Screen...............................30
1
English
S77[UX].book Page 1 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
English
S77[UX].book Page 2 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
Introduction
Precautions
Installation
• Install in a place which is level, dry and neither too hot nor
too cold—between 5°C and 35°C.
• Install the System in a location with adequate ventilation to
prevent internal heat buildup in the System.
DO NOT install the System in a location
near heat sources, or in a place subject to
direct sunlight, excessive dust or vibration.
• Leave sufficient distance between the System and the TV.
• Keep the speakers away from the TV to avoid interference
with TV.
Power sources
• When unplugging the System from the wall outlet, always
pull on the plug, not the AC power cord.
DO NOT handle the AC power cord with
wet hands.
Moisture condensation
• If you are not going to operate the System for an extended
period of time, unplug the AC power cord from the wall
outlet.
If anything goes wrong, unplug the AC power cord and
consult your dealer.
How to Read This Manual
To make the explanations in this manual as simple and easyto-understand as possible, we have adapted the following
methods:
• Button and control operations are explained as listed in the
table below. In this manual, the operations using the
remote control is mainly explained; however, you can use
the buttons and controls on the main unit if they have the
same (or similar) name and marks.
• Some related tips and notes are explained later in the
sections “Learning More about This System” and
“Troubleshooting,” but not in the same section
explaining the operations. If you want to know more about
the functions, or if you have a doubt about the function, go
to these sections and you will find your answer there.
Indicates that you press the button
briefly.
Moisture may condense on the lenses inside the System in
the following cases:
• After starting to heat the room
• In a damp room
• If the System is brought directly from a cold to a warm
place.
Should this occur, the System may malfunction. In this case,
leave the System turned on for a few hours until the moisture
evaporates, unplug the AC power cord, then plug it in again.
Indicates that you press the button
briefly and repeatedly until an
option you want is selected.
Indicates that you press one of the
buttons.
Internal heat
• A cooling fan is mounted on the rear panel to prevent heat
buildup inside the unit.
For safety, observe the following carefully:
• Make sure there is good ventilation around
the unit. Poor ventilation could overheat
and damage the unit.
• DO NOT block the cooling fan and the
ventilation openings or holes. If they are
blocked by a newspaper or cloth, etc., the
heat may not be able to get out.
2 sec.
Indicates that you turn the control
toward the specified direction(s).
Others
• Should any metallic object or liquid fall into the System,
unplug the AC power cord and consult your dealer before
operating any further.
DO NOT disassemble the System since there
are no user serviceable parts inside.
2
Indicates that you press and hold the
button for a specified period.
• The number inside the arrow
indicates the period of press (in this
example, 2 seconds).
• If no number is inside the arrow,
press and hold until the entire
procedure is complete or until you
get a result you want.
Remote
ONLY
Indicates that this operation is only
possible using the remote control.
Main Unit
ONLY
Indicates that this operation is only
possible using the buttons and controls on
the main unit.
S77[UX].book Page 3 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
Step 1:Unpack the package and
check the accessories.
English
Getting Started
Step 1: Unpack
After unpacking, check to be sure that you have all the
following items. The number in parentheses indicates the
quantity of each piece supplied.
• FM antenna (1)
• AM loop antenna (1)
• Remote control (1)
• Composite video cord (1)
• Batteries (2)
• AC plug adaptor (1)
If any item is missing, consult your dealer immediately.
Step 2: Prepare the Remote Control
Insert the batteries into the remote control by matching the
polarity (+ and –) correctly.
Step 2: Prepare the remote control.
1
2
R6(SUM-3)/AA(15F)
Step 3: Hook up the components such
as AM/FM antennas, speakers,
etc. (see pages 4 to 7).
3
Finally plug the AC power cord.
Now you can operate the System.
• DO NOT use an old battery together with a
new one.
• DO NOT use different types of batteries
together.
• DO NOT expose batteries to heat or flame.
• DO NOT leave the batteries in the battery
compartment when you are not going to use
the remote control for an extended period of
time. Otherwise, the remote control will be
damaged from battery leakage.
3
English
S77[UX].book Page 4 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
Step 3: Hook Up
If you need more detailed information, see pages 6 and 7.
Illustrations of the input/output terminals below are typical
examples.
When you connect other components, refer also to their
manuals since the terminal names actually printed on the rear
may vary.
AM loop antenna (supplied)
Turn it until the best reception is
obtained.
Turn the power off to all components before connections.
VCR, etc.
AUDIO OUT
White
AUX
Red
OPTICAL
DIGITAL IN
DECODER
VIDEO INPUT
PB
Red
Blue
Y
Green
PR
Audio cord (not supplied)
VIDEO INPUT
Yellow
Optical digital cord (not supplied)
Component video cord (not supplied)
TV
VIDEO INPUT
Composite video cord (supplied)
S-VIDEO cord (not supplied)
AV
COMPU LINK
AV COMPU LINK cord (not supplied)
(cord with monaural mini plug)
• For details, see “To connect the AV
COMPU LINK cords” on page 7.
To a wall outlet
Plug the AC power cord only after all connections are complete.
• If the wall outlet does not match the AC plug, use the supplied AC plug adaptor.
4
English
S77[UX].book Page 5 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
For better FM/AM reception
AM loop antenna
Keep it connected.
Vynile-covered wire (not supplied)
Outdoor FM
antenna
(not supplied)
Extend it horizontally.
Disconnect the supplied FM antenna, and connect to an outdoor FM antenna
using a 75 Ω wire with coaxial type connector (IEC or DIN45325).
FM antenna (supplied)
Extend it so that you can
obtain the best reception.
EN
PU
SH
OP
E
RS
VE
TO
RE
AU
NTS
C
PAL
VID
EO
OU
SELE T
CTER
VIDEO
S-VIDE
O
LOW
HIG
H
VO
LT
SELE AGE
CTO
R
220V
230V—
127V
110V
5
English
S77[UX].book Page 6 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
To assemble and connect the AM loop antenna
To connect the speaker cords
To assemble the AM loop antenna
Connect the right speaker to the RIGHT terminals, and the
left speaker to the LEFT terminals.
1 Open
To connect the AM loop antenna
1 Hold
3 Release
2 Insert
• If the AM loop antenna wire or speaker cords are covered
with vinyl, remove the vinyl to expose the tip of the
antenna by twisting the vinyl.
• Make sure the antenna conductors do not touch any other
terminals, connecting cords and power cord. Also, keep the
antennas away from metallic parts of the System,
connecting cords, and the AC power cord. This could cause
poor reception.
6
2 Insert
3 Close
When connecting the speaker cords, match the polarity of
the speaker terminals:
• For LOW terminals: Red cord to (+) and black cord to (–).
• For HIGH terminals: Grey cord to (+) and blue cord to (–)
The speakers are magnetically shielded to avoid color
distortions on TVs. However, if not installed properly, it
may cause color distortions. So, pay attention to the
following when installing the speakers.
– When placing the speakers near a TV set, turn off the
TV’s main power switch or unplug it before installing
the speakers.
Then wait at least 30 minutes before turning on the TV’s
main power switch again.
Some TVs may still be affected even though you have
followed the above. If this happens, move the speakers
away from the TV.
• DO NOT connect more than one speaker to
each terminal.
• DO NOT allow the conductor of the speaker
cords to be in touch with the metallic parts of
the System.
English
S77[UX].book Page 7 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
To connect the AV COMPU LINK cords
Adjusting the Voltage Selector
This system allows you to use JVC’s TV with simple
operations; by starting playing back a disc, the TV
automatically turns on and changes the input mode to the
appropriate position so that you can view the playback
picture.
To use AV COMPU LINK, you need to connect the System
and the TV by using a cord with monaural mini-plugs (not
supplied) in addition to the video input/output connection
through the COMPONENT jacks, S-VIDEO jack or VIDEO
(composite) jack on the rear.
Use a screwdriver to slide the voltage selector so that the
voltage marker is pointing at the same voltage as where you
are plugging in the unit. (See also the back cover page.)
To connect digital audio
Voltage marker
DVD
DIG OPTIC
ITAL AL
OUT
DO NOT plug in before setting the voltage
selector on the rear of the unit and all
connection procedures are complete.
PCM
/STR
EAM
Before connecting optical digital cord, remove the
protective cap from the DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT
terminal.
To set the video output selector
Changing the Scanning Mode
This System supports progressive scanning.
If you connect a progressive TV through the COMPONENT
jacks, you can enjoy a high quality picture from the built-in
DVD player by selecting “PROGRE.”
You can select the video output to match it to the color
system of your TV.
NTSC
PAL
VIDEO
OUT
SELECT
NTSC: For an NTSC TV or
Multi-color system
TV.
PAL: For a PAL TV or
Multi-color system
TV.
Remote
ONLY
PROGRESSIVE
0
PROGRE
INTER
(at the same time)
PROGRE
Progressive scanning. For a progressive
TV.
INTER
Interlaced scanning. For a conventional
TV.
7
English
S77[UX].book Page 8 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
Before Operating the System
DVD Video—digital audio formats
Playable Disc Types
This unit has been designed to play back the following discs:
Disc Type
Mark (Logo)
Video
Format
DVD Video
2
or
ALL
DVD Audio
Video CD
(VCD)
Super Video
CD (SVCD)
Region
Code*
Number
NTSC
or
PAL
DIGITAL VIDEO
SUPER VIDEO
COMPACT
Audio CD
DIGITAL AUDIO
CD-R
CD-RW
DVD-R
DVD-RW
The System can play back CD-R or CD-RW
recorded in the Audio CD, Video CD, SVCD,
MP3, WMA, and JPEG formats.
The System can play back DVD-R or DVDRW recorded in the video format.
In addition to the above discs, this system can play back audio
data recorded on CD Text, CD-G (CD Graphics), and CD-Extra.
• The following discs cannot be played back:
DVD-ROM, DVD-RAM, DVD+R, DVD+RW, CD-I (CD-I
Ready), CD-ROM, Photo CD, etc.
Playing back these discs will generate noise and damage the
speakers.
• In this manual, “file” and “track” are interchangeably used
for MP3/WMA/JPEG operations.
* Note on Region Code
DVD players and DVDs have their own Region Code numbers.
This System can play back only DVDs recorded with the NTSC
or PAL color system whose Region Code numbers including
“2.”
EX.:
If a DVD with the improper Region Code numbers is loaded,
“RGN ERR (REGION CODE ERROR)” appears on the display
and playback will not start.
8
The System can play back the following digital audio
formats.
• Linear PCM: Uncompressed digital audio, the same
format used for CDs and most studio masters.
• Dolby Digital: Compressed digital audio, developed by
Dolby Laboratories, which enables multi-channel encode
to create the realistic surround sound.
• DTS (Digital Theater Systems): Compressed digital
audio, developed by Digital Theater Systems, Inc., which
enables multi-channel like Dolby Digital. As the
compression ratio is lower than for Dolby Digital, it
provides wider dynamic range and better separation.
When playing a multi-channel encoded DVD, the System
properly converts these multi-channel signals into 2
channels, and emits the downmixed sound from the
speakers.
• To enjoy the powerful sound of these multi-channel
encoded DVDs, connect a proper decoder or an amplifier
with a proper built-in decoder to the digital output terminal
on the rear.
IMPORTANT: Before playing a disc, make sure of
the following...
• Turn on the TV and select an appropriate input mode on
the TV to view the pictures or on-screen displays on the
TV screen.
• For disc playback, you can change the initial setting to
your preference. See “Setup Menu Operations” on
page 37.
If “
” appears on the TV screen when you press a
button, the disc cannot accept the operation you have
tried to do, or data required for that operation is not
recorded on the disc.
• Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories.
“Dolby”, “Pro Logic”, “MLP Lossless”, and the double-D
symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
• “DTS” and “DTS2.0+DIGITAL OUT” are registered
trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc.
English
S77[UX].book Page 9 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
Parts Index
Refer to the pages to see how to use the buttons and controls.
Remote control
12, 36
19
7, 13, 15, 18, 22 – 24, 29 – 31, 41, 42
13, 18, 19, 35, 36
16, 19, 25, 35
15
15
15, 18, 19, 23, 25, 28, 31, 35, 37, 41
37, 38, 41
28
12, 13
12, 16, 32
33
14, 16, 25
15, 23
18
20
17
23
12, 14, 25
14
14, 23, 25
13 – 16, 25
19, 35, 36
20
17
17
7, 14 – 16, 18, 22, 23, 26, 31, 32
13, 16, 24, 25, 32
12, 17
26
Main unit
16, 32
12
STANDBY/
ON
10
12, 14, 25
DVD/CD
#
Remote sensor
17
14
14, 25, 26
33, 34
FM/AM
/AUX
TAPE
R H Y T H M
DISC
SELECT
DISC1
DISC2
DISC3
VOLUME
12
12
12, 17
A X
DISC4
REC
14, 26
DISC5
3D PHONIC
15
13, 14, 16, 25
14
5-DVD
CHANGER , PLAY & EXCHANGE
D I G I T A L
Digital Direct Progressive Scan
PHONES
12
9
English
S77[UX].book Page 10 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
Display Indicators
The indications on the display teach you a lot of things while you are operating the System.
Before operating the System, be familiar with when and how the indicator illuminates on the display.
WMA
MP3
1DISC
REC
ALL
GR. SLEEP MONO
3D PHONIC ST PRGM RAND BONUS B.S.P
123
REC
A.STANDBY
1 Disc tray indicators
• 1-5: Disc tray number indicators.
•
(tray indicator):
– Lights when the disc is detected.
– Flashes while playing back a disc.
– Goes off when there is no disc in the tray.
•
(disc indicator): lights below when the tray indicator
indicates the current selected disc.
8 Repeat mode indicators
•
: lights when Repeat mode is activated.
• 1 DISC ALL A-B GR.:
– 1: lights when One Track Repeat is activated.
– 1DISC: lights when One Disc Repeat is activated.
– ALL: lights when All Disc Repeat is activated.
– A-B: lights when A-B Repeat is activated.
– GR.: lights when Group Repeat is activated.
2 RHYTHM AX indicator
• Lights when RHYTHM AX is activated (see page 17).
9 3D PHONIC indicator
• Lights when 3D PHONIC is activated (see page 15).
3 WMA indicator
• Lights when the current track is recorded in WMA
format.
p SLEEP indicator
• Lights when the Sleep Timer is activated.
4 MP3 indicator
• Lights when the current track is recorded in MP3 format.
5 Main display
• While listening to radio: band (or preset number) and
station frequency appear.
• While selecting tape: “TAPE” appears.
• While selecting “AUX”: “AUX” appears.
• While playing a disc: see “Indications on the main
display while operating a disc” on page 11.
6 Tape operation indicators
• 2 3 (tape direction):
– Lights to indicate the current tape running direction.
– Flashes slowly during playback and recording.
– Flashes quickly while rewinding a tape.
•
(Reverse mode):
–
: tape play continues endlessly.
–
: tape automatically reverses once.
–
: tape play stops at the end of one side.
7 Timer indicators
•
: lights when Daily Timer or Recording Timer stands
by; flashes while working.
• 1/2/3: lights up when a Daily Timer (1, 2, or 3) stands by;
flashes while setting or working.
• REC: lights when the Recording Timer stands by; flashes
while setting or working.
10
q FM reception indicators
• MONO: lights when FM reception mode is monaural.
• ST (stereo): lights while an FM stereo station with
sufficient signal strength is tuned in.
w Disc operation indicators
• PRGM (program): lights when Program Play mode is
activated.
• RAND (random): lights when Random Play mode is
activated
e REC indicators
• Lights while recording.
r BONUS indicator
• Lights when a DVD Audio with a bonus group is detected
(see page 22).
t B.S.P indicator
• Lights when the current disc is DVD Audio with
browsable still picture (see page 23).
y A (auto). STANDBY indicator
• Lights when Auto Standby is activated.
• Flashes when disc playback stops with Auto Standby
activated.
English
S77[UX].book Page 11 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
Indications on the main display while operating a disc
While playing back a disc:
While disc play is stopped:
• DVD Video:
• DVD Video:
Chapter no.
Elapsed playing time
Total title no.
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
• By pressing DISPLAY, you can show the current title and
chapter numbers for a few seconds.
• DVD Audio:
• DVD Audio:
Group no.
Elapsed playing time
Track no.
1 2 3 4 5
Track no.
1 2 3 4 5
• By pressing DISPLAY, you can show the current group
and track numbers for a few seconds.
• Audio CD:
• Audio CD:
Track no.
Elapsed playing time
Total track no.
Total playing time
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
• SVCD/VCD:
• SVCD/VCD:
Track no.
Total track no.*
Elapsed playing time*
Total playing time
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
* “PBC” appears while playing a disc with PBC.
* Changes to “PBC” when stopping PBC playback.
• MP3/WMA:
• MP3/WMA:
Track no.
1 2 3 4 5
Elapsed playing time
Current group no.
1 2 3 4 5
MP3
Current track No.
MP3
• By pressing DISPLAY, you can show the current group
and track numbers for a few seconds.
• JPEG:
• JPEG:
Group no.
1 2 3 4 5
File no.
Current group no.
Current file No.
1 2 3 4 5
• If Resume is turned “ON” (see page 40), “RESUME” appears when you stop playback (except for Audio CD and MP3/
WMA/JPEG discs).
11
S77[UX].book Page 12 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
English
Daily Operations—Playback
1
10 keys
SET
RETURN
MENU
3D PHONIC
TOP MENU
, , ,
ENTER
2
DISC
SELECT
8,7
1/¡
GROUP/TITLE
4/¢
3
SHIFT
FM/PLAY
MODE,
REV.MODE
In this manual, the operation using the remote control
is mainly explained; however, you can use the buttons
and controls on the main unit if they have the same (or
similar) name and marks.
1 Turn on the power.
The STANDBY/ON lamp on the main unit lights in
green.
• Without pressing STANDBY/ON
, the System
turns on by pressing one of the source selecting
buttons in the next step.
2 Select the source.
Playback automatically starts if the selected source is
ready to start.
• If you press AUX, start playback source on the
external component.
3 Adjust the volume.
4 Operate the target source as explained
later.
1
STANDBY/ON
To turn off (stand by) the unit
STANDBY/ON
2
DVD/CD
3
VOLUME
4
12
The STANDBY/ON lamp on the main unit
lights in red.
• A small amount of power is always
consumed even while on standby.
For private listening
Connect a pair of headphones to the PHONES jack on the
main unit. The sound will no longer come out of the
speakers. Be sure to turn down the volume before
connecting or putting the headphones.
• Disconnecting the headphones will activate the
speakers again.
DO NOT turn off (stand by) the System with
the volume set to an extremely high level;
Otherwise, the sudden blast of sound can
damage your hearing, speakers and/or
headphones when you turn on the System or
start playback.
English
S77[UX].book Page 13 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
Listening to the Radio
Remote
ONLY
To preset the stations
To select the AM tuner interval spacing
You can preset 30 FM and 15 AM stations.
Some countries space AM stations 9 kHz spacing, and other
countries use 10 kHz spacing.
1 Tune in to a station you want to preset.
You can change the AM tuner intervals while the System is
on stand by and the last selected source is AM.
2
• You can also store the monaural reception mode for FM
preset stations if selected.
Activate the preset number entry mode.
SET
1 2 3 4 5
DISC3
ST
(at the same time)
3
DISC4
• Finish the following process while the indication on the
display is flashing.
Select a preset number for the station you store.
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
4
(at the same time)
6
DVD LEVEL
8
PAGE -
To select the band (FM or AM)
FM
VFP
5
3D PHONIC
7
Examples:
To select preset number 5, press
5.
To select preset number 15,
press +10, then 5.
To select preset number 30,
press +10, +10, then 10.
9
PAGE +
10
10
AM
AUX
1 2 3 4 5
ST
4 Store the station.
To tune in to a station
SET
While FM or AM is selected...
Remote control:
2 sec.
1 2 3 4 5
Main unit:
ST
2 sec.
To tune in to a preset station
GROUP/TITLE
Remote
ONLY
1 Select the band (FM or AM).
Frequency starts changing on the display.
When a station (frequency) with sufficient signal strength is
tuned in, the frequency stops changing.
• When you repeatedly press the button, the frequency changes
step by step.
To stop searching manually, press either button.
FM
AUX
2 Select a preset number for the station you store.
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
1
2
ZOOM
Remote
ONLY
If the received FM station is hard to listen
The MONO indicator lights on the display.
FM/PLAY
Reception will improve though stereo effect is
MODE
lost—Monaural reception mode.
REV.MODE
To restore the stereo effect, press the button
again (the MONO indicator goes off).
AM
4
7
10
3
VFP
5
3D PHONIC
PAGE -
ANGLE
6
DVD LEVEL
8
9
PAGE +
10
• You can also use the 1/¡ button to select a preset
station.
13
English
S77[UX].book Page 14 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
Playing Back a Disc
On-screen guide icons
Before operating a disc, be familiar how a disc is recorded.
• DVD Video comprises of “Titles” which includes
“Chapters,” DVD Audio/MP3/WMA comprise of
“Groups” which include “Tracks,” and CD/SVCD/VCD
comprise of only “Tracks.”
• For JPEG playback, see “Operations on the
CONTROL Screen” on page 30.
• During DVD Video playback, the following icons may
appear on the TV screen:
At the beginning of a scene containing multiaudio sounds.
At the beginning of a scene containing multisubtitles.
To insert a disc
You can insert a disc while playing another source.
DISC1
At the beginning of a scene containing multiangle views.
DISC2
DISC3
DISC4
DISC5
• The following icons will be also shown on the TV screen
to indicate your current operation.
,
,
,
,
,
To select a disc
DISC 1
DISC 2
DISC 3
DISC 4
DISC 5
• When current source is not disc, press DVD/CD 3 to
select the disc player as the source during “PLAY” flashing
on the display.
To close the disc tray, press the same 0 again.
• When current selected disc tray open, you use DVD/CD 3
button to close disc tray and start playback (depending on
how the disc is programmed internally).
• When you press 0 for the next tray you want to place
another disc onto, the first disc tray automatically closes and
then next tray comes out.
To start:
To pause:
To stop:
To select a title/group
Remote
ONLY
While playing...
GROUP/TITLE
(at the same time)
• Group name appears for MP3/WMA discs.
DVD/CD
To select a chapter/track
To release, press
DVD/CD 3.
• While playing DVD/SVCD/VCD: This System can store
the stop point, and when you start playback again by
pressing DVD/CD 3, it starts from the position where you
have stopped—Resume Play. (“RESUME” appears on the
display when you stop playback.)
To stop completely while Resume is activated, press 7
twice. (To cancel Resume, see “RESUME” on page 40.)
• When operating the System, the on-screen guide icon (see
the following table) appears on the TV.
To deactivate the on-screen guide icons, see “ON
SCREEN GUIDE” on page 40.
14
While playing...
GROUP/TITLE
• First time you press 4, you
can go back to the beginning of
the current chapter/track.
Remote
ONLY
To locate a particular portion
To play back using the disc menu
While playing a disc except MP3/WMA...
SLOW –
English
S77[UX].book Page 15 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
Remote
ONLY
x2
x5
x10
x20
x60
You can operate a disc—DVD and SVCD/VCD with
Playback Control (PBC)—using the disc menu shown on the
TV screen.
x2
x5
x10
x20
x60
7
SLOW +
• No sound comes out while searching on DVD Video/
SVCD/VCD.
For DVD Video/DVD Audio:
1 Show the disc menu.
TOP MENU
MENU
To return to normal playback, press DVD/CD 3.
To locate an item directly
Remote
ONLY
2 Select an item on the disc menu.
You can select a title/chapter/track directly and start
playback.
• For DVD Video, you can select a title before starting
playback, while you can select a chapter after starting
playback.
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
4
VFP
6
5
3D PHONIC
DVD LEVEL
9
8
7
PAGE -
PAGE +
Examples:
To select number 5, press 5.
To select number 15, press +10,
then 5.
To select number 30, press +10,
+10, then 10.
ENTER
• With some discs, you can also select items by entering the
number using the 10 keys.
10
10
To use 3D Phonic
While playing...
3D PHONIC
7
ACTION
DRAMA
OFF
THEATER
(at the same time)
3D PHONIC
ACTION
On the TV screen
ACTION
Suitable for action movies and sports
programs.
DRAMA
Creates natural and warm sound. Enjoy
movies in a relaxed mood.
THEATER Enjoy sound effects like in a major theater.
15
English
S77[UX].book Page 16 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
7 For SVCD/VCD with PBC:
While playing a disc with PBC, “PBC” appears on the
display.
When disc menu appears on the TV screen, select an item on
the menu. Playback of the selected item starts.
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
1
2
ANGLE
3
ZOOM
4
VFP
7
6
5
3D PHONIC
DVD LEVEL
8
PAGE -
9
PAGE +
Playing Back a Tape
To insert a tape
You can play back type I tapes.
Push
Close
With the tape side facing outside
10
10
Insert
Examples:
To select number 5, press 5.
To select number 15, press +10,
then 5.
To select number 30, press +10,
+10, then 10.
To stop:
To start:
To move to the next or previous page of the current
menu:
GROUP/TITLE
Moves to the next page.
To rewind tape:
Rewind the tape to the right.
Moves to the previous page.
To return to the previous menu:
Rewind the tape to the left.
RETURN
CANCEL
To change the tape running direction
3 (forward play)
(at the same time)
2 (reverse play)
To cancel PBC
GROUP/TITLE
To reverse the tape automatically
FM/PLAY
MODE
REV.MODE
• You can also cancel PBC function by pressing the number
button to select a track.
To reactivate PBC, press 7, then press 4.
(at the same time)
Tape is played from the forward side to the
reverse side. When the reverse side is played
back, playback stops.
Tape is automatically reversed, and playback
repeats until you stop it.
Tape will not be reversed. When the current
side of the tape reaches its end, playback stops.
16
S77[UX].book Page 17 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
English
Daily Operations—Sound&Other Adjustments
Adjusting the Volume
Remote control
You can adjust the volume level from level 0 (VOL MIN) to
level 50 (VOL MAX).
Main unit:
Remote control:
VOLUME
VFP
DVD LEVEL
DISPLAY
SET
, , ,
ENTER
VOLUME
To drop the volume in a moment
FADE
MUTING
SLEEP
CLOCK/
TIMER
BASS/
TREBLE
SHIFT
RHYTHM AX
Remote
ONLY
To restore the volume, press again, or
adjust the volume level.
DIMMER
A.STANDBY
VOLUME +/FADE
MUTING
Adjusting the Sound
To emphasize rhythm feeling—RHYTHM AX
This function emphasizes bass attack feeling.
RHYTHM AX
RHYTHMAX
OFF
(Canceled)
Main unit
To adjust the tone
You can adjust the bass and treble level from –5 to +5.
To adjust the bass
BASS/
TREBLE
BASS TRE
Canceled
VOLUME
RHYTHM AX
VOLUME +/To adjust the treble
BASS/
TREBLE
BASS TRE
Canceled
VOLUME
17
English
S77[UX].book Page 18 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
Presetting Automatic DVD Sound Increase
Remote
ONLY
Level
You can dim the display window.
The DVD sound is sometimes recorded at a lower level than
for other discs and sources. You can set the increase level for
the currently loaded DVD, so you do not have to adjust the
volume every time you change the source.
DVD LEVEL
9
NORMAL
MIDDLE
HIGH
DIMMER
NORMAL
Original recording level.
MIDDLE
Output level is increased (less than “HIGH”).
HIGH
Output level is increased (more than
“MIDDLE”).
• Once the current DVD is ejected, this setting is canceled
and set automatically to “NORMAL.”
Adjusting the Audio Input Level
Remote
ONLY
If the sound from the component connected to the
AUX jacks is too loud or is not loud enough when changing
from another source to “AUX,” you can change the audio
input level through the AUX jacks (without changing the
volume level).
DIM 2
DIM 1
DIM OFF
AUTO DIM
(Canceled)
DIM 1
Dims the display.
DIM 2
Erases the display illumination.
AUTO DIM
Erase the display illumination a few
seconds after disc playback starts.
• The display illuminates when
playback stops.
(at the same time)
Changing the Picture Tone
Remote
ONLY
While showing a playback picture on the TV screen, you can
select the preset picture tone, or adjust it and store your own
taste.
To select a preset picture tone
1 Activate VFP.
NORMAL
VFP
6
While the “AUX” is selected as a source...
2 sec.
SET
AUX LVL 1
AUX LVL 1
Select this when the sound is too loud
(initial setting).
AUX LVL 2
Select this when the sound is not loud
enough.
GAMMA
0
BRIGHTNESS
0
CONTRAST
0
SATURATION
0
TINT
0
SHARPNESS
0
On the TV screen
(at the same time)
AUX LVL 2
18
Remote
ONLY
Changing the Display Brightness
2 Select a preset picture tone.
NORMAL
CINEMA
USER2
USER1
NORMAL
Normally select this.
CINEMA
Suitable for a movie source.
USER1/USER2
You can adjust parameters and can
store the settings (see page 19).
To adjust the picture tone
Setting the Clock
1 Select “USER1” or “USER2.”
2
• Follow steps 1 and 2 explained on page 18.
Select a parameter you want to adjust.
ENTER
English
S77[UX].book Page 19 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
Remote
ONLY
Without setting the built-in clock, you cannot use Daily
Timers (see page 35) and Sleep Timer.
• To exit from the clock setting, press CLOCK/TIMER as
required.
• To go back to the previous step, press CANCEL.
1 Activate the clock setting mode.
CLOCK/
TIMER
1 2 3 4 5
GAMMA
Adjust if the neutral color is bright or
dark (–3 to +3).
BRIGHTNESS
Adjust if the entire picture is bright
or dark (–8 to +8).
CONTRAST
Adjust if the far and near positions
are unnatural (–7 to +7).
SATURATION
Adjust if the picture is whitish or
blackish (–7 to +7).
TINT
Adjust if the human skin color is
unnatural (–7 to +7).
SHARPNESS
Adjust if the picture is indistinct
(–8 to +8).
2
• If you have already adjusted the clock before, press the
button repeatedly until the clock setting mode is
selected.
Adjust the hour.
SET
3 Adjust the minute.
SET
3 Adjust the parameter.
ENTER
Now the built-in clock starts working.
To check the current clock time during play
4 Repeat steps 2 to 3 to adjust other parameters.
To erase the screen, press VFP again while holding SHIFT.
DISPLAY
Clock
Source information
• While playing a DVD and MP3/WMA, you cannot check
the current clock time (see page 11).
19
English
S77[UX].book Page 20 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
Turning Off the Power
Remote
ONLY
Automatically
To turn off the unit after playback is over—Auto
Standby
On
Canceled
A.STANDBY
When Auto Standby is in use, the A.STANDBY indicator
lights on the display.
When disc or tape play stops, the A.STANDBY indicator
starts flashing. If no operation is done for about 3 minutes
while the indicator is flashing, the System turns off (stands
by) automatically.
• Auto Standby does not work while you are listening to
radio (FM/AM) and the external component (AUX).
To turn off the unit after a certain period of time
—Sleep Timer
1 Specify the time (in minutes).
SLEEP
10
20
30
60
90
120 150
Canceled
2 Wait until the set time goes off.
To check the time remaining until the shut-off time
SLEEP
1 2 3 4 5
SLEEP
• If you press the button repeatedly, you can change the shutoff time.
20
S77[UX].book Page 21 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
Selecting the Sound Track
Remote control
SUB TITLE
AUDIO
ZOOM
ANGLE
10 keys
English
Unique DVD/VCD Operations
Remote
ONLY
For DVD Video: While playing back a chapter containing
audio languages, you can select the language to listen to.
For DVD Audio: While playing back a track containing
audio channels, you can select the audio channel to listen to.
For SVCD/VCD: When playing back a track, you can select
the audio channel to play.
• You can also select the audio track using the on-screen bar
(see page 27).
PAGE -/+
AUDIO
, , ,
ENTER
1
DVD/CD3
8,7
SLOW -/+
(at the same time)
While playing a DVD Video...
Ex.:
SHIFT
1/3
2/3
ENGLISH
3/3
FRENCH
1/3
JAPANESE
2/3
ENGLISH
3/3
FRENCH
JAPANESE
While playing a DVD Audio...
Ex.:
1/3
2/3
1
3/3
2
3
While playing an SVCD or VCD...
AUDIO
SVCD
1
ST1
R2
ST2
L2
L1
R1
ST
L
R
VCD
(at the same time)
ST1/ST2/ST To listen to normal stereo (2 channel)
playback.
L1/L2/L
To listen to the left audio channel.
R1/R2/R
To listen to the right audio channel.
• SVCD can have 4 audio channels. Karaoke SVCD usually
uses these 4 channels to record two 2-channel recordings
(ST1/ST2).
21
English
S77[UX].book Page 22 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
Remote
ONLY
Selecting the Subtitle Language
For DVD Video: While playing back a chapter containing
subtitles in different languages, you can select the subtitle
language to display on the TV screen.
For SVCD: While playing, you can select the subtitles even
if no subtitles are recorded on the disc.
• You can also select the subtitle language using the onscreen bar (see page 27).
Selecting the View Angle
While playing back a chapter (of DVD Video) containing
multi-view angles, you can view the same scene from
different angles.
• You can also select the multi-view angles using the onscreen bar (see page 27).
While playing...
ANGLE
While playing a DVD Video...
1
Remote
ONLY
3
Display the subtitle selection window.
(at the same time)
Ex.:
SUB TITLE
2
3/3
2/3
1/3
3
2
1
(at the same time)
1/3
2
3/3
2/3
1
3
2
Select the subtitle language.
Playing Back a Bonus Group
Remote
ONLY
Ex.:
1/3
2/3
ENGLISH
3/3
FRENCH
1/3
JAPANESE
2/3
ENGLISH
Some DVD Audios have a special group called “bonus
group” whose contents are not open to the public.
• To play back a bonus group, you have to enter the specific
“key number” (a kind of password) for the bonus group.
The way of getting the key number depends on the disc.
3/3
FRENCH
JAPANESE
While playing an SVCD...
1
2
SUB TITLE
2
Select the bonus group.
• The bonus group is usually recorded as the last group
(for example, if a disc contains 4 groups including a
bonus group, “group 4” is the bonus group).
• For how to select the group, see “To select a title/group”
on page 14.
Enter the key number.
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
1
2
ANGLE
3
ZOOM
4
VFP
3D PHONIC
7
(at the same time)
ENTER
6
5
DVD LEVEL
8
9
PROGRESSIVE
OFF
4/4
4
22
1/4
2/4
1
2
3/4
3
0
3
Follow the interactive instructions shown on the TV
screen.
To cancel the key number entry, press 7.
Selecting Browsable Still Pictures
Remote
ONLY
2
Select slow motion speed.
SLOW –
While playing back a track (of DVD Audio) linked to
browsable still pictures (BSP), you can select the still picture
(turn the page) to be shown on the TV screen.
• If a track is linked to browsable still pictures (BSP), they
are usually shown in turn automatically during playback.
• You can also select the page using the on-screen bar (see
page 27).
SLOW +
Forward slow motion starts.
Reverse slow motion* starts.
SLOW +
1/32
1/16
1/8
1/4
1/2
1/32
1/16
1/8
1/4
1/2
SLOW
PAGE +
10
10
English
S77[UX].book Page 23 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
*Not available for SVCD/VCD.
(at the same time)
To resume normal playback, press DVD/CD 3.
Special Effect Playback
Remote
ONLY
To replay the previous scenes
(One touch replay function)
Still picture playback
To start still picture
playback:
• This function is only used while playing DVD Video.
To resume normal
playback:
The playback position moves back 10
seconds before the current position (only
within the same title).
While playing...
DVD/CD
Zoom
1
Remote
ONLY
While playing back....
Frame-by-frame playback
1
ZOOM
While playing...
4
Still picture playback starts.
(at the same time)
2
Advance the still picture frame by frame.
ZOOM
4
To resume normal playback, press DVD/CD 3.
Slow-motion playback
1
As the number increases, magnification also increases.
2
Move the zoomed-in position.
While playing...
Still picture playback starts.
To resume normal playback, press ZOOM repeatedly until
“ZOOM OFF” appears on the TV screen.
23
S77[UX].book Page 24 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
English
Advanced Disc Operations
Programming the Playing Order—
Remote control
Remote
ONLY
Program Play
You can arrange the playing order of the chapters or tracks
(up to 99) before you start playback.
1
10 keys
Before starting playback, activate Program Play.
FM/PLAY
MODE
PROGRAM
CANCEL
Canceled
,
ENTER
4/¢
FM/PLAY
MODE
SHIFT
RANDOM
1 2 3 4 5
DVD/CD3
8,7
PRGM
On the display
PROGRAM
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
Disc
Group/Title
Track/Chapter
USE NUMERIC KEYS TO PROGRAM TRACKS.
USE CANCEL TO DELETE THE PROGRAM.
On the TV screen
2
Main unit
DVD/CD
#
0DISC1
7
Select chapters or tracks you want for Program Play.
• For DVD/MP3/WMA:
1 Select a disc number.
2 Select a title or group number.
3 Select a chapter or track number.
• For SVCD/VCD/CD:
1 Select a disc number.
2 Select tracks.
• If the disc is not in current tray, the System may
prompt for the group/title number entry as well,
however, during playback, the System will ignore
these entries.
• You can use ENTER button to skip the group/title
number entry.
To enter the numbers:
4/¢
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
4
VFP
5
3D PHONIC
7
PAGE -
10
3
24
6
DVD LEVEL
8
9
Examples:
To enter number 5, press 5.
To enter number 15, press +10,
then 5.
To enter number 30, press +10,
+10, then 10.
PAGE +
10
Repeat the above step 2.
4
Start playback.
Playing at Random—Random Play
Playback starts in the order you
have programmed.
DVD/CD
To pause:
Remote
ONLY
You can play the chapters or tracks of all loaded discs at
random.
• Random Play cannot be used for some DVDs.
1
To skip a step:
English
S77[UX].book Page 25 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
To stop:
Before starting playback, activate Random Play.
FM/PLAY
MODE
GROUP/TITLE
PROGRAM
RANDOM
Canceled
To release, press
DVD/CD 3.
1 2 3 4 5
RAND
To check the programmed contents
2
Before or after playback...
In the reverse order.
Start playback.
Playback starts in random order.
Random Play ends when all the
tracks are played once (when
Repeat Play is not activated).
DVD/CD
In the programmed order.
To modify the program
To skip a chapter/
track:
To pause:
To skip to the beginning of the current
track, press 4 .
To release, press
DVD/CD 3.
To stop:
Before or after playback...
To erase the last step:
To erase the entire
program:
RETURN
CANCEL
To add steps in the program:
Repeat steps 2 and 3 on page 24.
To exit from Random Play
To exit from Program Play
Before or after playback...
Before or after playback...
FM/PLAY
MODE
PROGRAM
• During Random Play, you cannot select disc by using
DISC SELECT button.
RANDOM
Canceled
FM/PLAY
MODE
PROGRAM
RANDOM
Canceled
25
English
S77[UX].book Page 26 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
Remote
ONLY
Playing Repeatedly
ALL
• You can also select the repeat mode using the on-screen
bar (see page 28).
Repeats all discs in all tray or all
programmed tracks.
1
Repeats the current chapter/track.
Repeat Play
GR.
Repeats the current title/group.
1DISC
Repeats the current disc.
You can repeat playback.
• For DVD Video:
While playing...
Canceled
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
1
Canceled
GR.
A-B Repeat
ALL
You can repeat playback of a desired portion by specifying
the beginning (point A) and the ending (point B).
• A-B Repeat cannot be used for MP3/WMA and for some
DVDs.
• A-B Repeat can be used within the same title while playing
a DVD Video, and within the same track for the other
discs.
1 While playing (without PBC for SVCD/VCD), select
the start point (A).
A- lights on the display.
A•
appears on the
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
TV screen if the TV is
turned on.
Before starting playback...
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
ALL
Canceled
• For DVD Audio:
While playing or before playback...
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
1
GR.
Canceled
Cancels Repeat Play mode.
ALL
• For MP3/WMA:
While playing or before playback...
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
(at the same time)
1
GR.
1DISC
• For CD/SVCD/VCD:
While playing (without PBC for SVCD/VCD) or before
playback...
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
1
1DISC
Canceled
ALL
While playing (with PBC for SVCD/VCD) ...
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
A- changes to
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
A-B.
appears on the
TV screen.
• You can search for the end
point using the ¡ button.
•
A-B
(at the same time)
To cancel A-B Repeat, press REPEAT A-B again while
holding SHIFT.
ALL
Prohibiting Disc Ejection—Child Lock
Canceled
• For Program Play:
While playing or before playback...
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
2 Select the end point (B).
ALL
Canceled
1
ALL
Main Unit
ONLY
You can lock the disc trays so that no one can eject the
loaded disc.
• This is possible while the System is on standby.
While the disc trays are closed...
Canceled
DISC1
• For Random Play:
While playing or before playback...
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
1
Canceled
26
(at the same time)
1DISC
ALL
To cancel the prohibition, repeat the same procedure.
“UNLOCKED” appears on the display.
S77[UX].book Page 27 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
English
On-Screen Disc Operations
On-screen Bar Information
Remote control
You can check the disc information (except for MP3/WMA/
JPEG disc) and use some functions through the on-screen
bar.
ZOOM
10 keys
1 Disc type
2 Playback information
Indication
Mbps
, , ,
ENTER
DISC 2
Meanings
Current transfer rate
(Megabits per second)
Current disc
TITLE 2
Current title
CHAP 3
Current chapter
ON SCREEN
DVD/CD 3
8
4/¢
7
REPEAT
SHIFT
GROUP 1
Current group
TRACK 14
Current track
TOTAL 1:25:58
Time indications
3 Operation modes
Indication
Meanings
Playback
/
On-screen bars
/
DVD Video
1
2
3
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TIME 1:25:58
1:01:58
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
CHAP233 TOTAL
14 2CHAP
TIME
TIME
CHAP.
OFF
OFF
1/3
1/3
1/3
1/3
Stop
Indication
1
2
3
TIME
OFF
DISC 2 GROUP 14 TRACK 23 TIME 0:23:58
DVD-AUDIO
TIME
OFF
1/3
TRACK
1
2
OFF
OFF
ST1
–/1/3
4
3
1/3
4
VCD
1
2
Select for chapter search.
TRACK
Select for track search.
1/3
Select to change the audio language or
channel (see also page 21).
1/3
Select to change subtitle language
(see also page 22).
1/3
Select to change the view angle (see
also page 22).
3
PAGE 1/5
TIME 1:25:58
0:04:58
TRACK
233 TOTAL
DISC
TITLE
14 2CHAP
VCD
TIME
TIME
1/3
1/3
1/3
ST
OFF
OFF
Select to repeat playback.
CHAP.
TIME 1:25:58
0:04:58
TRACK
233 TOTAL
TITLE
14 2CHAP
DISC
SVCD
TIME
TIME
Meanings
Select to change the time indication.
Select for time search.
PAGE 1/3
4
SVCD
Forward/Reverse slow-motion
Pause
4 Function icons (on the pull-down menu)
1/3
1/1
4
DVD Audio
Forward/Reverse search
1/3
Select to change the page (see also
page 23).
4
CD
1
2
TRACK
DISC
233 TOTAL
TIME 1:25:58
0:04:58
TITLE
14 2CHAP
CD
TIME
TIME
3
OFF
OFF
1/3
1/3
1/3
4
27
English
S77[UX].book Page 28 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
Remote
ONLY
Operations Using the On-screen Bar
For detailed operations of the following functions, see also
“Operations Using the On-screen Bar” on the left.
Ex.: Selecting a subtitle (French) for DVD Video:
While a disc is selected as the source...
Changing the time information
1
You can change the time information in the on-screen bar
and the display window on the main unit.
Display the on-screen bar with the pull-down menu.
ON SCREEN
1 Display the on-screen bar with the pull-down menu.
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TIME
TIME
OFF
OFF
DISC 2 TITLE 2 CHAP 3 TOTAL 1:01:58
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
14 2CHAP
1/3
1/3
CHAP.
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/1
Goes off
2
TIME
TIME
OFF
OFF
TOTAL 1:01:58
REM
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TIME
TIME
3
OFF
OFF
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
14 2CHAP
1/3
1/3
CHAP.
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/1
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
14 2CHAP
2 TITLE
1/3
1/3
1/1/3
3
0:11:23
TOTAL
Elapsed disc time.
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/1
T. REM 0:35:24
TIME 0:25:31
T. REM
Remaining disc time.
TIME
Elapsed playing time of the current
chapter/track.
REM
Remaining time of the current chapter/
track.
Display the pop-up window.
ENTER
1/3
1/3
2 Make sure TIME is selected (highlighted).
3 Change the time indication.
ENTER
Select (highlight) the item you want.
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
14 2CHAP
CHAP.
1/3
1/1
To erase the on-screen bar
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN
4
Select the desired option in the pop-up window.
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
14 2CHAP
2 TITLE
1/3
1/3
2/1/3
3
1/3
1/1
FRENCH
5
Finish the setting.
ENTER
Pop-up window goes off.
To erase the on-screen bar
ON SCREEN
28
Repeat Play
• See also page 26.
1 While playing a disc (without PBC for SVCD/VCD),
display the on-screen bar with the pull-down menu.
2 Select
OFF .
3 Display the pop-up window.
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
14 2CHAP
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
TIME
TIME
CHAP.
OFF
OFF
OFF
1/3
1/3
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/1
English
S77[UX].book Page 29 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
Time Search
4 Select the repeat mode you want.
ALL
Repeats all discs or all programmed
track.
You can move to a particular point by specifying the elapsed
playing time from the beginning.
A-B
Repeats a desired portion (see next
column).
TITLE
Repeats the current title.
GROUP
Repeats the current group.
1 While playing (without PBC for SVCD/VCD), display
the on-screen bar with the pull-down menu.
• Except for DVD: Time Search can be used before
starting playback.
2 Select
.
3 Display the pop-up window.
DISC
Repeats the disc (except for DVD).
CHAPTER
Repeats the current chapter.
TRACK*
Repeats the current track.
OFF
Cancels Repeat Play.
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
14 2CHAP
TIME
TIME
CHAP.
OFF
OFF
1/3
1/3
* During Program Play and Random Play, “STEP”
appears.
5 Finish the setting.
ENTER
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
1
2
3
Examples:
To move to a point of 1
(hours): 02 (minutes): 00
(seconds), press 1, 0, 2, 0, then
0.
VFP
4
6
5
3D PHONIC
DVD LEVEL
8
7
9
To move to a point of 54
(minutes): 00 (seconds), press
0, 5, 4, 0, then 0.
PROGRESSIVE
0
A-B Repeat
• See also page 26.
1 While playing, display the on-screen bar with the pulldown menu.
2 Select
OFF .
3 Display the pop-up window.
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
14 2CHAP
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
TIME
TIME
CHAP.
1/3
1/3
1/3
1/1
4 Enter the time.
You can specify the time in hours/minutes/seconds.
ZOOM
OFF
OFF
1/1/3
3
TIME _ : _ _ : _ _
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/1
• It is always required to enter the hour digit (even “0”
hour), but it is not required to enter trailing zeros (the
last two digits in the examples above).
• To correct a misentry, press cursor < to erase the last
entry.
5 Finish the setting.
The System starts playing the
disc from the selected playing
time.
ENTER
OFF
4 Select “A-B”.
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
14 2CHAP
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
TIME
TIME
CHAP.
OFF
OFF
1/3
1/3
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/1
Chapter/Track Search
A–B
You can search for the chapter (DVD Video) or track (DVD
Audio) number to play.
5 Select the start point (A).
ENTER
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
14 2CHC
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
TIME
TIME
CHAP.
OFF
A-
1/3
1/3
6 Select the end point (B).
ENTER
A-B Repeat starts. The selected
portion plays repeatedly.
• Before pressing ENTER, you can
search for the end point using ¡.
1 While playing, display the on-screen bar with the pulldown menu.
2 Select CHAP.
or TRACK .
3 Display the pop-up window.
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
14 2CHAP
TIME
TIME
CHAP.
OFF
OFF
CHAPTER
1/3
1/3
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/1
_
29
English
S77[UX].book Page 30 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
4 Enter the desired chapter/track number.
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
4
VFP
7
6
5
3D PHONIC
DVD LEVEL
8
PROGRESSIVE
0
9
Examples:
To select chapter/track 5, press
5.
To select chapter/track 15,
press 1, then 5.
To select chapter/track 30,
press 3, then 0.
• To correct a misentry, press the 10 keys until the
desired number shown in the pop-up window.
5 Finish the setting.
ENTER
The System starts playing the
searched chapter or track.
Operations on the CONTROL Screen
The CONTROL screen automatically appears on the TV
screen when you load an MP3, WMA, or JPEG disc.
You can search for and play the desired tracks through the
CONTROL screen.
• If both types of files (MP3/WMA files and JPEG files) are
recorded on a disc, select the file type to play (see page 39).
CONTROL screen
Ex.: When the MP3 disc is loaded.
REPEAT TRACK Time : 00:00:14
1
2
3
4
5
Group : 2 / 3
Blue
Red
Green
Track Information
Title
Rain
Artist
Album
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
-
30
Remote
ONLY
Track : 5 / 14 (Total 41)
Cloudy.mp3
Fair.mp3
Fog.mp3
Hail.mp3
Indian summer.mp3
Rain.mp3
Shower.mp3
Snow.mp3
Thunder.mp3
Typhoon.mp3
Wind.mp3
Winter sky.mp3
6
7
8
9
0
-
Current group number/total group number
Current group
Group list
Current track (in blue)
Track information (ID3 Tag Version 1.0: only for
MP3/WMA)
Repeat Play setting
Elapsed playing time of the current track
(only for MP3/WMA)
Operation mode icon
Current track number/total number of tracks in the
current group (total number of tracks on the loaded
disc)
Highlight (green) bar
Track list
To move the highlight bar between group list and track
list
Moves the bar to the track
list.
English
S77[UX].book Page 31 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
To repeat slide-show for JPEG
While playing or before starting playback...
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
GR.
1DISC
Canceled
ALL
Moves the bar to the group
list.
To select a group/track in the list
Move the highlight bar to a desired
item.
• If you move the highlight bar
while playing back an MP3/
WMA disc, the selected track
starts playback automatically.
GR.
Repeats the current group.
1DISC
Repeats the current disc.
ALL
Repeats all disc.
• For Repeat Play of MP3/WMA, see page 26.
To zoom in the still picture
• You cannot zoom in the still picture during slide-show.
1 While playing...
To start playback
1 2 3 4 5
For MP3/WMA:
ENTER
Playback starts with the selected
track.
• Pressing DVD/CD 3 also starts
playback.
2 Change the magnification.
ZOOM
4
For JPEG:
ENTER
The selected track (still picture)
is displayed until you change it.
(at the same time)
ZOOM
4
DVD/CD
Slide-show playback starts.
Each track (still picture) is
shown on the screen for few
seconds, then changes one after
another.
ZOOM 1
ZOOM 2
ZOOM OFF
As the number increases, magnification also increases.
3 Move the zoomed-in position.
• Once you start playing back a JPEG track, the CONTROL
screen goes off.
• To cancel slide-show, and display the current still picture,
press ENTER.
To skip a track:
To pause:
To stop
playback:
GROUP/TITLE
To resume normal playback, press ZOOM repeatedly until
“ZOOM OFF” appears on the TV screen.
To release, press
DVD/CD 3.
31
S77[UX].book Page 32 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
English
Advanced Tape Operations
IMPORTANT
It may be unlawful to record or play back copyrighted
material without the consent of the copyright owner.
Remote control
Recording on a Tape
You can use type I tapes for recording.
• To play a tape, see page 16.
1
Insert a recordable cassette.
Push
DVD/CD3
DISC
SELECT
Insert
Close
TAPE 23
FM/AM/AUX
7
DISC
REC MODE
With the tape side facing outside
REV.MODE
SHIFT
2
Check the tape running direction and Reverse mode
settings on the display.
Tape direction indicator
1 2 3 4 5
Current source
Main unit
Reverse mode indicator
To change the direction
3 (forward)
2 (reverse)
PUSH
OPEN 0
To change the Reverse mode if necessary
FM/PLAY
MODE
DVD/CD
#
DISC SELECT
REC
TAPE
FM/AM
/AUX
REV.MODE
(at the same time)
7
(
)
To record on both sides.
• When using Reverse mode, start
recording in the forward (3) direction.
To record on only one side.
32
3
4
Select and start playing the source—“FM,” “AM,”
“DVD/CD,” or “AUX.”
• When recording a disc, you can also use “Synchronized
Disc Recording” (see below).
4
Select the Recording mode.
DISC
REC MODE
ONE DISC
Canceled
On the main unit
To stop recording:
ONE DISC
Records the entire disc.
ALL DISC
Records the all loaded discs continuously
(except for DVD Video/DVD Audio).
1ST TRK
Records the first track of each disc (only
for SVCD/VCD/CD).
5
Start recording when the recording mode selected in
step 4 is still shown on the display.
REC
• While recording a disc, recording stops automatically after
the disc player plays back the disc.
Synchronized Disc Recording
You can start and stop both disc play and tape recording at
the same time.
2
3
ALL DISC
1ST TRK
Start recording.
REC
1
English
S77[UX].book Page 33 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
Load a disc and insert a recordable cassette.
• If the current playing source is not the disc player, press
DVD/CD 3, then 7.
Check the tape running direction and Reverse mode
settings on the display.
• See step 2 of “Recording on a Tape” on page 32.
Select the disc number you want to start recording
from.
The System automatically
creates 4-second blanks between
the tunes recorded on the tapes.
On the main unit
• If the loaded disc is not compatible for the current
recording mode, the disc player skips the disc and loads the
next one.
• When either disc play or recording ends, both disc player
and the cassette deck stop at the same time.
To record a “Live” disc
It will not be desirable to put 4-second blank portions
between the tunes recorded on the tape.
To record the entire disc without any interruption
recorded, pause the disc play (press 8 on the remote
control) before pressing REC.
To record Program Play or Random Play
1 Select Program Play (and make a program) or Random
Play, but do not start playback.
2 Press REC to start recording.
• When disc play stops, recording continues. It is
required that recording be stopped manually.
33
English
S77[UX].book Page 34 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
To record only your favorite track
You can specify tracks to be recorded on the tape while
listening to a disc.
• This function is not available for DVD Video.
1
Start playing a disc.
DVD/CD
2
While a track you want to record on the tape is
playing...
REC
On the main unit
3
The disc player returns to the
beginning of that track and the
track is recorded on the tape.
After recording the track, the
disc player and cassette deck
automatically stop.
Repeat steps 2 and 3 to record other tracks you want.
• You can exchange the discs if necessary.
To protect your recording
Cassettes have two small tabs on the back to protect
from unexpected erasure or re-recording.
To protect your recording, remove these tabs.
To re-record on a protected tape, cover the holes with
adhesive tape.
34
S77[UX].book Page 35 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
Setting the Timer
Remote control
STANDBY/
ON
SET
CANCEL
English
Timer Operations
Remote
ONLY
Using Daily Timer, you can wake up with your favorite
music. On the other hand, with Recording Timer, you can
make a tape of a radio broadcast automatically.
• You can store three Daily Timer settings and one
Recording Timer setting; however, you can activate only
one of Daily Timers or Recording Timer at the same time.
• To exit from the timer setting, press CLOCK/TIMER as
required.
• To correct a misentry during the process, press CANCEL.
You can return to the previous step.
,
CLOCK/
TIMER
Timer initial settings when shipped from the factory:
• DAILY 1:ON Time (6:00)/OFF Time (8:00)/
Source (TUNER FM 1)/Volume level (– –)
• DAILY 2:ON Time (12:00)/OFF Time (14:00)/
Source (TUNER FM 1)/Volume level (– –)
• DAILY 3:ON Time (18:00)/OFF Time (20:00)/
Source (TUNER FM 1)/Volume level (– –)
• REC TMR:ON Time (8:00)/OFF Time (10:00)/
Source (TUNER FM 1)
1
Select one of the timer setting modes you want to set—
Daily 1 ON time, Daily 2 ON time, Daily 3 ON time, or
Recording Timer ON time.
CLOCK/
TIMER
Daily 1 Timer
Daily 2 Timer
Daily 3 Timer
DAILY 1 ON (Time) DAILY 2 ON (Time) DAILY 3 ON (Time)
Canceled
Clock setting ON (Time) REC TMR
(see page 19)
Recording Timer
1 2 3 4 5
1
Ex. When Daily Timer 1 setting mode is selected
2
• When the clock has not been adjusted, pressing
CLOCK/TIMER makes the System enter the clock
setting mode.
Make the timer setting as you want.
Repeat the following operations until you finish setting in
the following order—
SET
1 Set the hour then minute for on-time.
2 Set the hour then minute for off-time.
35
English
S77[UX].book Page 36 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
3 For Daily Timers: Select the playback source—
“TUNER FM,” “TUNER AM,” “TAPE,” “DISC”
or “AUX.”
1 2 3 4 5
How Recording Timer actually works
When Recording Timer has been set, Timer (
)
indicator and the REC indicator are lit on the display.
Recording Timer works only once.
1
3
For Recording Timer: Select the playback
source—“TUNER FM,”“TUNER AM” or “AUX.”
4 For “TUNER FM” and “TUNER AM”: Select a
preset channel.
For “DISC”: Select the disc number, group/title
number, then the track/chapter number.
5 For Daily Timers: Select the volume level.
• You can select the volume level (“VOL 1” to “VOL
50” and “VOL – –”). If you select “VOL – –,” the
volume is set to the last level when the unit has
been turned off.
For Recording Timer: The volume level is set
automatically to the last level when the unit has
been turned off.
Once settings are complete, the Timer setting
information appears in sequence.
Turn off the unit (on standby) if you have set the timer
with the System turned on.
When the on-time comes
The System turns on, tunes in to the specified station, sets
the volume level to last level when the unit has been
turned off, and starts recording.
When the off-time comes
The System stops recording, and turns off (stands by).
• The timer setting remains in memory until you change
it.
To turn off the Timer after its setting is done
Since Daily Timer is activated at the same time everyday,
you may need to cancel it on some particular days.
1 Select the Timer you want to cancel.
CLOCK/
TIMER
Daily 1 Timer
Daily 2 Timer
Daily 3 Timer
DAILY 1 ON (Time) DAILY 2 ON (Time) DAILY 3 ON (Time)
Canceled
Clock setting ON (Time) REC TMR
(see page 19)
Recording Timer
1 2 3 4 5
STANDBY/ON
1
Ex.To cancel Daily Timer 1
2 Turn off the selected Timer.
RETURN
How Daily Timer actually works
Once the Daily Timer has been set, the timer (
)
indicator and timer number indicator (1/2/3) are lit on the
display. Daily Timer is activated at the same time
everyday until the timer is turned off manually (see the
next column) or another timer is activated.
When the on-time comes
The System turns on, tunes in to the specified station or
start playing the loaded disc with the specified chapter or
track, and sets the volume level to the preset level.
• While Daily Timer is working, the timer (
) indicator
and timer number indicator (1/2/3) flash on the display.
CANCEL
To turn on the Timer
1 Select the Timer (DAILY 1, DAILY 2, DAILY 3, or
REC TMR) you want to activate.
CLOCK/
TIMER
Daily 1 Timer
Canceled
When the off-time comes
The System stops playback, and turns off (stands by)
automatically.
• The timer setting remains in memory until you change
it.
Daily 2 Timer
Clock setting
ON (Time) REC TMR
(see page 19)
Recording Timer
1 2 3 4 5
1
Ex.When Daily Timer 1 is selected
2 Activate the selected Timer.
SET
36
Daily 3 Timer
DAILY 1 ON (Time) DAILY 2 ON (Time) DAILY 3 ON (Time)
S77[UX].book Page 37 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
English
Setup Menu Operations
.
Operating Procedure
Remote control
Remote
ONLY
You can use the Setup Menus only when a disc is selected
as the source and its playback is not yet started.
Ex.: Selecting “STILL PICTURE” for “FILE TYPE”:
1
Display the Setup Menu.
SET UP
10 keys
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SELECT
, , ,
ENTER
SET UP
LANGUAGE
ENTER
2
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP] .
Select one of the Setup Menus.
PICTURE
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
SELECT
ENTER
3
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
Select the item you want to adjust.
PICTURE
Setup Menu Icons
The icon for the selected Setup Menu will be
highlighted.
Ex.: LANGUAGE Setup Menu is selected.
1
2
3
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
SELECT
ENTER
4
Display the pop-up window.
ENTER
4
PICTURE
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
AUDIO
STILL PICTURE
SELECT
ENTER
5
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
USE
TO SELECT . USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
Select the desired option in the pop-up window.
PICTURE
LANGUAGE
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
AUDIO
STILL PICTURE
SELECT
ENTER
SELECT
ENTER
1
2
3
4
USE
TO SELECT . USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
LANGUAGE Setup Menu
PICTURE Setup Menu
AUDIO Setup Menu
OTHERS Setup Menu
37
English
S77[UX].book Page 38 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
6
7 PICTURE Setup Menu
You can select the desired options concerning a picture or
monitor screen.
Finish the setting.
ENTER
7
PICTURE
Repeat steps 3 to 4 to set other items on the same
Setup Menu.
Repeat steps 2 to 4 to set other items on another Setup
Menu.
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
SELECT
ENTER
To erase the Setup Menu
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [ SET UP ] .
SET UP
MONITOR TYPE
You can select the monitor type of your TV when you play
DVD Video recorded with aspect ratio of 16:9.
7 LANGUAGE Setup Menu
You can select the initial languages for disc playback. You
can also select the language shown on the TV screen while
operating this System.
LANGUAGE
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
MENU LANGUAGE
Some discs have multiple menu languages.
Select from—ENGLISH, SPANISH, FRENCH, CHINESE,
GERMAN, ITALIAN, JAPANESE, AA – ZU (see
“Language Code List” on page 47).
AUDIO LANGUAGE
For the multi-color system TV
When you use a multi-color system TV, you can change the
color system of the System automatically by selecting
“MULTI” options as the monitor type. In this case, the color
system of the System is changed to match the color system
of the loaded disc regardless the VIDEO OUT SELECT
setting for better picture quality (see “To set the video output
selector” on page 7).
Select one of the following:
16:9 / 16:9 MULTI (Wide television conversion):
Select when the aspect ratio of your TV is 16:9 and
when the TV has the screen size adjustment function.
4:3 LB (Letter Box)/ 4:3 MULTI LB:
Select when the aspect ratio of your TV is 4:3. While
viewing a wide screen picture, the black bars appear on
the top and the bottom of the screen.
4:3 PS (Pan Scan) / 4:3 MULTI PS:
Select when the aspect ratio of your TV is 4:3. While
viewing a wide screen picture, the black bars do not
appear; however, the left and right edges of the pictures
will not be shown on the screen.
Some discs have multiple audio languages.
Select from—ENGLISH, SPANISH, FRENCH, CHINESE,
GERMAN, ITALIAN, JAPANESE, AA – ZU (see
“Language Code List” on page 47).
SUBTITLE
Some discs have multiple subtitle languages.
Select from—ENGLISH, SPANISH, FRENCH, CHINESE,
GERMAN, ITALIAN, JAPANESE, AA – ZU (see
“Language Code List” on page 47) or “OFF (no subtitle).”
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
Select one of the languages shown on the TV from—
ENGLISH, CHINESE, and SPANISH.
38
Ex.: 16:9
Ex.: 4:3 LB
Ex: 4:3 PS
PICTURE SOURCE
You can obtain optimal picture quality by selecting an
appropriate option—picture source type (either video source
or film source).
7 AUDIO Setup Menu
You can adjust the sound settings of the System.
AUDIO
Select one of the following:
AUTO: Normally select this.
When playing back a disc containing both video
and film sources, the System automatically
changes the processing to match it to the picture
type (film or video source) of the current chapter.
FILM:
English
S77[UX].book Page 39 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT
STREAM/PCM
DOWN MIX
DOLBY SURROUND
D. RANGE COMPRESSION
AUTO
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [ SET UP ] .
To play a film source disc.
VIDEO: To play a video source disc.
DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT
When using the digital output terminal on the rear, set this
correctly according to the connected component.
SCREEN SAVER
You can activate or deactivate screen saver while operating
the built-in disc player.
Select one of the following:
Select one of the following:
PCM ONLY:
To connect to a linear PCM digital
equipment.
ON:
The picture on the TV becomes dark when no
operation is done for about 5 minutes.
DOLBY DIGITAL To connect to a Dolby Digital decoder
or an amplifier with a built-in Dolby
/PCM:
Digital decoder.
OFF:
To cancel the screen saver.
STREAM/PCM:
FILE TYPE
If both audio tracks (MP3 or WMA files) and still picture
(JPEG files) are recorded on a disc, you can select which to
play.
Select one of the following:
AUDIO:
To play MP3/WMA files.
STILL PICTURE:
To play JPEG files.
To connect to a DTS decoder or an
amplifier with a built-in DTS decoder.
• See also “DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT Signals” on
page 49.
DOWN MIX
When using the digital output on the rear, set this correctly
according to the connected component.
When playing a multi-channel DVD, the System converts
the signals into 2 channels properly.
Select one of the following:
DOLBY
To connect an amplifier with the Dolby
SURROUND: Pro Logic decoder.
STEREO:
To connect a conventional stereo
amplifier, receiver, MD player, TV, etc.
39
English
S77[UX].book Page 40 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
D. RANGE COMPRESSION
AV COMPULINK MODE
You can compress the dynamic range (the difference
between the loudest sound and the softest sound) to enjoy a
powerful sound even at a low volume level when listening to
Dolby Digital software. This is useful at night.
• The effectiveness varies depends on a software.
When connecting the System to a JVC’s TV with the AV
COMPU LINK remote control system, select the proper
setting.
Select one of the following:
AUTO: To apply the compression effect to the
downmixed multi-channel sound.
ON:
To always apply the compression effect for all
Dolby Digital software. Loud sound will become
low and vice versa.
Select one of the following:
DVD1: To connect to the VIDEO-3 Input jack on the TV.
DVD2: To connect to the VIDEO-1 Input jack on the TV.
DVD3: To connect to the VIDEO-2 Input jack on the TV.
For details, see “To connect the AV COMPU LINK cords”
on page 7.
PARENTAL LOCK
7 OTHERS Setup Menu
You can change some other convenient functions.
OTHERS
RESUME
ON
ON SCREEN GUIDE
ON
AV COMPULINK MODE
DVD1
PARENTAL LOCK
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
RESUME
You can activate or deactivate Resume for disc playback
(see page 14).
Select one of the following:
ON:
To activate Resume.
OFF:
To cancel Resume.
ON SCREEN GUIDE
You can activate or deactivate the on-screen guide icons (see
page 14).
• When recording the picture on a VCR, select “OFF” to
avoid recording the guide icons on your video tape.
Select one of the following:
ON:
To activate the on-screen guide icons.
OFF:
To cancel the on-screen guide icons.
40
Select this to enter the PARENTAL LOCK submenu.
See the section that follows.
5
Restricting the Review
—Parental Lock
Select “COUNTRY CODE,” then display the pop-up
window.
Remote
ONLY
PARENTAL LOCK
ENTER
You can restrict playback of DVD Video containing violent
scenes and those unsuitable for your family members. Once
you have set the rating level, such violent scenes (for which
a higher level than you set is assigned) may be skipped or
changed to another scene (depending on how the disc is
programmed).
_RO
___
SELECT
ENTER
6
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
ENTER
Display the Setup Menu.
SET UP
LANGUAGE
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SELECT
ENTER
7
Make sure “SET LEVEL” is selected, then display the
pop-up window.
PARENTAL LOCK
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP] .
ENTER
COUNTRY CODE
8
7
NONE
PASSWORD
_6_ _ _
5
4
3
Select the OTHERS Setup Menus.
SELECT
ENTER
RESUME
ON
ON SCREEN GUIDE
ON
AV COMPULINK MODE
DVD1
PARENTAL LOCK
SELECT
ENTER
8
HK
NONE
SET LEVEL
EXIT
OTHERS
3
RE
RU
RW
SA
Select the country code of your area.
• See “Country/Area Codes List” on page 48 to find your
country code.
Set the rating level—Level 1 (most restrictive) to Level 8
(least restrictive).
2
GB
PY
QA
NONE
PASSWORD
EXIT
To set Parental Lock
1
COUNTRY CODE
SET LEVEL
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
Set the rating level (NONE, 8 – 1).
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
ENTER
Select “PARENTAL LOCK.”
OTHERS
RESUME
ON
ON SCREEN GUIDE
ON
AV COMPULINK MODE
DVD1
PARENTAL LOCK
SELECT
ENTER
4
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
Enter the PARENTAL LOCK submenu.
ENTER
9
The System automatically enters “PASSWORD” entry
mode.
Make sure “PASSWORD” is selected, then enter any
4-digit number for your password.
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
1
2
ANGLE
3
ZOOM
PARENTAL LOCK
COUNTRY CODE
SA
SET LEVEL
NONE
PASSWORD
____
4
VFP
3D PHONIC
ENTER
6
5
DVD LEVEL
EXIT
7
8
9
PROGRESSIVE
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
0
10 Finish the setting.
ENTER
41
English
S77[UX].book Page 41 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
English
S77[UX].book Page 42 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
To change the setting
To release Parental Lock temporarily
1
When you set a strict rating level, some discs may not be
played back at all. When you try to play such a disc, the
following screen appears on the TV.
Display the PARENTAL LOCK sub menu.
• Follow steps 1 to 4 of “To set Parental Lock”.
PARENTAL LOCK
COUNTRY CODE
SA
SET LEVEL
NONE
PASSWORD
____
PARENTAL LOCK
TEMPORARY RELEASE
EXIT
NOT RELEASE
____
PASSWORD
SELECT
PASSWORD? ••• PRESS 0 ~ 9 KEY
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
ENTER
2
“PASSWORD” is automatically selected.
• You cannot select any item other than “EXIT” until you
enter the correct password.
Enter your password.
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
4
VFP
7
ENTER
1
Select “TEMPORARY RELEASE,” then press
ENTER.
ENTER
6
5
3D PHONIC
USE 5∞ TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM.
SELECT
ENTER
DVD LEVEL
“PASSWORD” is
automatically selected.
9
8
PROGRESSIVE
0
3
4
• If you enter a wrong password, “– – – –” appears again.
• If you enter a wrong password three times, “EXIT” is
automatically selected. In this case, press ENTER to
exit from the PARENTAL LOCK submenu.
• If you forget your password, enter “8888.”
Change the settings.
• Follow steps 5 to 8 of “To set Parental Lock”.
Enter your password again.
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
1
2
4
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
3D PHONIC
1
2
3
7
4
VFP
7
6
5
3D PHONIC
ENTER
ANGLE
3
ZOOM
AUDIO
ZOOM
VFP
ENTER
6
5
DVD LEVEL
8
9
PROGRESSIVE
0
DVD LEVEL
8
9
PROGRESSIVE
0
• If you want to change a password, enter a new four digit
number in this step.
42
2
• If you do not play back such a disc, select “NOT
RELEASE,” then press ENTER. Then eject the disc.
Enter your password.
• If you enter a wrong password three times, “NOT
RELEASE” is automatically selected. In this case, press
ENTER. Then eject the disc.
Additional Information
Learning More about This System
Getting Started (see pages 3 to 7)
Changing the Scanning Mode:
• To enjoy the progressive video picture, connect a TV with
the progressive video input using component video cord.
Before Operating the System (see pages 8 to 11)
Playable Disc Types:
• If you play back an NTSC disc with this setting set to
“PAL,” you can watch the playback pictures (the disc will
be reproduced using “PAL 60” format), but the TV screen
may roll over upward and downward rapidly.
• If you play back a PAL disc with this setting set to
“NTSC,” you can watch the playback pictures, but the
following symptoms may occur:
– The items on the disc menu will be blurred, and be shown
slightly shifted when highlighted.
– The aspect ratio of the picture may differ from the
original aspect ratio.
– The picture movement is not smooth.
Daily Operations—Playback (see pages 12 to 16)
Listening to the Radio:
• If you store a new station into an occupied preset number,
the previously stored station in that number will be erased.
• When you unplug the AC power cord or if a power failure
occurs, the preset stations will be erased in a few days. If
this happens, preset the stations again.
Playing Back a Disc:
• When using an 8 cm disc, place it on the inner circle of the
disc tray.
• On some DVD, SVCD, or VCD discs, the actual
operations may be different from what is explained in this
manual, due to the programming and disc structure; such
differences are not a malfunction of this System.
• When discs* in more than one tray are loaded on the disc
trays, they are played in sequence as follows:
Ex.:When DISC 2 is selected:
DISC 2]DISC 3]DISC 4]DISC 5]DISC 1
(then stops)
* When no disc is loaded on the tray, that disc number is
skipped.
• You can exchange discs while playing or selecting another
disc.
• Some DVD Audio discs prohibit downmixed output.
When you play back such a disc, “LR ONLY” appears on
the display and the System plays back the left front and
right front signals.
• 3D Phonic setting is also applied to the optical digital
output signals through the DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL
OUT terminal.
• When using Resume on SVCD or VCD with PBC, the
playback might start on a position slightly different from
where you have stopped.
• You can use Resume only for the DVD/SVCD/VCD
except for some discs—depending how the disc is
programmed.
• Resume function does not work during Program Play and
Random Play.
• For MP3/WMA/JPEG playback...
– This System cannot play “packet write” discs.
– MP3/WMA/JPEG discs are required a longer readout
time than regular CDs. (It depends on the complexity of
the group/file configuration.)
– Some MP3/WMA/JPEG files cannot be played back and
will be skipped. This result from their recording
processes and conditions.
– When making MP3/WMA discs, use ISO 9660 Level 1
or Level 2 for the disc format.
– This System can play back MP3/WMA/JPEG files with
the extension code <.mp3>, <.wma> or <.jpg>
(regardless of the letter case—upper/lower).
– It is recommended that you make each MP3 file at a
sampling rate of 44.1 kHz and at bit rate of 128 kbps.
This System cannot play back files made at bit rate of
less than 64 kbps.
– This System can recognize the total of 1000 tracks and of
99 groups (each group can contain up to 150 tracks).
Those exceeding the maximum number cannot be
recognized.
Daily Operations—Sound&Other Adjustments
(see pages 17 to 20)
Adjusting the Volume:
• Be sure to turn down the volume before connecting or
putting the headphones.
Adjusting the Sound:
• This function also affects the sound through the
headphones.
Setting the Clock:
• “0:00” will flash on the display until you set the clock.
• The clock may gain or lose 1 to 2 minutes per month. If this
happens, reset the clock.
Unique DVD/VCD Operations (see pages 21 to 23)
• During slow-motion playback, no sound will be
reproduced.
• One touch replay function works only within the same title,
though it works between chapters.
• One touch replay function does not work during Program
Play and Random Play.
• While zoomed in, the picture may look coarse.
Advanced Disc Operations (see pages 24 to 26)
Programming the Playing Order—Program Play:
• If you try to program a 100th track, “MEM FULL (memory
full)” appears on the display.
• While programming steps...
Your entry will be ignored if you have tried to program an
item number that does not exist on the disc (for example,
selecting track 14 on a disc that only has 12 tracks).
43
English
S77[UX].book Page 43 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
English
S77[UX].book Page 44 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
• You cannot use Program Play and Random Play for JPEG
discs.
• You cannot eject tray while in Program Play.
Playing at Random—Random Play:
• The 4 button does not work for skipping chapters or tracks,
but only work for going back to the beginning of the current
chapter or track.
On-Screen Disc Operations (see pages 27 to 31)
• For JPEG files playback...
– It is recommended that you record a file at 640 x 480
resolution. (If a file has been recorded at a resolution of
more than 640 x 480, it will take a long time to be
shown.)
– This System can play only baseline JPEG files.
Progressive JPEG files or lossless JPEG files cannot be
played.
Baseline JPEG format: Used for digital cameras,
web, etc.
Progressive JPEG format: Used for web.
Lossless JPEG format: An old type and rarely used
now.
– This System may not play back JPEG files properly
which are recorded by the devices other than digital still
camera.
– If progressive or lossless JPEG files are played back, a
black screen appears. In this case, stop playback and
select a baseline JPEG file. Note that it may take a long
time to select another file.
Advanced Tape Operations (see pages 32 to 34)
Recording on a Tape:
• The recording level is automatically set correctly. Thus,
you can adjust the sound you are actually listening to
without affecting the recording level.
• There is leader tape which cannot be recorded onto at the
start and end of cassette tapes. Thus, when recording CDs
or radio broadcasts, wind the leader tape first to ensure that
the recording will be made without any music part lost.
• If you start recording with no cassette inserted, “NO
TAPE” appears on the display. If a protected tape has been
inserted, “NO REC” appears.
• When using Reverse mode for recording, start recording in
the forward (3) direction first; otherwise, recording will
stop when only one side (reverse) of the tape is recorded.
• You can also change Reverse mode setting (
and
)
after starting recording.
• You cannot open or close the disc tray while recording a
disc.
Synchronized Disc Recording:
• When the tape reaches its end in the forward direction (3)
during recording with Reverse mode set to
, the last
tune will be re-recorded at the beginning of the reverse side
(except for DVD Video).
44
Timer Operations (see pages 35 and 36)
• When you unplug the AC power cord or if a power failure
occurs, the timer will be canceled. You need to set the clock
first, then the timer again.
• Without stopping the recording, you cannot change the source
after Recording Timer start recording.
• If you set the Sleep Timer after Daily Timer starts playing the
selected source, Daily Timer is canceled.
• If you set the Sleep Timer after Recording Timer starts
recording, Recording Timer is canceled, but recording
continues until Sleep Timer shuts off the power.
Setup Menu Operations (see pages 37 to 42)
LANGUAGE Setup Menu:
• When the language you have selected for “MENU
LANGUAGE,” “AUDIO LANGUAGE,” or “SUBTITLE” is
not recorded on a disc, the original language is used as the
initial language.
PICTURE Setup Menu—MONITOR TYPE:
• Even if “4:3 PS” is selected, the screen size may become 4:3
letter box with some DVD Video discs. This depends on how
the discs are recorded.
• When you select “16:9” for a picture whose aspect ratio is 4:3,
the picture slightly changes due to the process for converting
the picture width.
AUDIO Setup Menu—DOWN MIX:
• This setting is not effective when DTS multi-channel software
is played back.
OTHERS Setup Menu—ON SCREEN GUIDE:
• Setup Menus and on-screen bar will be displayed (and
recorded) even though this function is set to “OFF.”
Subtitles and the information for zooming in always appear
on the display regardless of this setting.
MP3/WMA/JPEG groups/tracks configuration
This System plays back the tracks as follows.
Hierarchy
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
01
03
04
ROOT
02
01
1
9
3
7
4
8
1
5
2
6
Level 5
05
Group with its play order
Track with its play order
10
11
12
Maintenance
English
S77[UX].book Page 45 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
To remove the speaker grilles
To get the best performance of the System, keep your discs,
tapes, and mechanism clean.
Handling discs
• When removing the disc from its case, hold it at the edge
while pressing the center hole lightly.
• Do not touch the shiny surface of the disc, or bend the disc.
• Put the disc back in its case after use to prevent warping.
• Be careful not to scratch the surface of the disc.
• Avoid exposure to direct sunlight, temperature extremes,
and moisture.
To clean the disc:
• Wipe the disc with a soft cloth in a straight line from center
to edge.
Speaker
grille
Holes
Projection
Handling cassette tapes
• If the tape is loose in its cassette, take up the slack by inserting
a pencil in one of the reels and rotate it.
– If the tape is loose, it may get stretched, cut, or caught in the
cassette.
• Be careful not to touch the tape surface.
• Avoid the following places to store the tape—in dusty places,
in direct sunlight or heat, in moist areas, on a TV or speaker,
or near a magnet.
To keep the best recording and playback sound quality:
• Use a cotton swab moistened with alcohol to clean the heads,
capstans, and pinch rollers.
• Use a head demagnetizer (available at electronics and audio
shops) to demagnetize the heads (when the System turned off).
Cleaning the System
• Stains should be wiped off with a soft cloth. If the System
is heavily stained, wipe it with a cloth soaked in waterdiluted neutral detergent and wrung well, then wipe clean
with a dry cloth.
• Since the System may deteriorate in quality, become
damaged or get its paint peeled off, be careful about the
following:
– DO NOT wipe it with a hard cloth.
– DO NOT wipe it strongly.
– DO NOT wipe it with thinner or benzine.
– DO NOT apply any volatile substance such as
insecticides to it.
• DO NOT allow any rubber or plastic to remain in contact
for a long time.
45
English
S77[UX].book Page 46 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
Troubleshooting
If you are having a problem with your System, check this list
for a possible solution before calling for service.
General:
Adjustments or settings are suddenly canceled before
you finish.
] There is a time limit. Repeat the procedure again.
Operations are disabled.
] The built-in microprocessor may malfunction due to
external electrical interference. Unplug the AC power
cord and then plug it back in.
Unable to operate the System from the remote control.
] The path between the remote control and the remote
sensor on the System is blocked.
] The batteries are exhausted.
No sound is heard.
] Speaker connections are incorrect or loose.
] Headphones are connected.
No picture appears on the screen.
] The video cord connections are incorrect or loose.
No picture is displayed on the TV screen, the picture is
blurred, or the picture is divided into two parts.
] The System is connected to a TV which does not support
progressive scanning.
] Incorrect color system is selected (see “To set the video
output selector” on page 7).
The left and right edges of the picture are missing on the
screen.
] Select “4:3 LB/ 4:3 MULTI LB” for “MONITOR
TYPE” (see page 38).
Radio Operations:
Hard to listen to broadcasts because of noise.
] Antennas connections are incorrect or loose.
] The AM loop antenna is too close to the System.
] The FM antenna is not properly extended and
positioned.
Disc Operations:
The disc does not play.
] The disc is placed upside down. Place the disc with the
label side up.
ID3 Tag on an MP3/WMA disc cannot be shown.
] There are two types of ID3 Tag—Version 1 and Version
2. This System can only show ID3 Tag Version 1.
MP3/WMA/JPEG groups and tracks are not played
back as you expect.
] The playing order is determined when the disc was
recorded. It depends on the writing application.
46
MP3/WMA or JPEG tracks are not played back.
] The inserted disc may includes both type of tracks
(MP3/WMA files and JPEG files). In this case, you can
only play back the files selected by the “FILE TYPE”
setting (see page 39).
] You have changed the “FILE TYPE” setting after you
inserted a disc. In this case, reload the disc.
“NO AUDIO” appears.
] This System cannot play back illegally produced DVD
Audio discs.
“LR ONLY” appears.
] Some DVD Audio discs prohibit downmixed output.
When you play back such a disc, this System plays back
the left front and right front signals only.
The disc sound is discontinuous.
] The disc is scratched or dirty.
The disc tray does not open or close.
] The AC power cord is not plugged in.
] Child Lock is in use (see page 26).
Tape Operations:
The cassette holder cannot be opened.
] Power supply from the AC power cord has been cut off
while the tape was running. Turn on the System.
Recordings:
Impossible to record.
] Small tabs on the back of the cassette are removed. Cover
the holes with adhesive tape.
Timer Operations:
Daily Timer and Recording Timer do not work.
] The System has been turned on when the on-time comes.
Timer starts working only when the System is turned off.
Setup Menu Operations:
No subtitle appears on the display though you have
selected the initial subtitle language.
] Some DVDs are programmed to always display no
subtitle initially. If this happens, press SUB TITLE
(while holding SHIFT) after starting play (see page 22).
Audio language is different from the one you have
selected as the initial audio language.
] Some DVDs are programmed to always use the original
language initially. If this happens, press AUDIO (while
holding SHIFT) after starting play (see page 21).
English
S77[UX].book Page 47 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
Language Code List
AA
AB
AF
AM
AR
AS
AY
AZ
BA
BE
BG
BH
BI
BN
BO
BR
CA
CO
CS
CY
DA
DZ
EL
EO
ET
EU
FA
FI
FJ
FO
FY
GA
GD
GL
GN
GU
HA
HI
HR
HU
HY
IA
IE
IK
IN
IS
IW
JI
Afar
Abkhazian
Afrikaans
Ameharic
Arabic
Assamese
Aymara
Azerbaijani
Bashkir
Byelorussian
Bulgarian
Bihari
Bislama
Bengali, Bangla
Tibetan
Breton
Catalan
Corsican
Czech
Welsh
Danish
Bhutani
Greek
Esperanto
Estonian
Basque
Persian
Finnish
Fiji
Faroese
Frisian
Irish
Scots Gaelic
Galician
Guarani
Gujarati
Hausa
Hindi
Croatian
Hungarian
Armenian
Interlingua
Interlingue
Inupiak
Indonesian
Icelandic
Hebrew
Yiddish
JW
KA
KK
KL
KM
KN
KO
KS
KU
KY
LA
Javanese
Georgian
Kazakh
Greenlandic
Cambodian
Kannada
Korean (KOR)
Kashmiri
Kurdish
Kirghiz
Latin
LN
LO
LT
LV
MG
MI
MK
ML
MN
MO
MR
MS
MT
MY
NA
NE
NL
NO
OC
OM
OR
PA
PL
PS
PT
QU
RM
RN
RO
RU
RW
SA
SD
SG
SH
SI
SK
Lingala
Laothian
Lithuanian
Latvian, Lettish
Malagasy
Maori
Macedonian
Malayalam
Mongolian
Moldavian
Marathi
Malay (MAY)
Maltese
Burmese
Nauru
Nepali
Dutch
Norwegian
Occitan
(Afan) Oromo
Oriya
Panjabi
Polish
Pashto, Pushto
Portuguese
Quechua
Rhaeto-Romance
Kirundi
Rumanian
Russian
Kinyarwanda
Sanskrit
Sindhi
Sangho
Serbo-Croatian
Singhalese
Slovak
SL
SM
SN
SO
SQ
SR
SS
ST
SU
SV
SW
TA
TE
TG
TH
TI
TK
TL
TN
TO
TR
TS
TT
TW
UK
UR
UZ
VI
VO
WO
XH
YO
ZU
Slovenian
Samoan
Shona
Somali
Albanian
Serbian
Siswati
Sesotho
Sundanese
Swedish
Swahili
Tamil
Telugu
Tajik
Thai
Tigrinya
Turkmen
Tagalog
Setswana
Tonga
Turkish
Tsonga
Tatar
Twi
Ukrainian
Urdu
Uzbek
Vietnamese
Volapuk
Wolof
Xhosa
Yoruba
Zulu
47
English
S77[UX].book Page 48 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
Country/Area Codes List
√
AD
AE
AF
AG
AI
AL
AM
AN
AO
AQ
AR
AS
AT
AU
AW
AZ
BA
BB
BD
BE
BF
BG
BH
BI
BJ
BM
BN
BO
BR
BS
BT
BV
BW
BY
BZ
CA
CC
CF
CG
CH
CI
CK
CL
CM
CN
CO
CR
CU
CV
CX
CY
CZ
DE
DJ
48
Andorra
United Arab Emirates
Afghanistan
Antigua and Barbuda
Anguilla
Albania
Armenia
Netherlands Antilles
Angola
Antarctica
Argentina
American Samoa
Austria
Australia
Aruba
Azerbaijan
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Barbados
Bangladesh
Belgium
Burkina Faso
Bulgaria
Bahrain
Burundi
Benin
Bermuda
Brunei Darussalam
Bolivia
Brazil
Bahamas
Bhutan
Bouvet Island
Botswana
Belarus
Belize
Canada
Cocos (Keeling) Islands
Central African Republic
Congo
Switzerland
Côte d’Ivoire
Cook Islands
Chile
Cameroon
China
Colombia
Costa Rica
Cuba
Cape Verde
Christmas Island
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Germany
Djibouti
DK
DM
DO
DZ
EC
EE
EG
EH
ER
ES
ET
FI
FJ
FK
FM
FO
FR
FX
GA
GB
GD
GE
GF
GH
GI
GL
GM
GN
GP
GQ
GR
GS
GT
GU
GW
GY
HK
HM
HN
HR
HT
HU
ID
IE
IL
IN
IO
IQ
IR
IS
IT
JM
Denmark
Dominica
Dominican Republic
Algeria
Ecuador
Estonia
Egypt
Western Sahara
Eritrea
Spain
Ethiopia
Finland
Fiji
Falkland Islands (Malvinas)
Micronesia (Federated States of)
Faroe Islands
France
France, Metropolitan
Gabon
United Kingdom
Grenada
Georgia
French Guiana
Ghana
Gibraltar
Greenland
Gambia
Guinea
Guadeloupe
Equatorial Guinea
Greece
South Georgia and the South
Sandwich
Guatemala
Guam
Guinea-Bissau
Guyana
Hong Kong
Heard Island and McDonald
Islands
Honduras
Croatia
Haiti
Hungary
Indonesia
Ireland
Israel
India
British Indian Ocean Territory
Iraq
Iran (Islamic Republic of)
Iceland
Italy
Jamaica
JO
JP
KE
KG
KH
KI
KM
KN
KP
KR
KW
KY
KZ
LA
LB
LC
LI
LK
LR
LS
LT
LU
LV
LY
MA
MC
MD
MG
MH
ML
MM
MN
MO
MP
MQ
MR
MS
MT
MU
MV
MW
MX
MY
MZ
NA
NC
NE
NF
NG
NI
NL
NO
Jordan
Japan
Kenya
Kyrgyzstan
Cambodia
Kiribati
Comoros
Saint Kitts and Nevis
Korea, Democratic People’s
Republic of
Korea, Republic of
Kuwait
Cayman Islands
Kazakhstan
Lao People’s Democratic
Republic
Lebanon
Saint Lucia
Liechtenstein
Sri Lanka
Liberia
Lesotho
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Latvia
Libyan Arab Jamahiriya
Morocco
Monaco
Moldova, Republic of
Madagascar
Marshall Islands
Mali
Myanmar
Mongolia
Macau
Northern Mariana Islands
Martinique
Mauritania
Montserrat
Malta
Mauritius
Maldives
Malawi
Mexico
Malaysia
Mozambique
Namibia
New Caledonia
Niger
Norfolk Island
Nigeria
Nicaragua
Netherlands
Norway
NP
NR
NU
NZ
OM
PA
PE
PF
PG
PH
PK
PL
PM
PN
PR
PT
PW
PY
QA
RE
RO
RU
RW
SA
SB
SC
SD
Nepal
Nauru
Niue
New Zealand
Oman
Panama
Peru
French Polynesia
Papua New Guinea
Philippines
Pakistan
Poland
Saint Pierre and Miquelon
Pitcairn
Puerto Rico
Portugal
Palau
Paraguay
Qatar
Réunion
Romania
Russian Federation
Rwanda
Saudi Arabia
Solomon Islands
Seychelles
Sudan
SE
SG
SH
SI
SJ
SK
SL
SM
SN
SO
SR
ST
SV
SY
SZ
TC
TD
TF
TG
TH
TJ
TK
TM
TN
TO
TP
TR
Sweden
Singapore
Saint Helena
Slovenia
Svalbard and Jan Mayen
Slovakia
Sierra Leone
San Marino
Senegal
Somalia
Suriname
Sao Tome and Principe
El Salvador
Syrian Arab Republic
Swaziland
Turks and Caicos Islands
Chad
French Southern Territories
Togo
Thailand
Tajikistan
Tokelau
Turkmenistan
Tunisia
Tonga
East Timor
Turkey
TT
TV
TW
TZ
UA
UG
UM
US
UY
UZ
VA
VC
VE
VG
VI
VN
VU
WF
WS
YE
YT
YU
ZA
ZM
ZR
ZW
Trinidad and Tobago
Tuvalu
Taiwan
Tanzania, United Republic of
Ukraine
Uganda
United States Minor Outlying
Islands
United States
Uruguay
Uzbekistan
Vatican City State (Holy See)
Saint Vincent and the Grenadines
Venezuela
Virgin Islands (British)
Virgin Islands (U.S.)
Vietnam
Vanuatu
Wallis and Futuna Islands
Samoa
Yemen
Mayotte
Yugoslavia
South Africa
Zambia
Zaire
Zimbabwe
DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT Signals
DIGITAL AUDIO
OUTPUT
Playback disc
DVD Video
with 48 kHz, 16/20/24 bit
Linear PCM
with 96 kHz, Linear PCM
with Dolby Digital
with DTS
DVD Audio
with 48/96/192 kHz,
16/20/24 bit Linear PCM
with 44.1/88.2/176.4 kHz,
16/20/24 bit Linear PCM
with Dolby Digital
with DTS
SVCD, VCD, CD
CD with DTS
MP3/WMA disc
Output Signals
STREAM/PCM
DOLBY DIGITAL/PCM
PCM ONLY
48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM*
48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
Dolby Digital bitstream
48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
DTS bitstream
48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
44.1 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
Dolby Digital bitstream
48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
DTS bitstream
48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
44.1 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM/48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
DTS bitstream
44.1 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
32/44.1/48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
* While playing some DVDs, digital signals may be emitted at 20 bits or 24 bits (at their original bit rate) through the DVD
OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT terminal if the discs are not copy-protected.
49
English
S77[UX].book Page 49 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
English
S77[UX].book Page 50 Wednesday, June 9, 2004 3:52 PM
General
Specifications
Power requirement:
Amplifier section
Output Power:
HIGH:
LOW:
40 W (20 W+ 20 W) at 4 Ω (10% THD)
50 W (25 W+ 25 W) at 4 Ω (10% MAX)
40 W (20 W+ 20 W) at 4 Ω (10% THD)
50 W (25 W+ 25 W) at 4 Ω (10% MAX)
Analog input:
AUX:
Sensitivity/Impedance (at 1 kHz)
400 mV/47 kΩ (at “AUX LEVEL 1”)
200 mV/47 kΩ (at “AUX LEVEL 2”)
Digital output:
DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT:
–21 dBm to –15 dBm (660 nm ±30 nm)
VIDEO OUT:
Color system:NTSC/PAL selectable
VIDEO (composite):
1 V(p-p)/75 Ω
S-VIDEO: Y (luminance)
1 V(p-p)/75 Ω
C (chrominance, burst)
0.286 V(p-p)/75 Ω
COMPONENT: (Interlace/Progressive):
(Y)
1 V(p-p)/75 Ω
0.7 V(p-p)/75 Ω
(PB/PR)
4 Ω – 16 Ω
Speaker Terminals:
Others:
AV COMPU LINK x 2 (φ 3.5)
Tuner section
FM tuning range:
AM tuning range:
87.50 MHz – 108.00 MHz
531 kHz – 1 602 kHz (at 9 kHz)
530 kHz – 1 600 kHz (at 10 kHz)
Disc player section
Playable disc: DVD Video/DVD Audio/CD/VCD/SVCD
CD-R/CD-RW (recorded in Audio CD/
Video CD/ Super Video CD/ MP3/ WMA/
JPEG format)
DVD-R/DVD-RW (recorded in video
format)
Dynamic range:
90 dB
Horizontal resolution: 500 lines
Wow and flutter:
Immeasurable
MP3 recording format: MPEG 1/2 Audio Layer 3
Max. Bit rate:
320 kbps
Cassette deck section
Frequency response
Normal (type I):
Wow and flutter:
50
50 Hz – 14 000 Hz
0.15% (WRMS)
AC 110 V / AC 127 V /
AC 220 V– AC 230 V
,
(adjustable with the voltage selector),
50 Hz/60 Hz
Power consumption: 90 W (at operation)
12 W (on standby)
5.3 W (with deactivating the clock
indication)
Dimensions (approx.): 175 mm x 237 mm x 375 mm
(W/H/D)
Mass (approx.):
7.5 kg
Supplied Accessories
See page 3.
Speakers
Type:
Speaker Systems:
2-Way Bass-reflex type
Woofer: 10 cm cone x 1
Tweeter: 4 cm cone x 1
Power handling capacity: HIGH: 20 W
LOW: 20 W
Impedance:
HIGH: 4 Ω
LOW: 4 Ω
Frequency range:
56 Hz – 40 000 Hz
Sound pressure level:
84 dB/W•m
Dimensions (approx.):
145 mm x 236 mm x 205 mm
(W/H/D)
Mass (approx.):
2.3 kg each
Design and specifications are subject to change without
notice.
This product incorporates copyright protection technology
that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents
and other intellectual property rights owned by
Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of
this copyright protection technology must be authorized by
Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and
other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise
authorized by Macrovision Corporation.
Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited.
“CONSUMERS SHOULD NOTE THAT NOT ALL
HIGH DEFINITION TELEVISION SETS ARE FULLY
COMPATIBLE WITH THIS PRODUCT AND MAY
CAUSE ARTIFACTS TO BE DISPLAYED IN THE
PICTURE. IN CASE OF 525 OR 625 PROGRESSIVE
SCAN PICTURE PROBLEMS, IT IS RECOMMENDED
THAT THE USER SWITCH THE CONNECTION TO
THE ‘STANDARD DEFINITION’ OUTPUT. IF THERE
ARE QUESTIONS REGARDING OUR TV SET
COMPATIBILITY WITH THIS MODEL 525p AND
625p DVD PLAYER, PLEASE CONTACT OUR
CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTER.”
U¹u²;«
≥≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ …—uD*« j¹dA« öOGAð ≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WbI*«
≥≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ j¹dA« vKŽ qO− ²«
≥≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ W½«uDÝô« s s«e²*« qO− ²«
≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ UNO³Mð
≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ VO²J« «c¼ …¡«d WOHO
≥µ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ XR*« j³{
≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ W½uðdJ« s “UN'« ëdš« ∫± …uD)«
≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË dÒCŠ ∫≤ …uD)«
¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ “UN'« öOuð ∫≥ …uD)«
∑ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ` *« l{Ë dOOGð
wÐdŽ
≥µ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ XR*« öOGAð ≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ “UN'« VOdð ¡bÐ
≥∑ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ œ«bŽô« WLzU qOGAð UOKLŽ
≥∑ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ qOGA²« ¡«dł«
≥∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ LANGUAGE WGK« œ«bŽ« WLzU 7
≥∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ PICTURE …—uB« œ«bŽ« WLzU 7
≥π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ AUDIO uB« œ«bŽ« WLzU 7
¥∞ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ OTHERS Èdšô« UÞu³C« œ«bŽ« WLzU 7
¥± ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ q¼ô« qH—WFł«d*« bOOIð
¥≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WOU{ô« UuKF*«
¥≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ “UN'« «c¼ ‰uŠ d¦« WdF
¥µ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ W½UOB«
¥∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ Õöô«Ë ‰UDŽô« sŽ Y׳«
¥∑ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WGK« …dHý ‰Ëbł
¥∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WIDM*«ØbK³« …dHý ‰Ëbł
¥π ............ DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT w?Ld« ÍdB³« Ãd)« «—Uý«
µ∞ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ UH«u*«
∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ “UN'« qOGAð q³
∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ qOGA²K WKÐUI« U½«uDÝô« Ÿ«u½«
π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ¡«ełô« ”dN
±∞ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ÷dF« WýUý UMO³
±≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ qOGA²«—WOuO« öOGA²«
±≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ u¹œ«d« v« ŸUL²Ýô«
±¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ W½«uDÝô« qOGAð
±∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ j¹dA« qOGAð
UÞu³C«Ë uB« UÞu³{—WOuO« öOGA²«
±∑ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ Èdšô«
±∑ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ uB« …u Èu² j³{
±∑ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ uB« q¹bFð
±∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ wJOðUuðËô« DVD u …œU¹“ Èu² * o³ *« j³C«
±∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ uB« qšœ Èu² q¹bFð
±∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ÷dF« WýUý ŸuDÝ dOOGð
±∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ …—uB« Êu Wł—œ dOOGð
±π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WŽU « j³{
≤∞ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ UOJOðUuðË« WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qB
≤± ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ …b¹dH« DVD/VCD U½«uDÝ« öOGAð
±≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ uB« —U —UO²š«
≤≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ wŽdH« Ê«uMF« WG —UO²š«
≤≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ dEM*« W¹Ë«“ —UO²š«
≤≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WOU{ô« WŽuL:« qOGA²
≤≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ÷«dF²Ýö WKÐUI« W²ÐU¦« —uB« —UO²š«
≤≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WOuB)« WOUFH« ÷dŽ
≤¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ …—uD*« W½«uDÝô« öOGAð
≤¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ Zd³*« qOGA²«—qOGA²« VOðdð W−dÐ
≤µ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ wz«uAF« qOGA²«—WOz«uAŽ …—uBÐ qOGA²«
≤∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ …—dJ² …—uBÐ qOGA²«
≤∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ‰UHÞô« b{ qHI«—W½«uDÝô« ëdš« lM
≤∑ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ W½«uDÝö WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« öOGAð
≤∑ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý UuKF
≤∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ‰ULF²ÝUÐ qOGA²«
≥∞ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ CONTROL rJײ« WýUý vKŽ öOGA²«
±
AR-01-11_UX-S77[UX]-3
1
10/6/04, 11:05 AM
WbI*«
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○UNO³Mð○
•
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○VO²J«
○ ○«c¼ ○…¡«d○WOHO○
∫WOU²« ‚dD« U½QO¼ bI ¨ÊUJô« —bIÐ rNH« ‡ WKNÝË WDO Ð UŠËdA« qF'
w ‰Ëb'« w Wł—b w¼ UL WŠËdA jЫuC«Ë —«—“ô« qOGAð UOKLŽ •
…bŠË ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ qOGA²« UOKLŽ Õdý - bI ¨VO²J« «c¼ w ÆqHÝô«
jЫuC«Ë —«—“ô« ‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1 ¨p– lË ªWO Oz— …—uBÐ bFÐ sŽ rJײ«
Æ©tÐUA Ë«® UöF«Ë rÝô« fH½ qL% X½U «–« w Ozd« “UN'« vKŽ …œułu*«
WdF” r w UIŠô WŠËdA UEŠö*«Ë …bOH*« U×OLK²« iFÐ •
sJË ¨“Õöô«Ë ‰UDŽô« sŽ Y׳«” Ë ““UN'« «c¼ ‰uŠ d¦«
Ê« œ—« «–« ÆqOGA²« UOKLŽ ÕdA¹ Íc« r I« fH½ w błuð ô
Ác¼ v« V¼–« ¨WHOþu« ‰uŠ pý „bMŽ ÊU «–« Ë« ¨nzUþu« sŽ d¦« ·dFð
Æ„UM¼ »«u'« b& ·uÝË ÂU ô«
ÆnOHš qJAÐ jGC« V−¹ t½« …—Uýô« Ác¼ sO³ð
Ò
w Ë« ¨…—«d(« —œUB s W³¹d sU« w “UN'« Vdð ô
sUô« w Ë« ¨…dýU³*« fLA« WFýô W{dF sU«
Æ◊dH*« “«e²¼ô« Ë« —U³GK W{dF*«
ÆÊu¹eHK²« “UNłË “UN'« «c¼ 5Ð WOU WU „dð«
ÆÊu¹eHK²« l wðuB« qš«b²« lM* p–Ë Êu¹eHK²« “UNł sŽ UŽUL « bFЫ
•
•
WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« —œUB
p « ¨wzUÐdNJ« —UO²« Wײ s WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ qB b¹dð UbMŽ
WUD« pKÝ fH½ V× ð ô ÆfÐUI« V×Ý«Ë fÐUI« s pK « ULz«œ
ÆAC WOzUÐdNJ«
•
WKK³ p¹b¹ ÊuJð UbMŽ AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ p 9 ô
Æ¡U*UÐ
WOKš«b« …—«d(«
WO½UŁ ≤
Æ…bŠu« qš«œ w …—«d(« r«dð lM* WOHK)« WŠuK« vKŽ b¹d³²« WŠËd XO³¦ð -
•
∫ÁU³²½UÐ wK¹ U vKŽ kUŠ ¨ÊUô« qł« s
Ê« sJ1 Æ“UN'« ‰uŠ WOU W¹uNð œułË s bQð
Ê« sJ1Ë ◊dH 5 ð WHOFC« W¹uN²« V³ ð
Æ“UN'« —dC²¹
Ë« W¹uN²« Uײ oKGð ôË b¹d³²« WŠËd qdFð ô
Uײ ‚öž« Ë« b¹d³²« WŠËd WKdŽ - «–« Æ»uI¦«
¨‘ULI« Ë« n×B« ‚—Ë WDÝ«uÐ »uI¦« Ë« W¹uN²«
Æ×U K …—«d(« Ãd ð ô Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨a«
ÁU&ôUÐ jÐUC« d¹Ëbð V−¹ t½« …—Uýô« Ác¼ sO³¹
Ò
Æ…œb;« © U¼U&ô«®
WDÝ«uÐ jI WMJ2 WOKLF« Ác¼ Ê« …—Uýô« Ác¼ sO³ð
Ò
ÆbFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË ‰ULF²Ý«
WDÝ«uÐ jI WMJ2 WOKLF« Ác¼ Ê« …—Uýô« Ác¼ sO³ð
Ò
“UN'« vKŽ …œułu*« jЫuC«Ë —«—“ô« ‰ULF²Ý«
Æw Ozd«
•
WÐuÞd« nŁUJð
Æ—«—“ô« bŠ« jG{ V−¹ t½« …—Uýô« Ác¼ sO³ð
Ò
Æ…œb× …b* jGC«
w® jGC« …b rN « qš«œ œułu*« œbF« sO³¹
Ò •
.©WO½UŁ ≤ ‰U¦*« «c¼
jG{« ¨rN « qš«œ r— œułË ÂbŽ WUŠ w •
Ë« ¡«dłô« q s ¡UN²½ô« r²¹ v²Š jGC« lÐUðË
ÆU¼b¹dð w²« W−O²M« vKŽ qB% v²Š
•
∫WOU²« ôU(« w “UN'« qš«œ UÝbF« vKŽ WÐuÞdK nŁUJð Àb×¹ Ê« sJ1
WdG« qš«œ W¾b²« ¡bÐ bFÐ •
W³Þ— Wdž qš«œ •
—UŠ ÊUJ v« œ—UÐ ÊUJ s …dýU³ “UN'« qI½ - «–« •
„dð« ¨WU(« Ác¼ w Æ“UN'« W¹œQ²Ð hI½ qB×¹ Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨p– q¦ qBŠ «–«
WUD« b¹Ëeð pKÝ Ÿe½« ¨WÐuÞd« d ³²ð v²Š UŽUÝ …bF qOGAð WUŠ w “UN'«
ÆWO½UŁ …d WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« b¹Ëeð pKÝ qOuð bŽ« p– bFÐË ¨AC WOzUÐdNJ«
nOHš qJAÐ jGC« V−¹ t½« …—Uýô« Ác¼ sO³ð
Ò
ÆÁb¹dð Íc« —UO²šô« —UO²š« r²¹ v²Š lÐU²²UÐË
WFÐU²Ë jGC« V−¹ t½« …—Uýô« Ác¼ sO³ð
Ò
“UN'« VOdð
≥µ Ë µ 5З«dO¦ œ—UÐ Ë« —UŠ dOž ÊuJ¹ YO×Ð ·UłË j ³M ÊUJ d²š«
ÆW¹u¾ Wł—œ
…—«d(« lÒL& lM qł« s WOU W¹uNð vKŽ Íu²×¹ ÊUJ w “UN'« V—
Ò
Æ“UN'« qš«œ WOKš«b«
wÐdŽ
WUD« b¹Ëeð pKÝ Ÿe½« ¨WK¹uÞ WOM“ …b* “UN'« qOGAð b¹dð ô p½« WUŠ w«
ÆjzU(« vKŽ …œułu*« WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« b¹Ëeð Wײ s AC WOzUÐdNJ«
p– bFÐË AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« b¹Ëeð pKÝ Ÿe½« ¨qDŽ Í« ‰uBŠ WUŠ w
ÆwK;« pKOLŽ dA²Ý«
•
•
Èdš« «d¹c%
Remote
ONLY
Main Unit
ONLY
WUD« pKÝ Ÿe½« ¨“UN'« qš«œ qz«uÝ Ë« WO½bF ÂU ł« ‰ušœ WUŠ w
ÆWO½UŁ …d “UN'« qOGAð q³ pKOLŽ dA²Ý«Ë AC WOzUÐdNJ«
•
WKÐU WOKš«œ ¡«eł« błu¹ ô t½ô “UN'« pOJHð ‰ËU% ô
Æ“UN'« «cN qLF² *« h A« q³ s W½UOBK
≤
AR-01-11_UX-S77[UX]-3
2
10/6/04, 11:05 AM
wÐdŽ
“UN'« VOdð ¡bÐ
○ ○ ○W½uðdJ«
○ ○s○“UN'«○ ëdš«
○ ○∫± …uD)«
○ ○ Æ UI×K*« h×«Ë W½uðdJ« `²« ∫± …uD)«
œułu*« rd« q¦1 ÆWOU²« œuM³« œułË s bQð ¨W½uðdJ« s “UN'« ëdš« bFÐ
Æ“UN'« «c¼ l WId*« lDI« œbŽ ”«uô« qš«œ
©±® FM Włu wz«u¼ •
©±® AM Włu* Í—UÞô« wz«uN« •
©±® Vd u¹bO pKÝ •
©±® bFÐ sŽ rJ% …bŠË •
©≤® U¹—UDÐ •
©±® AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« fÐU ¡v¹UN •
Æ«—u pKOLŽ dA²Ý« ¨WId*« lDI« ÁcNÐ hI½ œułË WUŠ w
○ ○ ○bFÐ○sŽ○rJײ«○…bŠË
○ d○ÒCŠ○∫≤ …uD)«
○○
…—uBÐ ©≠ Ë ´® »UDô« WIÐUD l bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË qš«œ U¹—UD³« qšœ«
ÆW×O×
±
R6(SUM-3)/AA(15F)
≤
≥
Æ…b¹bł W¹—UDÐ l W1b W¹—UDÐ qLF² ð ô
ÆiFÐ l WHK² Ÿ«u½« s U¹—UDÐ qLF² ð ô
ÆVNK« Ë« …—«d×K U¹—UD³« ÷ÒdFð ô
b¹dð ô UbMŽ U¹—UD³« …d−Š qš«œ U¹—UD³« „d²ð ô
·ö Ð ÆWK¹uÞ WOM“ …b* bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË ‰ULF²Ý«
»Òd ð V³ Ð rJײ« …bŠË —dC²ð Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨p–
Æ U¹—UD³« qzUÝ
ÆbFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË dCŠ
Ò ∫≤ …uD)«
UOz«u¼ q¦ ¡«ełô« qË« ∫≥ …uD)«
dE½«® Æa« ¨ UŽUL « ¨AM/FM
.©∑ v« ¥ W×H
•
•
•
•
ÆAC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ qË« «dOš«
Æ“UN'« «c¼ qOGAð pMJ1 Êô«
≥
AR-01-11_UX-S77[UX]-3
3
10/6/04, 11:05 AM
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○“UN'«○ ○öOuð
○ ○∫≥ …uD)«
○○
FM/AM Włu* qC« ‰U³I²Ý« qł« s
AM Włu* Í—UÞô« wz«uN«
Ɖuu Í—UÞô« wz«uN« „dð«
©“UN'« l od dOž® qOMOH« ‡ …œU0 vDG pKÝ
wł—Uš FM Włu wz«u¼
©“UN'« l od dOž®
ÆUOI« pK « œb
Øqšb« ·«dÞô WO×O{u²« UuÝd«
WK¦« w¼ qHÝô« w …œułu*« Ãd)«
ÆWOł–u/
¨Èdšô« X½U½u³LJ« …eNł« qOuð bMŽ
Ác¼ qOGAð ULOKFð U³O² v« lł—«
·«dÞ« ¡ULÝ« nK² ð Ê« sJ1 W½ô …eNłô«
ÆWOHK)« vKŽ WŽu³D*« WOKFH« qOu²«
…eNł« q sŽ WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qB«
ÆqOu²« q³ X½U½u³LJ«
ÂË« ∑µ pKÝ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ wł—Uš FM Włu wz«u¼ qË«Ë ¨“UN'« l od*« FM Włu wz«u¼ qB«
Æ(IEC Ë DIN45325) —u;« bײ Ÿu½ qu l
©“UN'« l od®
FM Włu wz«u¼
ƉU³I²Ý« qC« vKŽ ‰uB(« v²Š wz«uN« œb
EN
PU
SH
AU
TO
RE
VE
RS
OP
E
NTS
C
PAL
VID
EO
OU
SELE T
CTER
VID
EO
S-VID
EO
LOW
HIG
H
VO
LT
SEL AGE
EC
TOR
220
V
230 —
V
127
V
110
V
¥
AR-01-11_UX-S77[UX]-3
4
10/6/04, 11:05 AM
wÐdŽ
Æ∑ Ë ∂ 5²×HB« dE½« ¨d¦« UuKF œ—« «–«
○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○
wÐdŽ
AM Włu* Í—UÞô« wz«uN«
©“UN'« l od®
qC« vKŽ ‰uB(« v²Š wz«uN« —Ëœ
Ò
ƉU³I²Ý«
XOÝU q−
Æa« ¨VCR u¹bO
AUDIO OUT
iOЫ
AUX
dLŠ«
OPTICAL
DIGITAL IN
…dHý qK×
DECODER
VIDEO INPUT
PR
PB
Y
VIDEO INPUT
Êu¹eHKð
TV
VIDEO INPUT
dLŠ√
dCš«
‚—“«
dH«
©“UN'« l od dOž® u pKÝ
©“UN'« l od dOž® wL— ÍdBÐ pKÝ
©“UN'« l od dOž® X½U½u³L u¹bO pKÝ
©“UN'« l od® Vd u¹bO pKÝ
©“UN'« l od dOž® S-VIDEO pKÝ
AV
COMPU LINK
©“UN'« l od dOž® AV COMPU LINK pKÝ
© uB« ÍœUŠ« dOG fÐU vKŽ Íu²×¹ pKÝ®
bFÐ sŽ rJײ« ÂUE½” r dE½« ¨qOUH²« qł« s
Æ∂ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “AV COMPU LINK
•
jzU(« w WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« Wײ v«
Æ“UN'« WOHKš vKŽ …œułu*« WODuH« V ²M UÞu³{ qLŽË öOu²« q qLŽ s ¡UN²½ô« bFÐ bFÐ jI AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ qË«
Æ“UN'« l od*« AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« fÐU ¡v¹UN qLF²Ý« ¨AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« fÐU l ¡ö²ð ô jzU(« w …œułu*« WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« Wײ X½U «–« •
µ
AR-01-11_UX-S77[UX]-3
5
10/6/04, 11:05 AM
UŽUL « „öÝ« qOu²
Èd O« WŽUL «Ë ¨RIGHT vMLO« qOu²« ·«dÞ« l vMLO« WŽUL « qË«
ÆLEFT Èd O« qOu²« ·«dÞ« l
qšœ« 2
AM Włu* Í—UÞô« wz«uN« lOL−²
`²« 1
wÐdŽ
oKž« 3
AM Włu* Í—UÞô« wz«uN« qOuðË lOL−²
∫ UŽUL « qOuð ·«dÞ« »UD« Ê“«Ë ¨ UŽUL « „öÝ« qOuð bMŽ
Æ©≠® l œuÝô« pK «Ë ©´® l dLŠô« pK « ∫LOW qOu²« ·«dÞô •
Æ©≠® l ‚—“ô« pK «Ë ©´® l ÍœUd« pK « ∫HIGH qOu²« ·«dÞô •
WýUý vKŽ Ê«uô« ‘uAð VÒM−² UO OEMG WÐu−× UŽUL «
¨W×O× dOž …—uBÐ UŽUL « VOdð WUŠ w ¨p– lË ÆÊu¹eHK²«
VOdð bMŽ wK¹ U v« t³²½« ¨«cN ÆÊ«uö ‘uAð p– V³ ¹ Ê« sJ1
Æ UŽUL «
WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« ÕU²H qB« ¨Êu¹eHK²« »d UŽUL « l{Ë bMŽ –
VOdð q³ Êu¹eHK²K WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qOuð pKÝ Ÿe½« Ë« Êu¹eHK²K
WUD« ÕU²H qOuð q³ qô« vKŽ WIOœ ≥∞ …b* dE²½« Æ UŽUL «
ÆWO½UŁ …d Êu¹eHK²K WOzUÐdNJ«
«–« ÆvKŽô« w ¡«dłö pŽU³ð« s rždUÐ U½u¹eHK²« iFÐ dŁQ²ð Ê« sJ1
ÆÊUJô« —bIÐ Êu¹eHK²« sŽ UŽUL « bFЫ ¨p– qBŠ
Æ·dÞ qJÐ …bŠ«Ë WŽULÝ s d¦√ qOu²Ð rIðô •
WO½bF*« ¡«ełô« fö¹ WŽUL « „öÝ« qu qF& ô •
Æ“UN−K
AM Włu* Í—UÞô« wz«uN« qOu²
jG{« 1
—dŠ 3
qšœ« 2
¨qOMOH« …œU0 …UDG UŽUL « „öÝ« Ë« AM Włu* wz«uN« pKÝ X½U «–«
ÆqOMOH« …œU Íu WDÝ«uÐ pKÝ ·dÞ q W¹UN½ nAJ qOMOH« …œU Ÿe½«
qOu²« „öÝ«Ë Èdš« ·«dÞ« Íô wz«uN« öu W ö ÂbŽ s bQð
sŽË “UN−K WO½bF*« ¡«ełô« sŽ UOz«uN« bFЫ ¨UC¹« ÆWOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝË
p– V³ ¹ Ê« sJ1 ÆAC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ sŽË qOu²« „öÝ«
ÆnOF{ ‰U³I²Ý«
•
•
∂
AR-01-11_UX-S77[UX]-3
6
10/6/04, 11:05 AM
WODuH« V ²M j³{
wÐdŽ
WöŽ dýRð YO×Ð WODuH« V ²M d¹Ëbð qł« s wž«dÐ pH qLF²Ý«
UC¹« dE½«® ÆtO “UN'« qOGAð b¹dð Íc« ÊUJ*« WODu fH½ vKŽ WODuH«
©ÆWOHK)« ·öG« W×H
AV COMPU LINK bFÐ sŽ rJײ« ÂUE½
ªWKNÝ qOGAð UOKLFÐ JVC WŽUM s Êu¹eHKð qOGAð s ÂUEM« «c¼ pMÒJ1
qšb« l{Ë dÒOG¹Ë UOJOðUuðË« Êu¹eHK²« qG²A¹ ¨W½«uDÝô« qOGAð ¡bÐ WDÝ«uÐ
Æ÷dF« …—u …b¼UA pMJ1 YOŠ rzö*« l{u« vKŽ
l “UN'« qOu² ÃU²% ¨AV COMPU LINK ÂUE½ ‰ULF²Ýô
dOž® W¹œUŠ« …dOG ‡ fÐUI vKŽ Èu²×¹ pKÝ ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ Êu¹eHK²«
fÐUI ‰öš s u¹bOH« ÃdšØqšœ qOuð v« WU{ôUÐ ©“UN'« l od
©Vd® f³I Ë« S-VIDEO f³I ¨COMPONENT X½U½u³LJ«
Æ“UN'« WOHKš vKŽ VIDEO
wLd« uB« qOu²
DVD
DIG OPTIC
ITAL AL
OUT
WODuH« WöŽ
WODuH« V ²M l{Ë q³ “UN−K WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« quð
Ò ô
p²IDM* W×O×B« WODuH« vKŽ “UN'« WOHKš vKŽ œułu*«
ÆqUË `O× qJAÐ WÐuKD*« qOu²« «¡«dł« q qLŽË
PCM
/STR
EAM
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ` *«
○ ○l{Ë○dOOGð○
Remote
ONLY
Æw−¹—b²« ` *« ÂUE½ “UN'« «c¼ rŽb¹
X½U½u³LJ« fÐUI ‰öš s w−¹—bð ` ÂUE½ Êu¹eHKð XKË« «–«
DVD qÒGA s WOUŽ …œuł …—uBÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1 ¨COMPONENT
Æ“PROGRE” w−¹—b²« ` *« l{Ë —UO²š« WDÝ«uÐ wKš«b«
PROGRESSIVE
PROGRE
INTER
0
qOuð ·dÞ s W¹UL(« WF³ Ÿe½« ¨wLd« ÍdB³« pK « qOuð q³
ÆDVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT wLd« ÍdB³« qšb«
u¹bOH« Ãdš V ²M j³C
ÆÊu¹eHK²« Êu ÂUE½ l ¡ö²O u¹bOH« qšœ —UO²š« pMJ1
Ë« NTSC ÂUE½ Êu¹eHK² ∫NTSC
ÆWLE½ô« ‡ œbF² Êu¹eHK²
Ë« PAL ÂUE½ Êu¹eHK² ∫PAL
ÆWLE½ô« ‡ œbF² Êu¹eHK²
PAL
©Xu« fHMЮ
Æw−¹—bð ` Êu¹eHK² Æw−¹—bð `
PROGRE
ÆÍœUO²Ž« Êu¹eHK² ÆpÐUA² `
INTER
∑
AR-01-11_UX-S77[UX]-3
7
NTSC
10/6/04, 11:05 AM
VIDEO
OUT
SELECT
“UN'« qOGAð q³
○ ○WKÐUI«○ ○U½«uDÝô«
○ ○Ÿ«u½«○
W½«uDÝ« ○ ○ ○ ○qOGA²K
WOLd« uB« UðU—u—DVD Video
ÆÆÆ wK¹ U2 bQð ¨W½«uDÝô« qOGAð q³ ∫ÂU¼
Ë« —uB« …b¼UA* Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ `O×B« qšb« d²š«Ë Êu¹eHK²« qGý
Ò
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ qOGA²« U{ËdŽ
r dE½« Æp²³ž— V Š wËô« j³C« dOOGð pMJ1 ¨W½«uDÝô« qOGA²
Æ≥∑ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “œ«bŽô« WLzU qOGAð UOKLŽ”
¨—“ jG{ bMŽ Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ “
” …—Uýô«
r— U—u
…dHý u¹bOH«
*WIDM*«
∫WOU²« U½«uDÝô« qOGA² “UN'« «c¼ rOLBð - bI
©ed«® WöF«
W½«uDÝ«
≤
Ë«
DVD Video
W½«uDÝ«
ALL
DVD Audio
NTSC
Ë«
Video CD W½«uDÝ«
(VCD)
PAL
DIGITAL VIDEO
dÐuÝ W½«uDÝ«
CD (SVCD) u¹bO
SUPER VIDEO
•
Audio CD W½«uDÝ«
COMPACT
DIGITAL AUDIO
Ë« CD-R W½«uDÝô« qOGAð “UN'« lOD² ¹
¨Audio CD u U—uHÐ WK− *« CD-RW
ÆJPEG Ë WMA ¨MP3 ¨SVCD ¨Video CD
•
dNþ «–«
UuKF*« Ë« ¨tKLŽ XËUŠ Íc« qOGA²« q³Ið ô W½«uDÝô« Ê« wMF¹ «c¼
ÆW½«uDÝô« vKŽ WK− dOž qOGA²« WOKLF WÐuKD*«
ÆDolby Laboratories Wdý s WBš— Vłu0 Z²½√
w¼ ÃËœe*« D e—Ë “MLP Lossless” ¨“Pro Logic” ¨“Dolby” Ê≈
ÆDolby Laboratories «d³²< WK− U—U
UöŽ w¼ “DTS2.0+DIGITAL OUT” ÂUE½ Ë “DTS” ÂUE½
ÆDigital Theater Systems, Inc. W ÝR* WK− W¹—U&
Ë« DVD-R W½«uDÝô« qOGAð “UN'« lOD² ¹
Æu¹bO U—uHÐ WK− *« DVD-RW
•
•
W½«uDÝô« Ÿu½
wÐdŽ
ÆWOU²« WOLd« uB« UðU—u qOGAð “UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹
U—uH« fH½ u¼Ë ¨◊uGC dOž wL— u ÂUE½ ∫wD)« PCM ÂUE½ •
ÆWOKô« u¹œu²Ýô« U½«uDÝ« rEFË CDs U½«uDÝô qLF² *«
Dolby q³ s —ÒuDË ◊uGC wL— u ÂUE½ ∫wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ •
jO× u qLŽ qł« s …œbF² ‡ …UM dOHAð s sÒJ1Ë ¨Laboratories
.wIOIŠ
q³ s —ÒuD ◊uGC u ÂUE½ ∫©WOLd« Õd *« WLE½«® DTS ÂUE½ •
‡ …UM dOHAð s sÒJ1Ë ¨Digital Theater Systems, Inc. W ÝR
w³Ëœ ÂUE½ s q« jGC« W³ ½ Ê« V³ Ð ÆwLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ q¦ …œbF²
.qC« qBË lÝË« wJOUM¹œ Èb ÂUEM« «c¼ œËe¹ ¨wLd«
…UMI« «—Uý« “UN'« ‰u×¹ ¨…œbF² ‡ …UMIÐ …dHA DVD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bMŽ
Æ UŽUL « s ÃËeL*« uB« Ãd ¹Ë W×O× …—uBÐ ¨…UM ≤ v« …œbF²*«
‡ …UMIÐ …dHA*« DVDs U½«uDÝô r C« uBUÐ ŸU²L²Ýö •
l wKš«œ qK× vKŽ Íu²×¹ VÝUM r C Ë« VÝUM qK× qË« ¨…œbF²
Æ“UN'« WOHKš vKŽ œułu*« ÍdB³« wLd« Ãd)« qOuð ·dÞ
CD-R W½«uDÝ«
CD-RW W½«uDÝ«
DVD-R W½«uDÝ«
DVD-RW W½«uDÝ«
UuKF qOGAð “UN'« lOD² ¹ ¨vKŽô« w …—uc*« U½«uDÝô« v« WU{ôUÐ
Ë ¨©CD WODOD ð ÂuÝ—® CD-G ¨CD h½ W½«uDÝ« vKŽ WK− *« uB«
ÆCD-Extra
∫WOU²« U½«uDÝô« qOGAð sJ1 ô
•
Æ UŽUL « —dC²ð ·uÝË ZO−{ bÒu¹ ·uÝ U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ q¦ qOGAð
öOGA² ‰œU³²UÐ “—U ” Ë “nK” WLK qLF² ð ¨VO²J« «c¼ w
ÆMP3/WMA/JPEG U½«uDÝ«
•
WIDM*« …dHý ‰uŠ WEŠö
*
CD-I ¨DVD+RW ¨DVD+R ¨DVD-RAM ¨DVD-ROM
Æa« ¨Photo CD ¨CD-ROM ¨(CD-I Ready)
ÆrNÐ tUš WIDM …dHý ÂU—« DVD U½«uDÝ«Ë DVD öGA pK²9
NTSC Êu ÂUEMÐ WK− *« DVD U½«uDÝ« jI qOGAð “UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹
Æ“≤” rd« UN²IDM …dHý ÂU—« sLC²ð w²«Ë PAL Ë«
∫WK¦«
…—Uýô« dNEð ¨W¾ÞUš WIDM …dHý ÂU—« vKŽ Íu²% DVD W½«uDÝ« qOL% - «–«
ÆqOGA²« √b³¹ ô ·uÝË ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ “©WIDM*« …dHý QDš® RGN ERR”
∏
AR-01-11_UX-S77[UX]-3
8
10/6/04, 11:05 AM
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○¡«ełô«
○ ○”dN○
ÆjЫuC«Ë —«—“ô« ‰ULF²Ý« WOHO WOdF* U×HB« v« lł—«
wÐdŽ
bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
STANDBY/ON
¥≤ ¨ ¥± ¨ ≥± ≠ ≤π ¨ ≤¥ ≠ ≤≤ ¨ ±∏ ¨ ±µ ¨ ±≥ ¨ ∑
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
VFP
4
5
3D PHONIC
DVD LEVEL
PROGRESSIVE PAGE +
10
±µ
¥± ¨ ≥∏ ¨ ≥∑
≤≥
≤µ ¨ ±¥ ¨ ±≤
±¥
≤µ ¨ ≤≥ ¨ ±¥
≤µ ¨ ±∂ ≠ ±≥
≥∂ ¨ ≥µ ¨ ±π
≤∞
±∑
±∑
≥≤ ¨ ≥± ¨ ≤∂ ¨ ≤≥ ¨ ≤≤ ¨ ±∏ ¨ ±∂ ≠ ±¥ ¨ ∑
≥≤ ¨ ≤µ ¨ ≤¥ ¨ ±∂ ¨ ±≥
SET
9
8
7
DISPLAY
6
RETURN
CANCEL
10
0
TOP MENU
MENU
ENTER
SET UP
ON SCREEN
DISC
REC MODE
SLOW +
GROUP/TITLE
CLOCK/
TIMER
SLEEP
DIMMER
A.STANDBY
BASS/
FADE
TREBLE RHYTHM AX MUTING
FM/PLAY REPEAT A-B
MODE
REPEAT
REV.MODE
VOLUME
≥∂ ¨ ±≤
±π
≥∂ ¨ ≥µ ¨ ±π ¨ ±∏ ¨ ±≥
≥µ ¨ ≤µ ¨ ±π ¨ ±∂
±µ
¥± ¨ ≥∑ ¨≥µ ¨ ≥± ¨ ≤∏ ¨ ≤µ ¨ ≤≥ ¨ ±π ¨±∏ ¨ ±µ
≤∏
±≥ ¨ ±≤
≥≤ ¨ ±∂ ¨ ±≤
≥≥
≤µ ¨ ±∂ ¨ ±¥
≤≥ ¨ ±µ
±∏
≤∞
±∑
±∑ ¨ ±≤
≤∂
RM-SUXS77U REMOTE CONTROL
w Ozd« “UN'«
≥≤ ¨ ±∂
±≤
±∞
≤µ ¨ ±¥ ¨ ±≤
bFÐ sŽ rJײ« ”U Š
±∑
±¥
≤∂ ¨ ≤µ ¨ ±¥
≥¥ ¨ ≥≥
±≤
±≤
±∑ ¨ ±≤
≤∂ ¨ ±¥
±µ
≤µ ¨ ±∂ ¨ ±¥ ¨ ±≥
±¥
±≤
π
AR-01-11_UX-S77[UX]-3
9
10/6/04, 11:05 AM
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ÷dF«
○ ○WýUý
○ ○UMO³○
ÆÂUEM« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« …dO¦ ¡UOý« ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ …œułu*« U½UOUÐ pLKFð
Ò
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ sO³*«
Ò ¡wC¹ v²Ë WOHO vKŽ ·dFð
Ò ¨“UN'« qOGAð q³
5
WMA
MP3
1DISC
REC
ALL
GR. SLEEP MONO
3D PHONIC ST PRGM RAND BONUS B.S.P
8
9!"
# $% &
—«dJ²« l{Ë dýR 8
Æ—«dJ²« l{Ë jOAMð bMŽ ¡wC¹ ∫ •
∫1 DISC ALL A-B GR. •
ÆbŠ«Ë —U —«dJð bMŽ ¡wC¹ ∫1 ≠
Æ…bŠ«Ë W½«uDÝ« —«dJð bMŽ ¡wC¹ ∫1DISC ≠
Æ U½«uDÝô« lOLł —«dJð bMŽ ¡wC¹ ∫ALL ≠
ÆA-B 5²DIM« —«dJð bMŽ ¡wC¹ ∫A-B ≠
Æ…bŠ«Ë WŽuL− —«dJð bMŽ ∫GR. ≠
3D PHONIC sO³
Ò 9
Æ©±µ W×H dE½«® WDOA½ 3D PHONIC WHOþË ÊuJð UbMŽ ¡wC¹ •
SLEEP sO³
Ò !
ÆUDOA½ ÂuM« XR ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ ¡wC¹ •
FM Włu ‰U³I²Ý« UMO³ "
ÆÍœUŠ« uBÐ u¹dO²Ý FM WD× ‰U³I²Ý« ¡UMŁ« ¡wC¹ ∫MONO •
«– u¹dO²Ý FM WD× vKŽ nOu²« r²¹ UbMŽ ¡wC¹ ∫©u¹dO²Ý® ST •
ÆWOU …—uBÐ W¹u «—Uý«
W½«uDÝô« qOGAð UMO³ #
ÆZd³*« qOGA²« l{Ë jOAMð bMŽ ¡wC¹ ∫©ZU½dЮ PRGM •
Æwz«uAF« qOGA²« l{Ë jOAMð bMŽ ¡wC¹ ∫©wz«uAŽ® RAND •
REC sO³
Ò $
ÆqO− ²« ¡UMŁ« ¡wC¹ •
BONUS sO³
Ò %
WOU{« WŽuL− l DVD Audio W½«uDÝ« ·UA²« r²¹ UbMŽ ¡wC¹ •
Æ©≤≤ W×H dE½«®
B.S.P sO³
Ò &
DVD Audio W½«uDÝ« w¼ WOU(« W½«uDÝô« ÊuJð UbMŽ ¡wC¹ •
Æ©≤≥ W×H dE½«® W{ËdF*« WMU « …—uB« l WOðuB«
©wzUIKð® AÆ STANDBY sO³
Ò (
ÆUDOA½ wzUIK²« œ«bF²Ýô« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ ¡wC¹ •
ÆUDOA½ wzUIK²« œ«bF²Ýô« Ë W½«uDÝô« qOGAð nu²¹ UbMŽ iu¹ •
6 7
wÐdŽ
123 4
123
REC
A.STANDBY
(
ÆW½«uDÝô« WOMO «dýR 1
ÆW½«uDÝô« WOMO r— «dýR ∫1-5 •
∫©WOMO dýR® ∫ •
ÆW½«uDÝô« b¹b% bMŽ ¡wC¹ ≠
ÆW½«uDÝô« qOGAð bMŽ iu¹ ≠
ÆWOMOB« vKŽ W½«uDÝô« œułË ÂbŽ WUŠ w ¡wHDM¹ ≠
WOMOB« dýR ÂuI¹ UbMŽ qHÝô« w ¡wC¹ ∫©W½«uDÝô« dýR® •
ÎÆUOUŠ …—U²<« W½«uDÝô« v« …—UýôUÐ
RHYTHM AX sO³
Ò 2
Æ©±∑ W×H dE½«® Ax ŸUI¹ô« jOAMð bMŽ ¡wC¹ •
WMA dýR 3
ÆWMA WGOBÐ q− wU(« —U *« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ ¡wC¹ •
MP3 dýR 4
ÆMP3 WGOBÐ q− wU(« —U *« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ •
WO Ozd« ÷dF« WýUý 5
ÆWD;« œœdðË ©o³ *« j³C« r— Ë« ® Włu*« dNEð ∫ u¹œ«dK ŸUL²Ýô« ¡UMŁ« •
Æ“TAPE” …—Uýô« dNEð ∫ j¹dA« —UO²š« ¡UMŁ« •
Æ“AUX” …—Uýô« dNEð ∫ “AUX” wł—U)« “UN'« —UO²š« ¡UMŁ« •
WO Ozd« ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ UMO³*«” r dE½« ∫ W½«uDÝô« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« •
Ʊ± W×H vKŽ œułu*« “W½«uDÝô« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
j¹dA« qOGAð UMO³ 6
∫©j¹dA« ÁU&«® 2 3 •
ÆwU(« j¹dA« Ê«—Ëœ ÁU&« sÒO³O ¡wC¹ ≠
ÆqO− ²«Ë qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ¡j³Ð iu¹ ≠
Æj¹dA« n ¡UMŁ« WŽd Ð iu¹ ≠
∫©fJF« l{Ë®
•
Æq«u² qJAÐ —«dL²ÝUÐ j¹dA« qG²A¹ ∫
≠
≠
ÆUOJOðUuðË« …bŠ«Ë …d j¹dA« fJF¹ ∫
ÆV½«u'« bŠ« W¹UN½ w j¹dA« qOGAð nu²¹ ∫ ≠
XR*« UMO³ 7
l{Ë w qO− ²« XR Ë« wuO« XR*« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ ¡wC¹ ∫ •
ÆqOGA²« ¡UMŁ« iu¹ ªqOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô«
ªœ«bF²Ý« WUŠ w ©3 Ë« 2 ¨1® wuO« XR*« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ ¡wC¹ ∫ 1/2/3 •
ÆqLF« Ë« j³C« ¡UMŁ« iu¹
¡UMŁ« iu¹ ªœ«bF²Ý« WUŠ w qO− ²« XR ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ ¡wC¹ ∫ REC •
ÆqLF« Ë« j³C«
±∞
AR-01-11_UX-S77[UX]-3
10
10/6/04, 11:06 AM
W½«uDÝô« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« WO Ozd« ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ UMO³*«
∫W½«uDÝô« qOGAð ·UI¹« ¡UMŁ«
wÐdŽ
∫DVD Video W½«uDÝ« •
wU(« Ê«uMF« r—
1 2 3 4 5
∫W½«uDÝô« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
∫DVD Video W½«uDÝ« •
wCIM*« qOGA²« XË
qBH« r—
1 2 3 4 5
WŽuL:« r—
∫DVD Audio W½«uDÝ« •
—U *« r—
r—Ë Ê«uMF« r— dNþ« pMJ1 ¨DISPLAY ÷dF« —“ jG{ WDÝ«uÐ •
ÆÊ«uŁ …bF WOU(« qBH«
∫DVD Audio W½«uDÝ« •
—U *« r—
wCIM*« qOGA²« XË
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
r—Ë WŽuL:« r— dNþ« pMJ1 ¨DISPLAY ÷dF« —“ jG{ WDÝ«uÐ •
ÆÊ«uŁ …bF WOU(« —U *«
wKJ« «—U *« œbŽ
Audio CD W½«uDÝ« •
wKJ« qOGA²« XË
1 2 3 4 5
Audio CD W½«uDÝ« •
—U *« r—
wCIM*« qOGA²« XË
1 2 3 4 5
*wKJ«
SVCD/VCD W½«uDÝ« •
«—U *« œbŽ wKJ« qOGA²« XË
1 2 3 4 5
—U *« r—
SVCD/VCD W½«uDÝ« •
*wCIM*« qOGA²« XË
1 2 3 4 5
ÆPBC WHOþË qOGAð ·UI¹« b?MŽ “PBC” qOGA²« j³{ WHOþË …—Uý« v« dOÒG²¹ * ÆPBC WHOþË l W½«uDÝ« qO?GAð ¡UMŁ« “PBC” qOGA²« j³{ WHOþË …—Uý« dNEð *
WOU(« WŽuL:« r—
1 2 3 4 5
∫MP3/WMA W½«uDÝ« •
wU(« —U *« r—
—U *« r—
1 2 3 4 5
MP3
∫MP3/WMA W½«uDÝ« •
wCIM*« qOGA²« XË
MP3
r—Ë WŽuL:« r— dNþ« pMJ1 ¨DISPLAY ÷dF« —“ jG{ WDÝ«uÐ •
ÆÊ«uŁ …bF WOU(« —U *«
WOU(« WŽuL:« r—
∫JPEG W½«uDÝ« •
wU(« nK*« r—
WŽuL:« r—
∫JPEG W½«uDÝ« •
nK*« r—
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
Ë Audio CD W½«uDÝ« ¡UM¦²ÝUЮ qOGA²« ·UI¹« bMŽ “RESUME ·UM¾²Ýô«” …—Uý« dNE𠨩¥Æ W×H dE½«® “ON” qOGAð WUŠ w ·UM¾²Ýô« WHOþË X½U «–« •
Æ©MP3/WMA/JPEG U½«uDÝ«
±±
AR-01-11_UX-S77[UX]-3
11
10/6/04, 11:06 AM
‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ qOGA²« UOKLŽ Õdý - bI ¨VO²J« «c¼ w
‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1 ¨p– lË ªWO Oz— …—uBÐ bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
qL% X½U «–« w Ozd« “UN'« vKŽ …œułu*« jЫuC«Ë —«—“ô«
Æ©tÐUA Ë«® UöF«Ë rÝô« fH½
ÆWOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qË« 1
…œułu*« STANDBY/ON qOGA²«ØqOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« W³* wCð
ÆdCšô« ÊuKUÐ w Ozd« “UN'« vKŽ
WDÝ«uÐ “UN'« qG²A¹ ¨STANDBY/ON —e« jG{ ÊËbÐ •
ÆWOU²« …uD)« w —bB*« —UO²š« —«—“« bŠ« jG{
Æ—bB*« d²š« 2
ÆqOGA²« ¡b³ «e¼Uł —U²<« —bB*« ÊU «–« UOJOðUuðË« qOGA²« √b³¹
X½U½u³LJ« “UNł —bB vKŽ qOGA²« √b³¹ ¨AUX —e« XDG{ «–« •
Æwł—U)«
Æ uB« …u Èu² j³{« 3
ÆUIŠô ÕËdA u¼ UL ·bN² *« —bB*« qGý
Ò 4
©qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« l{Ë vKŽ® “UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹ô
STANDBY/ON qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« W³* ¡wCð
ÆdLŠô« ÊuKUÐ w Ozd« “UN'« vKŽ …œułu*«
l{Ë ¡UMŁ« v²ŠË WOzUÐdN WUÞ WOL „öN²Ý« ULz«œ r²¹ •
ÆqOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô«
öOGA²«
±
`OðUH ±∞
SET
RETURN
MENU
3D PHONIC
TOP MENU
, , ,
ENTER
wÐdŽ
qOGA²«— WOuO«
≤
DISC
SELECT
8,7
1/¡
GROUP/TITLE
4/¢
≥
SHIFT
FM/PLAY
MODE,
REV.MODE
STANDBY/ON
STANDBY/ON
±
wB A« ŸUL²Ýö
vKŽ œułu*« PHONES UŽUL « f³I0 ”√d« UŽULÝ qË«
iHš s bQð Æ UŽUL « s u Ãd ¹ ô ·uÝ Æw Ozd« “UN'«
UŽULÝ l{Ë q³ Ë« ”«d« UŽULÝ qOuð q³ uB« …u Èu²
ÆpO½–« vKŽ ”«d«
ÆWO½UŁ …d UŽUL « jOAMð r²¹ ·uÝ ¨”«d« UŽULÝ Ÿe½ r²¹ UbMŽ •
DVD/CD
©qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« l{Ë vKŽ® “UN'« qOGAð nuð ô
‰UŽ l{Ë vKŽ UŽu{u uB« …u Èu² —“ ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ
TłUH*« nUF« uB« V³ ¹ Ê« sJ1 ¨p– ·ö Ð ª«bł
bMŽ ”«d« UŽUL Ë«ØË WO Ozd« UŽUL KË pFL —d{
ÆŸUL²Ýô« ¡bÐ bMŽ Ë« “UN'« qOGAð
≤
≥
VOLUME
¥
±≤
AR-12-33_UX-S77[UX]-3
12
10/6/04, 11:09 AM
UD×LK o³ *« j³C«
Remote
ONLY
ÆAM WD× ±µ Ë FM WD× ≥∞ ‡ o³ j³{ qLŽ pMJ1
ÆUI³ UND³{ b¹dð w²« WD;« vKŽ n«Ë ±
WÞu³C*« FM UD; ÍœUŠô« uB« ‰U³I²Ý« l{Ë Êeš UC¹« pMJ1 •
ÆU¼—UO²š« - «–« UI³
wÐdŽ
Æo³ *« j³C« r— ‰Ušœ« l{Ë jÒA½ ≤
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○u¹œ«d«○v«○ŸUL²Ýô«
○○
AM Włu n«u
UD× 5Ð nOu²« qU —UO²šô
π —«bI0 AM UD× 5Ð nOu²« qU ÊuJ¹ —UDô« iFÐ w
Æeðd¼ uKO ±∞ —«bI0 qUH« ÊuJ¹ Èdšô« —UDô« wË ¨eðd¼ uKO
“UN'« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ AM Włu n«u UD× 5Ð nOu²« q«u dOOGð pMJ1
Æ AM Włu —UO²šô Ë qOGAð WUŠ w
SET
1 2 3 4 5
DISC3
ST
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ ÊUO³« iË ¡UIÐ ¡UMŁ« WOU²« WOKLF« wN½« •
©Xu« fHMЮ
ÆW½Ëe<« WD×LK o³ *« j³C« r— d²š« ≥
∫WK¦«
Æ5 jG{« ¨µ o³ *« j³C« r— —UO²šô
¨+10 jG{« ¨±µ o³ *« j³C« r— —UO²šô
Æ5 p– bFÐË
¨+10 jG{« ¨≥∞ o³ *« j³C« r— —UO²šô
Æ10 p– bFÐË ¨+10
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
1
2
ANGLE
3
ZOOM
DISC4
VFP
4
6
5
3D PHONIC
©Xu« fHMЮ
DVD LEVEL
9
8
7
PAGE -
(FM/AM) Włu*« —UO²šô
PAGE +
10
10
FM
AM
1 2 3 4 5
AUX
ST
ÆWD;« Êeš« ¥
UD×LK o³ *« j³C«
Æ Æ Æ …—U² AM Ë« FM Włu*« ÊuJð UbMŽ
SET
1 2 3 4 5
∫w Ozd« “UN'«
ST
Remote
ONLY
WO½UŁ ≤
UI³ WÞu³C WD× vKŽ nOu²K
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
WO½UŁ ≤
GROUP/TITLE
Æ©AM Ë« FM® Włu*« d²š« ±
FM
AM
AUX
ÆW½Ëe<« WD×LK o³ *« j³C« r— d²š« ≤
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
4
7
PAGE -
10
±≥
5
8
13
ŸUL²Ýô« W³F WK³I² *« FM WD× X½U «–«
WýUý vKŽ MONO ÍœUŠô« uB« sÒO³ ¡wC¹
Ê«bI s rždUÐ ‰U³I²Ýô« sÒ ×²¹ ·uÝ Æ÷dF«
ÆÍœUŠ« u ‰U³I²Ý« l{Ë—u¹dO² « WOUF
Èdš« …d —e« jG{« ¨u¹dO² « WOUF …œUF²Ýô
Æ©MONO ÍœUŠô« uB« sÒO³ wH² ¹®
6
DVD LEVEL
9
PAGE +
10
ÆWD×LK o³ *« j³C« d²š« 1Ø¡ —e« ‰ULF²Ý« UC¹« pMJ1
AR-12-33_UX-S77[UX]-3
Remote
ONLY
VFP
3D PHONIC
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ dOOG²UÐ œœd²« √b³¹
Æœœd²« dOOGð nu²¹ ¨W¹u «—Uý« «– ©œœdð® WD× vKŽ nOu²« r²¹ UbMŽ
Æ…uDš bFÐ …uDš œœd²« dÒOG²¹ ¨lÐU²²UÐ —e« jGCð UbMŽ •
Æ—«—“ô« bŠ« jG{« ¨U¹Ëb¹ Y׳« ·UI¹ô
•
10/6/04, 11:09 AM
FM/PLAY
MODE
REV.MODE
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ W½«uDÝô«
○ ○ ○qOGAð○
WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« qOœ «—Uý«
ÆW½«uDÝô« qO− ð WOHO vKŽ ·ÒdFð ¨W½«uDÝô« qOGAð q³
¨“‰uB” sLC²ð w²«Ë “s¹ËUMŽ” s DVD Video W½«uDÝ« nQ²ð •
w²«Ë “ UŽuLł” s DVD Audio/MP3/WMA U½«uDÝ« nQ²ðË
s CD/SVCD/VCD U½«uDÝô« nQ²ðË ¨“ «—U ” sLC²ð
ÆjI “ «—U ”
•
rJײ« WýUý vKŽ öOGA²«” r dE½« ¨JPEG W½«uDÝ« qOGA² •
Æ≥∞ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “ CONTROL
U½«uDÝô« ‰Ušœô
•
Ædš« —bB qOGAð ¡UMŁ« W½«uDÝô« ‰Ušœ« pMJ1
DISC1
DISC2
DISC3
DISC4
DISC5
—U ØqB —UO²šô
DISC 1
DISC 2
DISC 5
DISC 3
DISC 4
—UO²šô DVD/CD 3 jG{« ¨W½«uDÝô« dOž wU(« —bB*« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ “PLAY” iuð ¡UMŁ« —bBL W½«uDÝô« qGA
Remote
ONLY
•
WŽuL:«ØÊ«uMF« —UO²šô
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
GROUP/TITLE
©Xu« fHMЮ
ÆMP3/WMA U½«uDÝô WŽuL:« rÝ« dNE¹
∫·UI¹ö
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
•
GROUP/TITLE
∫XR*« ·UI¹ö
∫¡b³K
DVD/CD
•
—U ØqB —UO²šô
pMJ1 ¨4 —e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w
ÆwU(« —U *«ØqBH« W¹«bÐ v« »U¼c«
ÆÈdš« …d 0 —e« fH½ jG{« ¨W½«uDÝô« WOMO oKG
oKG DVD/CD3 —“ qLF²Ý« ¨ÎUOUŠ …—U²<« W½«uDÝô« WOMO `² bMŽ •
Æ©ÎUOKš«œ W½«uDÝô« W−dÐ WOHOJ ÎUF³ð® ÷dF« ¡bÐË W½«uDÝô« WOMO
r²¹ ·uÝ ¨UNOKŽ Èdš« W½«uDÝ« l{Ë b¹dð w²« WOMOBK 0 —“ jGCð UbMŽ •
ÆWOU²« WOMOB« Ãd ð rŁ sË ÎUOzUIKð vËô« W½«uDÝô« WOMO oKž
—e« jG{« ¨d¹dײK
ÆDVD/CD 3
“UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹ ∫DVD/SVCD/VCD U½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« •
—e« jG{ WDÝ«uÐ WO½UŁ …d qOGA²« √b³ð UbMŽË ¨nu²« WDI½ kHŠ
ÊUJ*« s qOGA²« √b³¹ ¨©qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« ¡UMŁ« v²ŠË® DVD/CD 3
·UM¾²Ýô« …—Uý« dNEð® Æ·UM¾²Ýô« qOGAð — qOGA²« ÁbMŽ nuð Íc«
©ÆqOGA²« ·UI¹« bMŽ Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ “RESUME”
Æ5ðd 7 —e« jG{« ¨·UM¾²Ýô« WHOþË jOAMð ¡UMŁ« UOK ·UI¹ö
vKŽ œułu*« “RESUME ·UM¾²Ýô«” r dE½« ¨·UM¾²Ýô« WHOþË ¡UGô®
©Æ¥∞ W×H
‰Ëb'« dE½«® WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« qOœ «—Uý« dNEð ¨ÂUEM« qOGAð bMŽ •
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ ©wU²«
vKŽ ÷dF« qOœ” r dE½« ¨WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« qOœ «—Uý« jOAMð ·UI¹ô
Æ¥∞ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “ON SCREEN GUIDE WýUA«
±¥
AR-12-33_UX-S77[UX]-3
14
10/6/04, 11:09 AM
wÐdŽ
WOU²« «—Uýô« dNEð Ê« sJ1 ¨DVD Video W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
∫Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ
‡ U¹«ËeÐ dþUM vKŽ Íu²×¹ bNA W¹«bÐ w …—Uýô« Ác¼ dNEð
Æ…œbF²
ÆœbF² ‡ «u« vKŽ Íu²×¹ bNA W¹«bÐ w …—Uýô« Ác¼ dNEð
‡ WOŽd s¹ËUMŽ vKŽ Íu²×¹ bNA W¹«bÐ w …—Uýô« Ác¼ dNEð
Æ…œbF²
qOGA²« sÒO³² Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WOU²« «—Uýô« UC¹« dNEð ·uÝ
ÆwU(«
¨ ¨ ¨ ¨ ¨
W½«uDÝô« WLzU ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ qOGA²«
Remote
ONLY
U½«uDÝ« Ë DVD W½«uDÝ«—W½«uDÝô« qOGAð ¡«dł« pMJ1
WLzU ‰ULF²ÝUЗ (PBC) qOGA²« j³{ WHOþË vKŽ Íu²% SVCD/VCD
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WMO³*« W½«uDÝô«
Æ Æ Æ MP3/WMA U½«uDÝ« ¡UM¦²ÝUÐ W½«uDÝô« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
SLOW –
SLOW +
wÐdŽ
∫DVD Video/DVD Audio U½«uDÝô 7
ÆW½«uDÝô« WLzU dNþ« ±
TOP MENU
MENU
sOF
Ò r œU−¹ô
Remote
ONLY
x2
x5
x10
x20
x60
x2
x5
x10
x20
x60
ÆDVD Video/SVCD/VCD W½«uDÝ« vKŽ Y׳« ¡UMŁ« u Ãd ¹ ô
ÆDVD/CD 3 —e« jG{« ¨ÍœUF« qOGA²« v« ŸułdK
ÆW½«uDÝô« WLzU vKŽ bM³« d²š« ≤
ENTER
…dýU³ bMÐ —UO²šô
Remote
ONLY
ÆqOGA²« ¡bÐË …dýU³ —U ØqBØÊ«uMŽ —UO²š« pMJ1
ULMOÐ ¨qOGA²« ¡bÐ q³ Ê«uMŽ —UO²š« pMJ1 ¨DVD Video W½«uDÝô •
ÆqOGA²« ¡bÐ bFÐ qB —UO²š« pMJ1
∫WK¦«
rd« ‰Ušœ« WDÝ«uÐ bM³« —UO²š« UC¹« pMJ1 ¨ U½«uDÝô« iFÐ vKŽ
Æ…dþUM*« ±∞ ‡« `OðUH*« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ
•
•
Æ5 jG{« ¨µ o³ *« j³C« r— —UO²šô
¨+10 jG{« ¨±µ o³ *« j³C« r— —UO²šô
Æ5 p– bFÐË
¨+10 jG{« ¨≥∞ o³ *« j³C« r— —UO²šô
Æ10 p– bFÐË ¨+10
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
4
VFP
6
5
3D PHONIC
DVD LEVEL
9
8
7
ANGLE
PAGE -
PAGE +
10
10
3D Phonic WHOþË ‰ULF²Ýô
ÆÆÆË« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
3D PHONIC
7
ACTION
DRAMA
OFF
THEATER
©Xu« fHMЮ
3D PHONIC
ACTION
Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ
ÆW{U¹d« Z«dÐË …dO¦*« À«bŠô« Âöô VÝUM
ÆWŠ«d« l{Ë w ÂöôUÐ l²L²Ý« ÆT«œË wFO³Þ u oK ¹
Æw Ozd« Õd *« u q¦ u UOUFHÐ l²L²Ý«
±µ
AR-12-33_UX-S77[UX]-3
15
10/6/04, 11:09 AM
ACTION
DRAMA
THEATER
j¹dA« ‰Ušœô
ÆI Ÿu½ s WÞdýô« v« ŸUL²Ýô« pMJ1
qšœ«
lœ«
oKž«
∫PBC l SVCD/VCD U½uDÝô 7
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ “PBC” …—Uýô« dNEð ¨PBC l W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
ÆWLzUI« s bM³« d²š« ¨Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ W½«uDÝô« WLzU dNEð UbMŽ
Æ—U²<« bM³« s qOGA²« √b³¹
∫WK¦«
Æ5 jG{« ¨µ o³ *« j³C« r— —UO²šô
¨+10 jG{« ¨±µ o³ *« j³C« r— —UO²šô
Æ5 p– bFÐË
¨+10 jG{« ¨≥∞ o³ *« j³C« r— —UO²šô
Æ10 p– bFÐË ¨+10
SUB TITLE
1
2
ANGLE
3
ZOOM
4
VFP
7
PAGE -
6
5
3D PHONIC
DVD LEVEL
9
8
PAGE +
10
10
×U K UNł«u j¹dA« V½Uł ÊuJ¹ YO×Ð
∫·UI¹ö
AUDIO
∫¡b³K
wÐdŽ
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○j¹dA«
○ ○qOGAð○
∫WOU(« WLzUIK WIÐU « Ë« WOU²« W×HB« v« ‰UI²½ö
GROUP/TITLE
ÆWOU²« W×HB« v« ‰UI²½ö
ÆWIÐU « W×HB« v« ‰UI²½ö
∫ j¹dA« nK
∫WIÐU « WLzUI« v« ŸułdK
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« bFÐ Ë« q³
Æ5LO« WNł v« j¹dA« lłd¹
Ò
RETURN
CANCEL
Æ—U O« WNł v« j¹dA« lłd¹
Ò
©Xu« fHMЮ
j¹dA« Ê«—Ëœ ÁU&« dOOG²
©wUô« V½U'« qOGAð® 3
©w JF« V½U'« qOGAð® 2
UOJOðUuðË« j¹dA« fJF
FM/PLAY
MODE
PBC ¡UGô
GROUP/TITLE
Æ—U *« —UO²šô rd« —“ jG{ WDÝ«uÐ PBC WHOþË ¡UG« UC¹« pMJ1
•
Æ4 —e« jG{« p– bFÐË ¨7 —e« jG{« ¨PBC jOAMð …œUŽô
REV.MODE
©Xu« fHMЮ
V½U'« v« wUô« V½U'« s j¹dA« qOGAð r²¹
nu²¹ ¨w JF« V½U'« qOGAð s ¡UN²½ô« bMŽ Æw JF«
ÆqOGA²«
nuÔð v²Š qOGA²« —dJ²¹Ë ¨UOJOðUuðË« j¹dA« fJŽ r²¹
Æj¹dA« qOGAð
V½U'« W¹UN½ v« ‰uu« bMŽ Æj¹dA« fJŽ r²¹ ô ·uÝ
ÆqOGA²« nu²¹ ¨j¹dA« s wU(«
AR-12-33_UX-S77[UX]-3
16
±∂
10/6/04, 11:10 AM
Èdšô« UÞu³C«Ë uB« UÞu³{—WOuO«
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○uB«○…u○Èu²
○ ○j³{○
öOGA²«
bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
v« (VOL MIN) ∞ dHB« Èu² s uB« …u Èu² j³{ pMJ1
Æ(VOL MAX) µ∞ Èu²
wÐdŽ
∫w Ozd« “UN'«
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
VFP
DVD LEVEL
VOLUME
DISPLAY
SET
, , ,
ENTER
VOLUME
U²R uB« …u Èu² iH)
Remote
ONLY
¨WO½UŁ …d —e« jG{« ¨ uB« …u Èu² …œUF²Ýô
Æ uB« …u Èu² ‰bŽ
Ò Ë«
FADE
MUTING
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ uB«
○ ○q¹bFð○
SLEEP
CLOCK/
TIMER
BASS/
TREBLE
SHIFT
RHYTHM AX
DIMMER
A.STANDBY
VOLUME +/FADE
MUTING
RHYTHM AX —ŸUI¹ô« —uFý bOQ²
Æ’U³« Âu−¼ —uFý WHOþu« Ác¼ bRð
RHYTHM AX
RHYTHMAX
OFF
©¡UG«®
w Ozd« “UN'«
(Canceled)
WLGM« q¹bF²
Ƶ´ v« µ≠ s qÐd²«Ë ’U³« Èu² q¹bFð pMJ1
’U³« Èu² q¹bF²
BASS/
TREBLE
BASS
¡UG«
TRE
RHYTHM AX
VOLUME +/-
VOLUME
qÐd²« Èu² q¹bF²
BASS/
TREBLE
BASS
¡UG«
TRE
VOLUME
±∑
AR-12-33_UX-S77[UX]-3
17
10/6/04, 11:10 AM
○ ○u○…œU¹“○Èu² *
○ ○o³ *«
○ j³C«
○○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○÷dF«
○ ○WýUý○ŸuDÝ
○ ○dOOGð○ ○ ○DVD
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○wJOðUuðËô«
○○○
Remote
ONLY
Æ÷dF« WýUý …cU½ …¡U{« XHš pMJ1
DIM OFF
©¡UG«®
s q« Èu² vKŽ ö− DVD W½«uDÝ« u ÊuJ¹ ÊUOŠô« iFÐ w
W½«uDÝô uB« …œU¹“ Èu² j³{ pMJ1 ÆÈdšô« —œUB*«Ë U½«uDÝô«
q w uB« …u Èu² q¹bFð pOKŽ Vłu²¹ ô Y×Ð ¨WOUŠ WKL;« DVD
Æ—bB*« dÒOGð …d
DIM 2
DIM 1
AUTO DIM
Æ÷dF« WýUý …¡U{« XH ¹
Æ÷dF« WýUý …¡U{« wGK¹
qOGAð √b³¹ UbMŽ ÷dF« WýUý …¡U{« wGK¹
ÆW½«uDÝô«
ÆqOGA²« nu²¹ UbMŽ ÷dF« WýUý ¡wCð •
DIM1
DVD LEVEL
DIM2
9
AUTO DIM
Remote
ONLY
Êu Wł—œ —UO²š« pMJ1 ¨Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ ÷dF« …—u …b¼UA ¡UMŁ«
Æp²³ž— V Š UN½ešË UNK¹bFð Ë« ¨UI³ WÞu³C*« …—uB«
UI³ WÞu³C*« …—uB« Êu Wł—œ —UO²šô
ÆVFP j³{ WýUý ÷dŽ« ¨qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ±
NORMAL
6
©Xu« fHMЮ
NORMAL
MIDDLE
HIGH
©Xu« fHMЮ
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○…—uB«
○ ○Êu ○Wł—œ○dOOGð○
VFP
GAMMA
0
BRIGHTNESS
0
CONTRAST
0
SATURATION
0
TINT
0
SHARPNESS
0
Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ
ÆwKô« qO− ²« Èu²
wUF« Èu² s q«® Ãd)« Èu² …œU¹“ r²¹
Æ©“HIGH”
jÝu²*« Èu² s d¦«® Ãd)« Èu² …œU¹“ Æ©“MIDDLE”
NORMAL
MIDDLE
HIGH
j³C« r²¹Ë j³C« «c¼ ¡UG« r²¹ ¨WOU(« DVD W½«uDÝ« ëdš« bFÐ
Æ“NORMAL” ÍœUF« l{Ë vKŽ UOJOðUuðË«
•
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○uB«○qšœ○Èu²
○ ○q¹bFð○
Remote
ONLY
r «–« Ë« «bł
Î UOUŽ
Î AUX fÐUI0 qu*« “UN'« s —œUB« uB« ÊU «–«
pMJ1 ¨“AUX” v« dš¬ —bB s dOOG²« bMŽ WOUJ« Wł—bUÐ ÎUOUŽ sJ¹
…u Èu² dOOGð ÊËœ s® AUX fÐUI ‰öš s uB« qšœ Èu² dOOGð
Æ© uB«
ÆUI³ WÞu³C*« …—uB« Êu Wł—œ d²š« ≤
ì—bBL “AUX” —UO²š« bMŽ
NORMAL
CINEMA
WO½UŁ ≤
USER2
USER1
SET
AUX LVL 1
AUX LVL 2
Æl{u« «c¼ d²š« …œUŽ
ÆÂöô« —œUB* VÝUM
UÞu³C« Êeš pMJ1Ë «d²«—U³« q¹bFð pMJ1
Æ©±π W×H dE½«®
NORMAL
CINEMA
USER1/USER2
Î ÎUOUŽ uB« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ l{u« «c¼ d²š«
«bł
Æ©WOËô« W¾ON²«®
wUŽ dOž uB« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ l{u« «c¼ d²š«
ÆWOUJ« Wł—bUÐ
AUX LVL 1
AUX LVL 2
±∏
AR-12-33_UX-S77[UX]-3
18
wÐdŽ
DIMMER
Remote
ONLY
10/6/04, 11:10 AM
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○WŽU «
○ ○j³{○
…—uB« Êu Wł—œ q¹bF²
wÐdŽ
Remote
ONLY
qO− ²« XRË ¨WOuO« U²R*« ‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1 ô ¨WOKš«b« WŽU « j³{ ÊËbÐ
Æ ÂuM« XRË ©≥µ W×H dE½«®
CLOCK/TIMER XR*«ØWŽU « —“ jG{« ¨WŽU « j³{ l{Ë s ÃËd K •
Æ»uKD u¼ UL
ÆCANCEL ¡UGô« —“ jG{« ¨WIÐU « …uD)« v« »U¼cK •
ÆWŽU « j³{ l{Ë jA½
Ò ±
Æ“USER2” Ë« “USER1” l{Ë d²š« ±
Ʊ∏ W?×H vKŽ UNŠdý - w²« ≤ Ë ± 5?ðuD)« l³ð« •
ÆtK¹bFð b¹dð Íc« d²«—U³« d²š« ≤
ENTER
CLOCK/
TIMER
1 2 3 4 5
l{Ë —UO²š« r²¹ v²Š lÐU²²UÐ —e« jG{« ¨q³ s WŽU « XD³{ «–«
ÆWŽU « j³{
•
ÆWŽU « ‰bŽ
Ò ≤
SET
ÆWIOb« ‰bŽ
Ò ≥
W¾OC WOFO³D« Ê«uô« X½U «–« d²«—U³« «c¼ j³{«
GAMMA
Æ©≥ ´ v« ≥ ≠ ® WL²F Ë«
WL²F Ë« W¾OC …—uB« X½U «–« d²«—U³« «c¼ j³{« BRIGHTNESS
Æ©∏ ´ v« ∏ ≠®
W³¹dI«Ë …bOF³« ¡«ełô« X½U «–« d²«—U³« «c¼ j³{« CONTRAST
Æ©∑ ´ v« ∑ ≠® WOFO³Þ dOž
v« WKzU …—uB« X½U «–« d²«—U³« «c¼ j³{« SATURATION
Æ©∑ ´ v« ∑ ≠® œ«u « Ë« ÷UO³«
dOž ÊU ½ô« bKł Êu ÊU «–« d²«—U³« «c¼ j³{«
TINT
Æ©∑ ´ v« ∑ ≠® wFO³Þ
W×{«Ë dOž …—uB« X½U «–« d²«—U³« «c¼ j³{« SHARPNESS
Æ©∏ ´ v« ∏ ≠®
Æd²«—U³« ‰bŽ
Ò ≥
SET
ENTER
ÆWOKš«b« WŽU « qOGAð √b³¹ Êô«
qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« wU(« Xu« h×H
WŽU «
—bB*« UuKF
DISPLAY
XË h× pMJ1 ô ¨MP3/WMA Ë DVD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
Æ©±± W×H dE½«® wU(« WŽU «
ÆÈdšô« «d²«—U³« q¹bF² ≥ v« ≤ «uD)« bŽ« ¥
ÆSHIFT —e« vKŽ jGC« ¡UMŁ« WO½UŁ …d VFP —e« jG{« ¨WýUA« ¡UGô
•
±π
AR-12-33_UX-S77[UX]-3
19
10/6/04, 11:10 AM
○ ○ ○ ○UOJOðUuðË«
○ ○WOzUÐdNJ«
○ ○ WUD«
○ ○qB○
Remote
ONLY
qOGA²«
¡UG«
A.STANDBY
sÒO³*« ¡wC¹ ¨‰ULF²Ý« WUŠ w UOzUIKð qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« l{Ë ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ A.STANDBY
w ÆiuUÐ A.STANDBY sO³*«
Ò √b³¹ ¨W½«uDÝô« qOGAð nu²¹ XbMŽ
ÂUEM« nu²¹ ¨sÒO³*« iË ¡UMŁ« U³¹dIð ozUœ ≥ …b* WOKLŽ Í« ¡«dł« ÂbŽ WUŠ
ÆUOJOðUuðË« ©qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« l{Ë vKŽ®
u¹œ«d« v« ŸUL²Ýô« ¡UMŁ« UOzUIKð qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« l{Ë qG²A¹ ô •
Æ(AUX) wł—U)« X½U½u³LJ« “UNłË (FM/AM)
XRflWMOF XË …d² bFÐ “UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹ô
ÂuM«
Æ©ozUbUЮ Xu« œbŠ ±
SLEEP
10
20
30
60
¡UG«
90
120 150
Æ◊u³C*« Xu« wH² ¹ v²Š dE²½« ≤
qOGA²« ‡ ·UI¹« XË v²Š wI³²*« Xu« h×H
SLEEP
1 2 3 4 5
SLEEP
ÆqOGA²« ·UI¹« ‡ XË dOOGð pMJ1 ¨lÐU²²UÐ —e« XDG{ «–« •
≤∞
AR-12-33_UX-S77[UX]-3
20
10/6/04, 11:10 AM
wÐdŽ
flqOGA²« ¡UN²½« bFÐ “UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹ô
UOzUIKð qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô«
…b¹dH« DVD/VCD U½«uDÝ« öOGAð
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○uB«○ —U
○ ○—UO²š«○
wÐdŽ
Remote
ONLY
pMJ1 ¨ u UG vKŽ Íu²×¹ qB qOGAð ¡UMŁ« ∫DVD Video W½«uDÝô
ÆUNO« ŸUL²Ýö WGK« —UO²š«
¨ u «uM vKŽ Íu²×¹ —U qOGAð ¡UMŁ« ∫DVD Audio W½«uDÝô
ÆUNO« ŸUL²Ýö uB« …UM —UO²š« pMJ1
—UO²š« pMJ1 ¨—U qOGAð ¡UMŁ« ∫SVCD/VCD tËË«dJ« U½«uDÝô
ÆUNKOGA² uB« …UM
WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ‰ULF²ÝUÐ uB« —U —UO²š« UC¹« pMJ1 •
Æ©≤∑ W×H dE½«®
bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
SUB TITLE
AUDIO
ZOOM
ANGLE
`OðUH ±∞
PAGE -/+
, , ,
ENTER
AUDIO
1
DVD/CD3
8, 7
SLOW -/+
©Xu« fHMЮ
Æ Æ Æ DVD Video W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
∫‰U¦
1/3
2/3
ENGLISH
3/3
FRENCH
1/3
JAPANESE
3/3
2/3
ENGLISH
SHIFT
FRENCH
JAPANESE
Æ Æ Æ DVD Audio W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
∫‰U¦
1/3
2/3
1
3/3
2
3
Æ Æ Æ VCD Ë« SVCD tËË«d W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
AUDIO
SVCD
1
ST1
R2
ST2
L2
L1
R1
ST
L
R
VCD
©Xu« fHMЮ
Æ©…UM ≤® ÍœUŽ u qOGAð v« ŸUL²Ýö ST1/ST2/ST
ÆÈd O« uB« …UM v« ŸUL²Ýö
L1/L2/L
ÆvMLO« uB« …UM v« ŸUL²Ýö
R1/R2/R
tËË«dJ« W½«uDÝ« qLF² ð Æ u «uM ¥ SVCD W½«uDÝ« pK²9 Ê« sJ1 •
Æ(ST1/ST2) …UM ‡ ≤ 5K− ð qLF ¥ ‡« «uMI« Ác¼ …œUŽ SVCD
≤±
AR-12-33_UX-S77[UX]-3
21
10/6/04, 11:10 AM
○ ○Ê«uMF«
○ ○WG ○—UO²š«○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○dEM*«○W¹Ë«“
○ ○—UO²š«○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ wŽdH«
Remote
ONLY
‡ dEM U¹«Ë“ vKŽ Íu²×¹ ©DVD Video W½«uDÝ« s® qB qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
ÆWHK² U¹«Ë“ s dEM*« fH½ …b¼UA pMJ1 ¨…œbF²
‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ‰ULF²ÝUÐ …œbF²*« ‡ dEM*« U¹«Ë“ —UO²š« UC¹« pMJ1 •
Æ©≤∑ W×H dE½«® WýUA«
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
UGKÐ WOŽd s¹ËUMŽ vKŽ Íu²×¹ qB qOGAð ¡UMŁ« ∫DVD Video W½«uDÝô
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ UN{dF wŽdH« Ê«uMF« WG —UO²š« pMJ1 ¨WHK²
«–« v²ŠË WOŽdH« s¹ËUMF« —UO²š« pMJ1 ¨qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ∫SVCD W½«uDÝô
ÆW½«uDÝô« vKŽ WK− dOž WOŽdH« s¹ËUMF« X½U
‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ‰ULF²ÝUÐ wŽdH« Ê«uMF« WG —UO²š« UC¹« pMJ1 •
Æ©≤∑ W×H dE½«® WýUA«
Æ Æ Æ DVD Video u¹bO W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
ANGLE
ÆwŽdH« Ê«uMF« —UO²š« …cU½ dNþ« ±
3
©Xu« fHMЮ
∫‰U¦
SUB TITLE
2
3/3
2/3
1/3
3
2
1
1/3
1
©Xu« fHMЮ
3/3
2/3
ÆwŽdH« Ê«uMF« WG d²š« ≤
3
2
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○WOU{ô«
○ ○WŽuL:«
○ qOGA²
○○
Remote
ONLY
vL ð WUš WŽuL− DVD Audio uB« U½«uDÝ« iFÐ pK²9
Æ—uNL−K WŠu²H dOž WŽuL:« Ác¼ U¹u²× ÊuJðË “WOU{« WŽuL−”
s Ÿu½® œb× “ÕU²H r—” ‰Ušœ« pOKŽ V−¹ ¨WOU{ô« WŽuL:« qOGA² •
ÆWOU{ô« WŽuL−LK ©Íd «
Ò rd«
ÆW½«uDÝô« vKŽ ÕU²H*« r— vKŽ ‰uB(« WI¹dÞ bL²Fð
ÆWOU{ô« WŽuL:« d²š« ±
∫‰U¦
1/3
2/3
ENGLISH
3/3
FRENCH
1/3
JAPANESE
2/3
ENGLISH
3/3
FRENCH
u²Š« «–« ¨ö¦® WŽuL− dšU WOU{ô« WŽuL:« qO− ð r²¹ …œUŽ •
UŽuL− ¥ vKŽ W½«uDÝô«
Æ©WOU{ô« WŽuL:« w¼
œułu*« “WŽuL:«ØÊ«uMF« —UO²šô” r dE½« ¨WŽuL:« —UO²š« WOHOJ •
Ʊ¥ W×H vKŽ
JAPANESE
“¥ WŽuL:«” ÊuJð ¨WOU{ô« WŽuL:« sLC²ð
ÆÆ Æ Æ SVCD Video W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
ÆÕU²H*« r— qšœ« ≤
ENTER
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
SUB TITLE
1
2
3
2
ZOOM
4
VFP
7
6
5
3D PHONIC
©Xu« fHMЮ
DVD LEVEL
8
9
PROGRESSIVE
0
ÆWýUA« vKŽ WMO³*« WOœU³²« ULOKF²« l³ð« ≥
Æ7 —e« jG{« ¨ÕU²H*« r— ‰Ušœ« ¡UGô
OFF
1/4
2/4
1
2
4/4
4
3/4
3
≤≤
AR-12-33_UX-S77[UX]-3
22
10/6/04, 11:10 AM
wÐdŽ
Remote
ONLY
ÆW¾OD³« Wd(« WŽdÝ d²š« ≤
SLOW+
SLOW –
wÐdŽ
ÆnK K *W¾OD³« Wd(« lOłdð √b³¹
SLOW +
1/16
1/8
1/4
1/2
1/32
1/16
1/8
1/4
1/2
Remote
ONLY
WKÐU W²ÐUŁ —u l qB² ©DVD Audio W½«uDÝ« s® —U qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
œ«d*« ©W×HB« VK® W²ÐU¦« …—uB« —UO²š« pMJ1 ¨(BSP) ÷«dF²Ýö
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ U¼—UNþ«
r²¹ …œUŽ ¨(BSP) ÷«dF²Ýö WKÐU W²ÐUŁ —u l qB² —U *« ÊU «–« •
ÆqOGA²« ¡UMŁ« UOJOðUuðË« —uB« —UNþ«
dE½«® WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ‰ULF²ÝUÐ W×HB« —UO²š« UC¹« pMJ1 •
Æ©≤∑ W×H
ÆÂUö W¾OD³« Wd(« .bIð √b³¹
1/32
○ ○ ÷«dF²Ýö
○ ○ ○WKÐUI«
○ ○W²ÐU¦«○—uB«
○ ○—UO²š«○
SLOW
PAGE +
10
10
ÆSVCD/VCD W½«uDÝô du² dOž*
ÆDVD/CD 3 —e« jG{« ¨ÍœUF« qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ýô
WIÐU « dþUM*« qOGAð …œUŽô
©…bŠ«Ë ‡ W LKÐ qOGAð …œUŽ«®
ÆDVD Video W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« jI WHOþu« Ác¼ qLF² ð •
l{u« q³ Ê«uŁ ±∞ —«bI0 qOGA²« l{Ë qI²M¹
Æ©Ê«uMF« fH½ sL{ jI® wU(«
©Xu« fHMЮ
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ WOuB)«
○ ○ ○WOUFH«
○ ○÷dŽ○
Remote
ONLY
∫ÍœUF« qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ý
W²ÐU¦« …—uB« ÷dŽ
∫W²ÐU¦« …—uB« ÷dŽ ¡b³
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
DVD/CD
ÂËËe«
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ±
Remote
ONLY
—UÞ« ‡ bFÐ ‡ —UÞ« ÷dF«
ZOOM
4
ÆW²ÐU¦« …—uB« ÷dŽ √b³¹
©Xu« fHMЮ
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ±
Æ—UÞ« ‡ bFÐ ‡ —UÞ« W²ÐU¦« …—uB« Âb
Ò ≤
ZOOM
4
ÆdO³J²« UC¹« œ«œe¹ ¨rd« œ«œ“« ULK
ÆdÒ³J*« ÊUJ*« „dŠ
Ò
ÆDVD/CD 3 —e« jG{« ¨ÍœUF« qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ýô
≤
W¾OD³« ‡ Wd(« ÷dŽ
ÆW²ÐU¦« …—uB« ÷dŽ √b³¹
dNEð v²Š lÐU²²UÐ ZOOM ÂËËe« —“ jG{« ¨ÍœUF« qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ýô
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ “ZOOM OFF” ÂËËe« ·UI¹« …—Uý«
≤≥
AR-12-33_UX-S77[UX]-3
23
10/6/04, 11:10 AM
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ±
…—uD*« W½«uDÝô« öOGAð
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ qOGA²«
○ ○VOðdð
○ ○W−dÐ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○Zd³*«○qOGA²«
○○
—
Remote
ONLY
bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
ÆqOGA²« ¡bÐ q³ ©ππ W¹UG® «—U *« Ë« ‰uBH« qOGAð VOðdð pMJ1
FM/PLAY
MODE
PROGRAM
¡UG«
wÐdŽ
ÆZd³*« qOGA²« l{Ë jÒA½ ¨qOGA²« ¡bÐ q³ ±
`OðUH ±∞
RANDOM
CANCEL
,
ENTER
1 2 3 4 5
PRGM
÷dF« WýUý vKŽ
4/¢
FM/PLAY
MODE
SHIFT
PROGRAM
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Disc
Group/Title
DVD/CD3
8, 7
Track/Chapter
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
USE NUMERIC KEYS TO PROGRAM TRACKS.
USE CANCEL TO DELETE THE PROGRAM.
Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ
ÆZd³*« qOGA²K U¼b¹dð w²« «—U *« Ë« ‰uBH« d²š« ≤
∫DVD/MP3/WMA U½«uDÝô •
w Ozd« “UN'«
ÆW½«uDÝô« r— —UO²š«
ÆWŽuL:« Ë« Ê«uMF« r— d²š«
Æ—U *« Ë« qBH« r— d²š«
1
2
3
∫SVCD/VCD/CD U½«uDÝô •
ÆW½«uDÝô« r— —UO²š« 1
Æ «—U *« d²š« 2
“UN'« dc²¹ b ¨WOU(« WOMOB« w WŽu{u dOž W½«uDÝô« ÊuJð UbMŽ •
“UN'« q¼U−²¹ ·uÝ ¨qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ¨p– l ¨ÎUC¹« Ê«uMF«ØWŽuL:« r—
Æ ôUšœô« Ác¼
ÆÊ«uMF«ØWŽuL:« r— ‰Ušœ« wD ² ENTER —“ ‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1
DVD/CD
#
•
∫…dýU³ ÂU—ô« ‰Ušœô
∫WK¦«
Æ5 jG{« ¨µ rd« ‰Ušœô
bFÐË ¨+10 jG{« ¨±µ rd« ‰Ušœô
Æ5 p–
¨+10 jG{« ¨≥∞ rd« ‰Ušœô
Æ10 p– bFÐË ¨+10
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
1
2
ZOOM
4
7
10
4/¢
ANGLE
3
VFP
5
3D PHONIC
PAGE -
0DISC1
7
6
DVD LEVEL
8
9
PAGE +
10
Æ≤ …uD)« bŽ« ≥
≤¥
AR-12-33_UX-S77[UX]-3
24
10/6/04, 11:10 AM
○ ○ ○ ○ ○—○WOz«uAŽ
○ ○…—uBÐ○qOGA²«
○○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○wz«uAF«
○ ○qOGA²«
○○
Remote
ONLY
Æt²−dÐ Íc« VOðd²« w qOGA²« “b³¹
ÆqOGA²« √bЫ ¥
DVD/CD
ÆWOz«uAŽ …—uBÐ «—U *« Ë« ‰uBH« qOGAð pMJ1
ÆDVD U½«uDÝ« iF³ wz«uAF« qOGA²« ‰ULF²Ý« sJ1 ô •
wÐdŽ
Æwz«uAF« qOGA²« l{Ë jÒA½ ¨qOGA²« ¡bÐ q³ ±
FM/PLAY
MODE
PROGRAM
∫·UI¹ö
∫XR*« ·UI¹ö
GROUP/TITLE
RANDOM
¡UG«
·UI¹ô« d¹dײ
—e« jG{« ¨XR*«
ÆDVD/CD 3
1 2 3 4 5
ZU½d³« U¹u²× h×H
RAND
Æwz«uAF« VOðd²UÐ qOGA²« √b³¹
«—U *« lOLł ·eŽ bMŽ wz«uAF« qOGA²« wN²M¹
dOž —dJ²*« qOGA²« l{Ë ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ® …bŠ«Ë …d*
Æ©‰UF
∫—U *« wD ²
ÆqOGA²« √bЫ ≤
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« bFÐ Ë« q³
Æw JF« VOðd²« w
DVD/CD
ÆZd³*« VOðd²« w
∫·UI¹ö
∫XR*« ·UI¹ö
∫—U ØqB wD ²K
ZU½d³« q¹bF²
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« bFÐ Ë« q³
·UI¹ô« d¹dײ
—e« jG{« ¨XR*«
ÆDVD/CD 3
∫ZU½d³« q ¡UGô
—U *« W¹«bÐ v« »U¼cK
—e« jG{« ¨wU(«
Æ4
—“ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ …—U²<« W½«uDÝô« —UO²š« pMJ1ô ¨wz«uAF« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
ÆDISC SELECT
RETURN
CANCEL
•
wz«uAF« qOGA²« l{Ë s ÃËd K
∫ZU½d³« w «uDš WU{ô
Æ≤¥ W×H vKŽ ≥ Ë« ≤ …uD)« bŽ«
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« bFÐ Ë« q³
FM/PLAY
MODE
PROGRAM
¡UG«
∫…uDš dš« ¡UGô
Zd³*« qOGA²« l{Ë s ÃËd K
RANDOM
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« bFÐ Ë« q³
FM/PLAY
MODE
PROGRAM
¡UG«
≤µ
AR-12-33_UX-S77[UX]-3
25
10/6/04, 11:10 AM
RANDOM
ALL
1
ÆWOU(«ØwU(« Ê«uMF« —dJ¹
ÆWOU(« W½«uDÝô« —«dJð
Æ—dJ²*« qOGA²« l{Ë ¡UG«
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○…—dJ²
○ ○…—uBÐ○qOGA²«
○○
Remote
ONLY
WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ‰ULF²ÝUÐ —«dJ²« l{Ë —UO²š« UC¹« pMJ1
Æ©≤∏ W×H dE½«®
—dJ²*« qOGA²«
GR.
ÆqOGA²« —«dJð pMJ1
1DISC
∫DVD Video W½«uDÝô
¡UG«
A-B r I« —«dJð
W¹UNM«Ë ©A WDIM«® W¹«b³« b¹b% WDÝ«uÐ »uKD r qOGAð —«dJð pMJ1
Æ©B WDIM«®
iF³Ë MP3/WMA W½«uDÝô A-B r I« —«dJð WHOþË ‰ULF²Ý« sJ1 ô •
ÆDVD U½«uDÝ«
qOGAð ¡UMŁ« Ê«uMF« fH½ sL{ A-B r I« —«dJð WHOþË ‰ULF²Ý« sJ1 •
ÆÈdšô« U½«uDÝö —U *« fH½ sL{Ë ¨DVD Video W½«uDÝ«
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
1
GR.
¡UG«
ALL
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« q³
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
ALL
¡UG«
©Xu« fHMЮ
Æ
vKŽ
Æ(B) W¹UNM« WDI½ d²š« ≤
A-B v« dOG²¹
A-B
A…—Uýô« dNEð •
ÆÊu¹eHK²«
W¹UNM« WDI½ sŽ Y׳« pMJ1
Æ¡ —e« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ
∫DVD Audio W½«uDÝô
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
•
©Xu« fHMЮ
¡UMŁ« WO½UŁ …d REPEAT A-B —e« jG{« ¨A-B r I« —«dJð ¡UGô
ÆSHIFT —e« vKŽ jGC«
○ ○ ‰UHÞô«
○ ○b{○qHI«○—W½«uDÝô«
○ ○ ○ëdš«○lM○
1
GR.
¡UG«
ALL
∫MP3/WMA U½«uDÝô
•
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« q³ Ë« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
1
GR.
¡UG«
1DISC
ALL
∫CD/SVCD/VCD U½«uDÝô
•
q³ Ë« ©SVCD/VCD U½«uDÝô PBC WHOþË ÊËbЮ qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²«
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
1
1DISC
¡UG«
ALL
ÆÆÆ©SVCD/VCD U½«uDÝô PBC WHOþË ÊËbЮ qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
ALL
Main Unit
ONLY
¡UG«
ÆWKL;« W½«uDÝô« ëdš« bŠ« lOD² ¹ ô YO×Ð WOMOB« qH pMJ1
ÆqOGA²K œ«bF²Ý« WUŠ w ÂUEM« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ W½«uDÝô« WOMO qH sJ1 •
Æ Æ Æ WIKG W½«uDÝô« WOMO ÊuJð UbMŽ
•
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« q³ Ë« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
•
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
¨©SVCD/VCD W½«uDÝô PBC WHOþË ÊËbЮ qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ±
Æ©A® WDIM« d²š«
Æ÷dF« WýUý w ¡wC¹ AvKŽ A- …—UAŽô« dNEð •
w Êu¹eHK²« ÊU «–« Êu¹eHK²«
ÆqOGAð WUŠ
•
∫wz« Zd³*« qOGA²« l{u •
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« q³ Ë« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
ALL
1
¡UG«
DISC1
©Xu« fHMЮ
…—Uýô« dNEð Æ¡«dłô« fH½ bŽ« ¨W½«uDÝô« ëdš« lM ¡UGô
Æ“UNLOCKED”
∫wz«uAF« qOGA²« l{u •
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« q³ Ë« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
1
¡UG«
1DISC
ALL
≤∂
AR-12-33_UX-S77[UX]-3
26
10/6/04, 3:13 PM
wÐdŽ
q vKŽ …œułu*« U½«uDÝô« lOLł —«dJð
ÆW−d³*« «—U *« lOLł Ë« w½«uB«
ÆwU(«ØwU(« qBH« —dJ¹
W½«uDÝö WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« öOGAð
○ ○ ○WýUA«
○ ○‡ vKŽ○÷dF«
○ ○j¹dý○ UuKF
○○
bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
©MP3/WMA/JPEG W½«uDÝ« ¡UM¦²ÝUЮ W½«uDÝô« UuKF h× pMJ1
ÆWýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ‰öš s UuKF*« Ác¼ iFÐ ‰ULF²Ý«Ë
wÐdŽ
W½«uDÝô« Ÿu½ 1
w½UF*«
WOU(« ‰UI²½ô« W³ ½
©WO½U¦UÐ XÐUGO®
WOU(« W½«uDÝô«
wU(« Ê«uMF«
wU(« qBH«
WOU(« WŽuL:«
wU(« —U *«
Xu« UMO³
w½UF*«
qOGA²«
nK KØÂUö Y׳«
nK KØÂUö W¾OD³« ‡ Wd(«
XR*« ·UI¹ô«
·UI¹ô«
qOGA²« UuKF 2
ÊUO³«
`OðUH ±∞
ZOOM
Mbps
DISC 2
, , ,
ENTER
ON SCREEN
TITLE 2
CHAP 3
GROUP 1
TRACK 14
DVD/CD 3
8
4/¢
7
TOTAL 1:25:58
qOGA²« ŸU{Ë« 3
ÊUO³«
REPEAT
SHIFT
Ø
Ø
WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WÞdý«
1
©qHÝö ‡ V× « WLzU vKŽ® WHOþu« «—Uý« 4
w½UF*«
ÆXu« UuKF dOOG² …—Uýô« Ác¼ d²š«
ÆqOGA²« —«dJ² …—Uýô« Ác¼ d²š«
ÆXu« Y׳ …—Uýô« Ác¼ d²š«
ÆqBH« Y׳ …—Uýô« Ác¼ d²š«
Æ—U *« Y×Ð …—Uýô« Ác¼ d²š«
…UMI« Ë« uB« WG dOOG² …—Uýô« Ác¼ d²š«
Æ©≤± W×H UC¹« dE½«®
wŽdH« Ê«uMF« WG dOOG² …—Uýô« Ác¼ d²š«
Æ©≤≤ W×H UC¹« dE½«®
dEM*« W¹Ë«“ dOOG² …—Uýô« Ác¼ d²š«
Æ©≤≤ W×H UC¹« dE½«®
W×HB« dOOG² …—Uýô« Ác¼ d²š«
Æ©≤≥ W×H UC¹« dE½«®
ÊUO³«
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TIME 1:25:58
1:01:58
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
CHAP233 TOTAL
14 2CHAP
TIME
TIME
CHAP.
OFF
OFF
TIME
1/3
1/3
4
1
OFF
1/3
TRACK
PAGE 1/3
TRACK
4
SVCD W½«uDÝ«
1/3
1
1/3
2
OFF
OFF
1/3
PAGE 1/5
ST1
–/1/3
4
1/3
1
TIME 1:25:58
0:04:58
TRACK
233 TOTAL
DISC
TITLE
14 2CHAP
VCD
1/3
1/3
ST
OFF
OFF
4
2
AR-12-33_UX-S77[UX]-3
OFF
OFF
4
27
1/3
CD W½«uDÝ«
3
TRACK
DISC
233 TOTAL
TIME 1:25:58
0:04:58
TITLE
14 2CHAP
CD
TIME
TIME
1/3
VCD W½«uDÝ«
2
3
4
TIME
TIME
3
TIME 1:25:58
0:04:58
TRACK
233 TOTAL
TITLE
14 2CHAP
DISC
SVCD
TIME
TIME
1
≤∑
1/3
1/1
DISC 2 GROUP 14 TRACK 23 TIME 0:23:58
DVD-AUDIO
TIME
1/3
1/3
DVD Audio W½«uDÝ«
2
3
OFF
CHAP.
DVD Video W½«uDÝ«
3
2
10/6/04, 11:11 AM
1/3
1/3
1/3
○ ○ W○ýUA○« ‡ vKŽ○÷d○F?« j○¹dý ○‰ULF²○ÝUÐ q○OGA²○«
‰ULF²ÝUÐ qOGA²«” r dE½« ¨WOU²« nzUþuK WKBH qOGAð UOKLŽ qł« s
ÆvMLO« WN'« vKŽ “WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý
Remote
ONLY
∫DVD Video W½«uDÝô ©w ½d® wŽdH« Ê«uMF« —UO²š« ∫‰U¦
÷dF« …cU½Ë WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý qš«œ Xu« UuKF dOOGð pMJ1
Æw Ozd« “UN'« vKŽ …œułu*«
WLzU WDÝ«uÐ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ÷dŽ« ¨qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ±
ÆqHÝö ‡ V× «
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TIME
TIME
OFF
OFF
‡ V× « WLzU WDÝ«uÐ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ÷dŽ« ±
ÆqHÝö
ON SCREEN
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
14 2CHAP
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/3
CHAP.
Æ©…dýR® …—U²
ENTER
Æ Æ Æ —bBL W½«uDÝô« —UO²š« ¡UMŁ«
TIME
TOTAL 1:01:58
REM
0:11:23
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
1/3
1/1
TIME
TIME
…—Uýô« Ê« s bQð« ≤
ÆXu« ÊUOÐ dOž
Ò ≥
TOTAL
eHI«
TIME
TIME
T.REM
OFF
OFF
1/3
1/3
CHAP.
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/1
ÆeHI« ‡ …cU½ ÷dŽ« ≥
REM
ENTER
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
14 2CHAP
2 TITLE
1/3
1/3
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/1
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN
ÆeHI« ‡ …cU½ qš«œ s »uKD*« —UO²šô« d²š« ¥
—dJ²*« qOGA²«
•
U½«uDÝô PBC WHOþË ÊËbЮ W½«uDÝô« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« ±
WLzU WDÝ«uÐ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ÷dŽ« ¨©SVCD/VCD
ÆqHÝö ‡ V× «
Æ
1/3
1/1
ÆÁb¹dð Íc« bM³« ©dÒý«® d²š« ≤
TIME
Æ≤∂ W?×?H UC¹« dE½«
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/3
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
14 2CHAP
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ¡UGô
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
14 2CHAP
2 TITLE
1/3
1/3
2/1/3
3
1/3
1/1
FRENCH
ÆeHI« ‡ …cU½ wH² ð
Æj³C« wN½« µ
ENTER
…—Uýô« d²š« ≤
ÆeHI« ‡ …cU½ ÷dŽ« ≥
OFF
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
14 2CHAP
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
TIME
TIME
CHAP.
1/3
1/3
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
14 2CHAP
CHAP.
T. REM 0:35:24
TIME 0:25:31
ÆW½«uDÝö wCIM*« Xu«
ÆW½«uDÝö wI³²*« Xu«
ÆwU(« —U *«ØqBHK wCIM*« qOGA²« Xu«
ÆwU(« —U *«ØqBHK wI³²*« Xu«
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
DISC 2 TITLE 2 CHAP 3 TOTAL 1:01:58
1/1/3
3
WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ¡UGô
1/3
1/1
OFF
ON SCREEN
≤∏
AR-12-33_UX-S77[UX]-3
28
10/6/04, 11:11 AM
wÐdŽ
Xu« UuKF dOOGð
Xu« Y×Ð
ÆW¹«b³« s wCIM*« qOGA²« XË b¹b% WDÝ«uÐ WMOF WDI½ v« ‰UI²½ô« pMJ1
¨©SVCD/VCD U½«uDÝô PBC WHOþË ÊËbЮ qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ±
ÆqHÝö ‡ V× « WLzU WDÝ«uÐ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ÷dŽ«
ÆqOGA²« ¡bÐ q³ Xu« Y×Ð ‰ULF²Ý« sJ1 ∫ DVD W½«uDÝ« ¡UM¦²ÝUÐ
wÐdŽ
Æ
…—Uýô« d²š« ≤
ÆeHI« ‡ …cU½ ÷dŽ« ≥
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
14 2CHAP
TIME
TIME
CHAP.
OFF
OFF
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/3
•
1/3
1/1
TIME _ : _ _ : _ _
ÆXu« qšœ« ¥
Æw½«u¦«ØozUb«Ø UŽU UÐ Xu« b¹b% pMJ1
∫WK¦«
∫ ∞≤ ©WIOœ® ∫ ∞∞ ©WO½UŁ® WDIM« v« ‰UI²½ö
Æ0 p– bFÐË ¨0 ¨2 ¨0 ¨1 jG{« ¨± ©WŽUÝ®
¨µ¥ ©WIOœ® ∫ ∞∞ ©WO½UŁ® WDIM« v« ‰UI²½ö
Æ0 p– bFÐË 0 ¨4 ¨5 ¨0 jG{«
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
ÆÁb¹dð Íc« —«dJ²« l{Ë d²š« ¥
ÆW−d³*« «—U *« lOLł Ë« U½«uDÝô« lOLł —«dJð
Æ©qHÝô« w dE½«® »uKD*« r I« —dJ¹
ÆwU(« Ê«uMF« —dJ¹
ÆWOU(« WŽdL:« —dJ¹
Æ©DVD W½«uDÝ« ¡UM¦²ÝUЮ W½«uDÝô« —«dJð
ÆwU(« qBH« —dJ¹
ÆwU(« —U *« —dJ¹
Æ—dJ²*« qOGA²« wGK¹
ALL
A-B
TITLE
GROUP
DISC
CHAPTER
TRACK*
OFF
Æ“STEP” …uD)« …—Uý« wH² ð ¨wz«uAF« qOGA²«ØZd³*« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« *
Æj³C« wN½« µ
ENTER
VFP
4
6
5
3D PHONIC
DVD LEVEL
9
8
7
PROGRESSIVE
0
»uKD dOž sJË ¨©“∞” dHB« v²ŠË® WŽU « œbŽ ‰Ušœ« ULz«œ »uKD
Æ©vKŽô« w —uc*« ‰U¦*« w s¹dOšô« s¹œbF«® uK²ð w²« —UHô« ‰Ušœ«
ƉUšœ« dš« ¡UGô 2 dýR*« ¡UGô« —“ jG{« ¨TÞUš ‰Ušœ« `O×B²
A-B r I« —«dJð
•
Æj³C« wN½« µ
Æ—U²<« qOGA²« XË s W½«uDÝô« qOGAð ÂUEM« √b³¹
Æ≤∂ W?×?H UC¹« dE½«
•
ENTER
•
WLzU WDÝ«uÐ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ÷dŽ« ¨qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ±
ÆqHÝö ‡ V× «
Æ OFF …—Uýô« d²š« ≤
ÆeHI« ‡ …cU½ ÷dŽ« ≥
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
14 2CHAP
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
TIME
TIME
CHAP.
OFF
OFF
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/3
1/3
1/1
OFF
—U *«ØqBH« Y×Ð
—U *« r— Ë« ©DVD Video W½«uDÝô® qBH« r— sŽ Y׳« pMJ1
ÆtKOGA² ©DVD Audio W½«uDÝô®
WLzU WDÝ«uÐ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ÷dŽ« ¨qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ±
ÆqHÝö ‡ V× «
Æ TRACK Ë« CHAP. …—Uýô« d²š« ≤
ÆeHI« ‡ …cU½ ÷dŽ« ≥
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
14 2CHAP
TIME
TIME
CHAP.
OFF
OFF
CHAPTER
1/3
1/3
1/1/3
3
Æ“A-B” d²š« ¥
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
14 2CHAP
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
TIME
TIME
CHAP.
OFF
OFF
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/3
Æ(A) W¹«b³« WDI½ d²š« µ
ENTER
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
14 2CHC
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
TIME
TIME
CHAP.
OFF
A-
1/3
1/3
1/3
1/1
Æ(B) W¹UNM« WDI½ d²š« ∂
_
…—uBÐ —U²<« r I« qOGAð r²¹ ÆA-B r I« qOGAð √b³¹
Æ…—dJ²
WDI½ sŽ Y׳« pMJ1 ¨ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{ q³ •
Æ¡ —e« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ W¹UNM«
≤π
AR-12-33_UX-S77[UX]-3
29
1/3
1/1
A–B
10/6/04, 11:11 AM
ENTER
Remote
ONLY
qOL% bMŽ Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ UOJOðUuðË« CONTROL rJײ« WýUý dNEð
ÆJPEG Ë« WMA ¨MP3 W½«uDÝ«
rJײ« WýUý ‰öš s UNKOGAðË WÐuKD*« «—U *« sŽ Y׳« pMJ1
ÆCONTROL
UHKË MP3/WMA UHK® UHK*« s 5Žu½ s d¦√ qO− ð - «–« •
W×H dE½«® tKOGAð b¹dð Íc« nK*« Ÿu½ d²š« ¨W½«uDÝô« vKŽ ©JPEG
Æ©≥π
CONTROL rJײ« WýUý
ÆWKL× MP3 W½«uDÝ« ÊuJð UbMŽ ∫‰U¦
Track Information
Title
Rain
Artist
Album
Æ5 jG{« ¨µ —U *«ØqBH« r— —UO²šô
bFÐË ¨1 jG{« ¨±µ —U *«ØqBH« r— —UO²šô
Æ5 p–
¨3 jG{« ¨≥∞ —U *«ØqBH« r— —UO²šô
Æ0 p– bFÐË
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
1
2
ANGLE
3
ZOOM
VFP
6
5
4
3D PHONIC
DVD LEVEL
8
7
9
PROGRESSIVE
0
»uKD*« rd« ÷dŽ r²¹ v²Š `OðUH ±∞ ‡« jG{« ¨TÞUš ‰Ušœ« `O×B²
ÆeHI« ‡ …cU½ qš«œ
ÆtMŽ Y׳« - Íc« —U *«ØqBH« qOGAð “UN'« √b³¹
REPEAT TRACK Time : 00:00:14
Group : 2 / 3
Blue
Red
Green
Æ»uKD*« —U *«ØqBH« r— qšœ« ¥
∫WK¦«
wÐdŽ
○ ○ CONTROL
○ ○ ○rJײ«
○ ○WýUý○vKŽ○öOGA²«
○○
•
Æj³C« wN½« µ
ENTER
Track : 5 / 14 (Total 41)
Cloudy.mp3
Fair.mp3
Fog.mp3
Hail.mp3
Indian summer.mp3
Rain.mp3
Shower.mp3
Snow.mp3
Thunder.mp3
Typhoon.mp3
Wind.mp3
Winter sky.mp3
WOKJ« UŽuL:« œbŽØWOU(« WŽuL:« r—
WOU(« WŽuL:«
WŽuL:« ‰Ëbł
©‚—“ôUЮ wU(« —U *«
©MP3/WMA U½«uDÝô jI ∫1.0 W ½ ID3 WUDЮ —U *« UuKF
qOGA²« —«dJð j³{
©MP3/WMA U½«uDÝô jI® wU(« —U LK wCIM*« qOGA²« XË
qOGA²« l{Ë …—Uý«
œbF«® WOU(« WŽuL:« w «—U LK wKJ« œbF«ØwU(« —U *« r—
©WKL;« W½«uDÝô« vKŽ …œułu*« «—U LK wKJ«
dOýQ²« ©dCš«® j¹dý
«—U *« ‰Ëbł
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
≥∞
AR-12-33_UX-S77[UX]-3
30
10/6/04, 11:11 AM
JPEG W½«uDÝô
«b¹ö « ‡ ÷dŽ —«dJ²
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« ¡bÐ q³ Ë« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
GR.
Æ—U *« ‰Ëbł v« j¹dA« „dײ¹
1DISC
¡UG«
wÐdŽ
∫—U *« ‰Ëbł Ë WŽuL:« ‰Ëbł 5Ð dOýQ²« ©dCš«® j¹dý p¹dײ
ALL
ÆWŽuL:« ‰Ëbł v« j¹dA« „dײ¹
ÆWOU(« WŽuL:« —dJ¹
ÆWOU(« W½«uDÝô« —«dJð
DISC
ÆW½«uDÝô« q —dJ¹
ALL
∫‰Ëb'« w —U ØWŽuL− —UO²šô
GR.
Æ≤∂ W×HB« dE½« ¨MP3/WMA U½«-uDÝô qOGA²« —«dJð qł« s
•
Æ»uKD*« bM³« vKŽ dOýQ²« j¹dý „ Ò d Š
qOGAð ¡UMŁ« dOýQ²« j¹dý XÒdŠ «–« •
qOGAð √b³¹ ¨MP3/WMA U½«uDÝ«
ÆUOJOðUuðË« —U²<« —U *«
WMU « …—uB« dO³J²
Æb¹ö « ÷dŽ ¡UMŁ« WMU « …—uB« dO³Jð pMJ1ô
ìqOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
•
1 2 3 4 5
ÆdO³J²« …u dOOG²Ð r
≤
ZOOM
©Xu« fHMЮ
4
∫MP3/WMA U½«uDÝô
Æ—U²<« —U *UÐ qOGA²« √b³¹
UC¹« √b³¹ DVD/CD 3 —e« jG{ bMŽ •
ÆqOGA²«
ZOOM 1
Æ «b¹ö « ‡ ÷dŽ √b³¹
…b* WýUA« vKŽ ©W²ÐUŁ …—u® —U *« q ÷dŽ r²¹
bFÐ bŠ«Ë «—U *« dÒOG²ð p– bFÐË ¨U³¹dIð Ê«uŁ ≥
Ædšô«
ZOOM 2
ZOOM OFF
ÆdO³J²« UC¹« œ«œe¹ ¨rd« œ«œ“« ULK
ÆdÒ³J*« ÊUJ*« „dŠ
Ò
≥
ENTER
∫JPEG W½«uDÝô
r²¹ v²Š —U²<« ©W²ÐUŁ …—u® —U *« ÷dŽ r²¹
ÆÁdOOGð
4
ZOOM
qOGA²« ¡b³
±
ENTER
DVD/CD
ÆCONTROL rJײ« WýUý wH² ð ¨JPEG —U qOGAð ¡bÐ bFÐ
‰ušb« —“ jG{« ¨WOU(« W²ÐU¦« …—uB« ÷dŽË ¨ «b¹ö « ‡ ÷dŽ ¡UGô
ÆENTER
·UI¹ô
∫qOGA²«
∫XR*« ·UI¹ö
∫—U *« wD ²
GROUP/TITLE
dNEð v²Š lÐU²²UÐ ZOOM ÂËËe« —“ jG{« ¨ÍœUF« qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ýô
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ “ZOOM OFF” ÂËËe« ·UI¹« …—Uý«
—e« jG{« ¨d¹dײK
ÆDVD/CD 3
≥±
AR-12-33_UX-S77[UX]-3
31
10/6/04, 3:13 PM
•
•
…—uD*« j¹dA« öOGAð
ÂU¼
bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
ÊËbÐ ¨WþuH;« ‚uI(« «– œ«u*« qOGAð Ë« qO− ð WOKLŽ ÊuJð Ê« sJ1
ÆWO½u½U dOž WOKLŽ ¨dAM« ‚uIŠ pU WI«u
wÐdŽ
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○j¹dA«
○ ○vKŽ○qO− ²«
○○
ÆqO− ²K I Ÿu½ WÞdý« ‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1
Ʊ∂ W?×?H dE½« ¨j¹dA« qOGA² •
ÆWOKŽ qO− ²« sJ1 XOÝU qšœ« ±
oKž«
qšœ«
lœ«
TAPE 23
FM/AM/AUX
7
DISC
REC MODE
DVD/CD3
DISC
SELECT
×U K UNł«u j¹dA« V½Uł ÊuJ¹ YO×Ð
WýUý vKŽ fJF« l{Ë Ë j¹dA« Ê«—Ëœ ÁU&« UÞu³{ h׫ ≤
Æ÷dF«
REV.MODE
SHIFT
j¹dA« ÁU&« sO³
Ò
1 2 3 4 5
wU(« —bB*«
w Ozd« “UN'«
fJF« l{Ë sO³
Ò
ÁU&ô« dOOG²
©ÂUô«® 3
©fJF«® 2
PUSH
OPEN 0
U¹—Ëd{ p– ÊU «–« fJF« l{Ë dOž
Ò
FM/PLAY
MODE
TAPE
FM/AM
/AUX
DVD/CD
#
DISC SELECT
REC
REV.MODE
7
©Xu« fHMЮ
Æj¹dA« w³½Uł vKŽ qO− ²K
w qO− ²« √bЫ ¨fJF« l{Ë ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽ •
ÆwUô« (3) ÁU&ô«
ÆbŠ«Ë V½Uł vKŽ jI qO− ²K
(
)
≥≤
AR-12-33_UX-S77[UX]-3
32
10/6/04, 11:11 AM
ÆqO− ²« l{Ë d²š« ¥
DISC
REC MODE
ONE DISC
¡UG«
ALL DISC
1ST TRK
Ë« “DVD/CD” ¨“AM” ¨“FM” ——bB*« qOGAð √bÐ«Ë d²š« ≥
Æ“AUX”
s s«e²*« qO− ²«” ‰ULF²Ý« UC¹« pMJ1 ¨W½«uDÝô« s qO− ²« bMŽ •
Æ©qHÝô« w dE½«® “W½«uDÝô«
ÆqO− ²« √bЫ ¥
wÐdŽ
REC
ÆUNKLUÐ W½«uDÝô« qO− ð
q«u² qJAÐ …Q³F*« W½«uDÝô« U¹u²× lOLł qO− ð
W½«uDÝ«ØW¹u¹bOH« DVD Audio W½«uDÝ« ¡UM¦²ÝUЮ
Æ©WOðuB« DVD Video
U½«uDÝô jI® W½«uDÝ« q s ‰Ëô« —U *« qO− ð
Æ©SVCD/VCD/CD
ONE DISC
∫qO− ²« ·UI¹ô
1ST TRK
¥ …uD)« w —U²<« qO− ²« l{Ë ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ qO− ²« √bЫ µ
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ U{ËdF
Î
¥ UNðb Už«d s¹uJ²Ð ÎUOzUIKð “UN'« ÂuI¹
ÆWÞdýô« vKŽ WK− *« ULGM« 5Ð w½«uŁ
w Ozd« “UN'« vKŽ
ALL DISC
REC
WO Ozd« …bŠu« vKŽ
qGA ÂuI¹ ¨wU(« qO− ²« l{Ë l WI«u² …Q³F*« W½«uDÝô« sJð r «–« •
ÆÈdš« W½«uDÝ« Q³FðË W½«uDÝô« wD ²Ð W½«uDÝô«
qGA nu²OÝ ¨qO− ²« Ë« W½«uDÝô« qOGAð s ¡UN²½ô« WUŠ w •
ÆXu« fH½ w ULNOK XOÝUJ« „œË W½«uDÝô«
“WOŠ
Ò ” W½«uDÝ« qO− ²
lÞUI*« 5Ð Ê«uŁ ‡ ¥ …b* Wž—U ÂU « ‰Ušœ« »džd*« s ÊuJ¹ ô ·uÝ
Æj¹dA« vKŽ WK− *« WOIOÝu*«
…—uBÐ W½«uDÝô« qOGAð nË« ¨qO− ²K lÞUIð Í« ÊËbÐ W½«uDÝô« q qO− ²
ÆREC qO− ²« —“ jG{ q³ ©bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË vKŽ 8 jG{«® W²R
W½«uDÝô« qGA ÂuI¹ UbFÐ ÎUOzUIKð qO− ²« nu²¹ ¨W½«uDÝô« qO− ð bMŽ«
ÆW½«uDÝô« qOGAð …œUŽUÐ
○ ○ ○ ○ W½«uDÝô«
○ ○ ○s s«e²*«
○ ○qO− ²«
○○
ÆXu« fH½ w j¹dA« qO− ðË W½«uDÝô« qOGAð ·UI¹«Ë ¡bÐ pMJ1
ÆqO− ²K qÐUI« XOÝUJ« qšœ«Ë W½«uDÝô« l{ ±
—“ jG{« ¨W½«uDÝô« qGA u¼ wU(« qOGA²« —bB sJ¹ r «–«
Æ7 rŁ ¨DVD/CD 3
wz«uAF« qOGA²« Ë« Zd³*« qOGA²« qO− ²
≥≥
33
•
vKŽ w JF« l{u«Ë j¹dA« qOGAð ÁU&« W¾ONð s bQð ≤
ÆW{—UF«
Æ≥≤ W?×?H vKŽ ¢j¹dA« vKŽ qO− ²«¢ s ≤ …uD)« dE½« •
ÆUNM qO− ²« ¡bÐ b¹dð w²« W½«uDÝô« r— d²š« ≥
ô sJË ¨wz«uAF« qOGA²« Ë« ©ZU½d³« qLŽ«Ë® ZU½d³« qOGAð d²š« ±
ÆqOGA²« √b³ð
ÆqO− ²« ¡b³ REC qO− ²« —“ jG{« ≤
qO− ²« ·UI¹« »uKD ÆqO− ²« lÐU²¹ ¨W½«uDÝô« qOGAð nu²¹ UbMŽ •
ÆU¹Ëb¹
AR-12-33_UX-S77[UX]-3
•
10/6/04, 3:13 PM
qCH*« —U *« jI qO− ²
v« ŸUL²Ýô« ¡UMŁ« j¹dA« vKŽ UNKO− 𠜫d*« «—U *« b¹b% pMJ1
ÆW½«uDÝô«
ÆW¹u¹bOH« DVD W½«uDÝô WHOþu« Ác¼ du²ðô •
wÐdŽ
ÆW½«uDÝô« qOGAð √bЫ±
DVD/CD
Æ Æ Æ j¹dA« vKŽ tKO− ð b¹dð Íc« —U *« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«≤
—U *« p– W¹«bÐ v« W½«uDÝô« qÒGA lłd¹
qO− ð bFÐ Æj¹dA« vKŽ —U *« qO− ð r²¹Ë
XOÝUJ« „œË W½«uDÝô« qÒGA nu²¹ ¨—U *«
ÆUOJOðUuðË«
REC
w Ozd« “UN'« vKŽ
ÆU¼b¹dð w²« Èdšô« «—U *« qO− ² ≥ Ë ≤ «uD)« bŽ« ≥
ÆU¹—Ëd{ p– ÊU «–« U½«uDÝô« q¹b³ð pMJ1
•
pðöO−ð W¹UL(
` *« lM* nK)« vKŽ …œułu s¹dOG 5½U vKŽ U²OÝUJ« Íu²%
ÆXOÝUJ« vKŽ qO− ²« …œUŽ« lM* Ë« XOÝUJ« vKŽ WK− *« œ«uLK ÍuHF«
ÆWM ô« Ác¼ Ÿe½« ¨pðöO− ð W¹UL(
j¹dAÐ »uI¦« WODGð ôË« V−¹ ¨wL× XOÝU vKŽ qO− ²« …œUŽô
Æoô
≥¥
AR-34-38_UX-S77[UX]-3
34
10/6/04, 11:04 AM
XR*« öOGAð
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ XR*«
○ ○j³{○
wÐdŽ
Remote
ONLY
bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
ÆpO« W³³;« WOMžô« vKŽ ÂuM« s ÷UIO²Ýô« pMJ1 ¨wuO« XR*« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ
u¹œ«d« YÐ s j¹dý qLŽ pMJ1 ¨qO− ²« XR WDÝ«uÐ ¨Èdš« WNł s
ÆUOJOðUuðË«
lË ªqO− ²« XR* bŠ«Ë j³{Ë wuO« XRLK UÞu³{ WŁöŁ Êeš pMJ1 •
qO− ²« XR j³{Ë wuO« XR*« UÞu³{ bŠ« jOAMð jI pMJ1 ¨p–
ÆXu« fHMÐ
Æ»uKD*« V Š CLOCK/TIMER —“ jG{« ¨XR*« j³{ s ÃËd K •
ÆCANCEL ÷«dF²Ýô« —“ jG{« ¨WOKLF« ¡UMŁ« TÞUš ‰Ušœ« `O×B² •
ÆWIÐU « …uD)« v« Ÿułd« pMJ1
∫lMB*« s s×A« bMŽ wuO« XRLK WOËô« UÞu³C«
OFF ·UI¹ô« XËØ(6:00) ON qOGA²« XË ∫DAILY 1
(– –) uB« …u Èu² Ø(TUNER FM 1) —bB*«Ø(8:00)
OFF ·UI¹ô« XËØ(12:00) ON qOGA²« XË ∫DAILY 2
(– –) uB« …u Èu² Ø(TUNER FM 1) —bB*«Ø(14:00)
OFF ·UI¹ô« XËØ(18:00) ON qOGA²« XË ∫DAILY 3
(– –) uB« …u Èu² Ø(TUNER FM 1) —bB*«Ø(20:00)
OFF ·UI¹ô« XËØ(8:00) ON qOGA²« XË ∫REC TMR
(TUNER FM1) —bB*«Ø(10:00)
STANDBY/
ON
SET
CANCEL
,
•
•
•
CLOCK/
TIMER
•
Xu ± wuO«—tD³{ b¹dð Íc« XR*« j³{ ŸU{Ë« bŠ« d²š« ±
Xu ≥ wuO« ¨ON qOGA²« Xu ≤ wuO« ¨ON qOGA²«
ÆqO− ²« XR ON qOGAð XË Ë« ¨ON qOGA²«
CLOCK/
TIMER
≤ wuO« X R*«
≥ wuO« X R*«
± wuO« X R*«
X
u«
X
u«
DAILY 1 ON (
) DAILY 2 ON (
) DAILY 3 ON ( X u« )
¡UG«
WŽU« W¾ONð
©±π W×H dE½«®
ON ( X u« ) REC TMR
qO−²« X R
1 2 3 4 5
1
wuO« XRLK ± j³{ l{Ë —UO²š« bŽ« ∫‰U¦
‰ušœ v« ÍœR¹ CLOCK/TIMER jG{ ÊQ ¨WŽU « j³{ ÂbŽ bMŽ
ÆWŽU « W¾ONð l{Ë w “UN'«
•
Æb¹dð UL XR*« j³{ qLŽ« ≤
—wU²« VOðd²UÐ j³C« ¡UN½« v²Š WOU²«
UOKLF« bŽ«
SET
ÆqOGA²« ‡ Xu WIOb« p– bFÐË WŽU « j³{« 1
Æ·UI¹ô« ‡ Xu WIOb« p– bFÐË WŽU « j³{« 2
≥µ
AR-34-38_UX-S77[UX]-3
35
10/6/04, 11:04 AM
qO− ²« sO³Ë
Ò © ® XR*« sO³
Ò ¡wC¹ ¨wuO« XR*« j³{ r²¹ Ê« bFÐ
Æ…bŠ«Ë …d jI qO− ²« XR qG²A¹ Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ REC
qOGA²« ‡ XË 5×¹ UbMŽ
uB« …u Èu² j³C¹Ë …œb;« WD;« vKŽ nOu²« r²¹Ë ¨“UN'« qG²A¹
ÆqO− ²« √b³¹Ë ¨“UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹« q³ ◊u³C Èu² dš¬ vKŽ
·UI¹ô« ‡ XË 5×¹ UbMŽ
œ«bF²Ýô« l{Ë vKŽ® ·UI¹ô« l{Ë vKŽ ‰uײ¹Ë ¨qO− ²« “UN'« nu¹Ô
Æ©qOGA²K
ÆU¼eOOGð r²¹ v²Š …d«c« w W½Ëe XR*« UÞu³{ vI³ð •
XR*« j³{ r²¹ Ê« bFÐ XR*« ·UI¹ô
ÃU²% Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨Âu¹ q s Xu« fHMÐ wuO« XR*« jOAMð r²¹ t½« U0
ÆWU)« ÂU¹ô« iFÐ w XR*«¡UGô
ÆÁ¡UG« b¹dð Íc« XR*« d²š« ±
CLOCK/
TIMER
≤ w uO« X R*«
≥ w uO« X R*«
± w uO« X R*«
DAILY 1 ON ( X u« ) DAILY 2 ON ( X u« ) DAILY 3 ON ( X u« )
W¾ONð WŽU«
©±π W×H dE½«®
¡UG«
ON ( X u« ) REC TMR
qO−²« X R
¨“TUNER FM”—qOGA²« —bB d²š« ∫WOuO« U²RLK 3
Æ“AUX” Ë« “DISC” ¨“TAPE” ¨“TUNER AM”
1 2 3 4 5
1
¨“TUNER FM”—qOGA²« —bB d²š« ∫qO− ²« XR*
.“AUX” Ë« “TUNER AM”
d²š« ∫“TUNER AM” Ë “TUNER FM” —bBLK W³ MUÐ 4
ÆUI³ WÞu³C*« …UMI«
ØWŽuL:« r— ¨W½«uDÝô« r— d²š« ∫“DISC” —bBLK W³ MUÐ
ÆqBH«Ø—U *« r— rŁ ¨Ê«uMF«
Æ uB« …u Èu² d²š« ∫WOuO« U²RLK W³ MUÐ 5
Ë “VOL 50” Ë« “VOL1”® uB« …u Èu² —UO²š« pMJ1 •
uB« …u j³{ r²¹ ·uÝ “VOL – –,” d²š« «–« Æ©“VOL – –”
ÆtOKŽ …bŠu« j³{ - Èu² dš¬ vKŽ
Èu² dš¬ vKŽ uB« …u Èu² j³{ r²¹ ∫qO− ²« XR*
Æ…bŠu« qOGAð ·UI¹« bMŽ UOzUIKð
Î
ÆVUF²UÐ XR*« UuKF dNEð ¨ U¾ON²« s ¡UN²½ô« bMŽ
j³{ - «–« ©qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« l{Ë vKŽ® “UN'« qOGAð nË« ≥
Æ“UN'« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« XR*«
STANDBY/ON
1 2 3 4 5
1
± wuO« XR*« XR*« ¡UGô ∫‰U¦
Æ—U²<« XR*« qOGAð nË« ≤
RETURN
CANCEL
XR*« qOGA²
©REC TMR Ë« ¨DAILY 3 ¨DAILY 2 ¨DAILY 1® XR*« d²š« ±
ÆtKOGAð b¹dð Íc«
CLOCK/
TIMER
± w uO« X R*«
≤ w uO« X R*«
≥ w uO« X R*«
DAILY 1 ON ( X u« ) DAILY 2 ON ( X u« ) DAILY 3 ON ( X u« )
¡UG«
ON ( X u« ) REC TMR
W¾ONð WŽU«
©±π W×H dE½«®
qO−²« X R
1 2 3 4 5
1
WOKF …—uBÐ wuO« XR*« qG²A¹ nO
XR*« r— sO³Ë
Ò ( ) XR*« sO³
Ò ¡wC¹ ¨wuO« XR*« j³{ r²¹ Ê« bFÐ
q s Xu« fHMÐ wuO« XR*« jOAMð r²¹ Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ (1/2/3)
jOAMð r²¹ v²Š Ë« ©wU²« œuLF« dE½«® U¹Ëb¹ XR*« ·UI¹« r²¹ v²Š Âu¹
Ædš« XR
qOGA²« ‡ XË 5×¹ UbMŽ
W½«uDÝô« qOGA²Ð √b³¹ Ë« …œb;« WD;« vKŽ nOu²« r²¹Ë “UN'« qG²A¹
Èu² *« vKŽ uB« …u Èu² j³{ r²¹Ë ¨œb× —U Ë« qB l …Q³F*«
ÎÆUI³ ◊u³C*«
XR*« r— sO³Ë
Ò ( ) XR*« sÒO³ iu¹ ¨wuO« XR*« qLŽ ¡UMŁ« •
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ (1/2/3)
·UI¹ô« ‡ XË 5×¹ UbMŽ
œ«bF²Ýô« l{Ë vKŽ® ·UI¹ô« l{Ë vKŽ ‰uײ¹Ë ¨“UN'« qOGAð nu²¹
ÆUOJOðUuðË« ©qOGA²K
ÆU¼dOOGð r²¹ v²Š …d«c« w W½Ëe XR*« UÞu³{ vI³ð •
± wuO« XR*« —UO²š« bMŽ ∫‰U¦
Æ—U²<« XR*« jOAM²Ð r ≤
SET
≥∂
AR-34-38_UX-S77[UX]-3
36
10/6/04, 3:14 PM
wÐdŽ
WOKF …—uBÐ qO− ²« XR qG²A¹ nO
œ«bŽô« WLzU qOGAð UOKLŽ
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○qOGA²«
○ ○¡«dł«○
Remote
ONLY
bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
…—U² W½«uDÝô« ÊuJð UbMŽ jI œ«bŽô« WLzU ‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1
ÆbFÐ √b³¹ r UNKOGAðË —bBL
wÐdŽ
nK*« ŸuM “STILL PICTURE” W²ÐU¦« …—uB« —UO²š« ∫‰U¦
∫“FILE TYPE”
Æœ«bŽô« WLzU ÷dŽ« ±
SET UP
LANGUAGE
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP] .
`OðUH ±∞
, , ,
ENTER
SET UP
Æœ«bŽô« rz«u ÈbŠ« d²š« ≤
PICTURE
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
ÆtK¹bFð b¹dð Íc« bM³« d²š« ≥
PICTURE
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
œ«bŽô« WLzU «—Uý«
Æ…—U²<« œ«bŽô« WLzU …—Uý« dOýQð r²¹ ·uÝ
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
ÆeHI« ‡ …cU½ ÷dŽ« ¥
ENTER
PICTURE
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
AUDIO
STILL PICTURE
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT . USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
ÆeHI« ‡ …cU½ s »uKD*« —UO²šô« d²š« µ
PICTURE
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
AUDIO
STILL PICTURE
SELECT
ENTER
Æ…—U² LANGUAGE WGK« œ«bŽ« WLzU ∫‰U¦
USE
TO SELECT . USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
LANGUAGE
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
LANGUAGE WGK« œ«bŽ« WLzU 1
PICTURE …—uB« œ«bŽ« WLzU 2
AUDIO uB« œ«bŽ« WLzU 3
OTHERS Èdšô« UÞu³C« œ«bŽ« WLzU 4
≥∑
AR-34-38_UX-S77[UX]-3
37
10/6/04, 11:04 AM
Æj³C« wN½« ∂
PICTURE …—uB« œ«bŽ« WLzU º
ÆV«d*« WýUý Ë« …—uBUÐ oKF²¹ ULO WÐuKD*« «—UO²šô« —UO²š« pMJ1
ENTER
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
SELECT
ENTER
Æœ«bŽô« WLzU fH½ vKŽ Èdšô« œuM³« j³C ¥ v« ≥ «uD)« bŽ« ∑
ÆÈdš« œ«bŽ« WLzU vKŽ Èdšô« œuM³« j³C ¥ v« ≤ «uD)« bŽ«
œ«bŽô« WLzU s ÃËd K
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
MONITOR TYPE V«d*« Ÿu½
‰uÞ W³ MÐ WK− DVD Video W½«uDÝ« qOGA² Êu¹eHK²« V«d Ÿu½ d²š«
Æ16:9 …—u ÷dŽ v«
œbF² ‡ Êu ÂUE½ Êu¹eHK²
UOJOðUuðË« “UN'« Êu ÂUE½ dOOGð pMJ1 ¨œbF² ‡ Êu ÂUE½ Êu¹eHKð ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽ
¨WU(« Ác¼ w ÆV«d*« ŸuM “MULTI” …œbF²*« «—UO²šô« —UO²š« WDÝ«uÐ
j³{ sŽ dEM« iGÐ WKL;« W½«uDÝô« Êu ÂUE½ l ¡ö²O “UN'« Êu ÂUE½ dOG²¹
Ò
V ²M j³C”dE½«® VIDEO OUT SELECT u¹bOH« Ãdš —UO²š« ÕU²H
Æ©∑ W×H vKŽ œuÐu« “u¹bOH« Ãdš
∫wK¹ U bŠ« d²š«
∫©lÝ«Ë ÷dŽ Êu¹eHKð q¹u%® 16:9 MULTI Ø 16:9
Æ16:9 Êu¹eHK²« WýUý ÷dŽ v« ‰uÞ W³ ½ ÊuJð UbMŽ l{u« «c¼ d²š«
∫4:3 MULTI LB Ø 4:3 LB (Letter Box)
Æ4:3 Êu¹eHK²« WýUý ÷dŽ v« ‰uÞ W³ ½ ÊuJð UbMŽ l{u« «c¼ d²š«
ÍuKF« ¡e'« w ¡«œuÝ …bLŽ« dNEð ¨WC¹dŽ WýUý …—u …b¼UA ¡UMŁ«
ÆWýUA« s wKH «Ë
∫4:3 MULTI PS Ø 4:3 PS (Pan Scan)
Æ4:3 Êu¹eHK²« WýUý ÷dŽ v« ‰uÞ W³ ½ ÊuJð UbMŽ l{u« «c¼ d²š«
ÍuKF« ¡e'« w ¡«œuÝ …bLŽ« dNEð ô ¨WC¹dŽ WýUý …—u …b¼UA ¡UMŁ«
vMLO«Ë Èd O« ·«u(« ÷dŽ r²¹ ô ·uÝ ¨p– lË ¨WýUA« s wKH «Ë
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ …—uBK
SET UP
LANGUAGE WGK« œ«bŽ« WLzU º
WMO³*« WGK« —UO²š« UC¹« pMJ1 ÆW½«uDÝô« qOGA² WOËô« WGK« —UO²š« pMJ1
Æ“UN'« «c¼ qOGAð ¡UMŁ« Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ
LANGUAGE
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
MENU LANGUAGE WLzUI« WG
Æ…œbF² rz«u UG U½«uDÝô« iFÐ pK²9
FRENCH , SPANISH, ENGLISH —5Ð s WGK« d²š«
AA≠ZU , JAPANESE, ITALIAN, GERMAN, CHINESE
Æ©¥∑ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “WGK« …dHý ‰Ëbł” dE½«®
AUDIO LANGUAGE uB« WG
ÆœbF² u UG U½«uDÝô« iFÐ pK²9
FRENCH , SPANISH, ENGLISH —5Ð s WGK« d²š«
AA≠ZU , JAPANESE, ITALIAN, GERMAN, CHINESE
Æ©¥∑ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “WGK« …dHý ‰Ëbł” dE½«®
4:3 PS :ƉU¦
4:3 LB :ƉU¦
16:9 :ƉU¦
SUBTITLE wŽdH« Ê«uMF«
Æ…œbF² WOŽd s¹ËUMŽ UG U½«uDÝ« iFÐ pK²9
FRENCH , SPANISH, ENGLISH —5Ð s WGK« d²š«
AA≠ZU , JAPANESE, ITALIAN, GERMAN, CHINESE
Æ“©Ê«uMF«ô® OFF” Ë« ©¥∑ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “WGK« …dHý ‰Ëbł” dE½«®
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« WG
¨ENGLISH—5Ð s Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WMO³*« UGK« ÈbŠ« d²š«
ÆSPANISH Ë CHINESE
≥∏
AR-34-38_UX-S77[UX]-3
38
10/6/04, 11:04 AM
wÐdŽ
PICTURE
AUDIO uB« œ«bŽ« WLzU º
Æ“UN'« u UÞu³{ q¹bFð pMJ1
PICTURE SOURCE …—uB« —bB
—UO²šô« —UO²š« WDÝ«uÐ sJ1 U qCUÐ …—u …œuł vKŽ ‰uB(« pMJ1
Æ©rK —bB Ë« u¹bO —bB U«® …—uB« —bB Ÿu½—rzö*«
∫wK¹ U bŠ« d²š«
AUDIO
STREAM/PCM
DOWN MIX
DOLBY SURROUND
D. RANGE COMPRESSION
AUTO
Æl{u« «c¼ d²š« …œUŽ ∫AUTO
¨rK —bBË u¹bO —bB s ö vKŽ Íu²% W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bMŽ
rK —bB® …—uB« Ÿu½ l VÝUM²O UOJOðUuðË« W'UF*« “UN'« dOG¹
Ò
ÆwU(« qBHK ©u¹bO Ë«
wÐdŽ
DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT
SELECT
ENTER
ÆrK —bB W½«uDÝ« qOGA² ∫FILM
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [ SET UP ] .
uB« Ãdš
Æu¹bO —bB W½«uDÝ« qOGA² ∫VIDEO
∫wK¹ U bŠ« d²š«
ÆwKš«b« W½«uDÝô« qÒGA qOGAð ¡UMŁ« WýUA« du ·UI¹«Ë jOAMð pMJ1
DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT wLd?«
…—uBÐ «c¼ j³{« ¨WOHK)« vKŽ œułu*« wLd« Ãd)« ·dÞ ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽ
Ɖuu*« X½U½u³LJ« V Š W×O×
ÆwLd« wD)« PCM “UN−Ð qOu²K
∫PCM ONLY
r C Ë« wLd« w³Ëœ qK× l qOu²K
ÆwKš«œ wLd« w³Ëœ qK× vKŽ Íu²×¹
DOLBY DIGITAL
∫PCM/
vKŽ Íu²×¹ r C Ë« DTS qK× l qOu²K
ÆwKš«œ DTS
SCREEN SAVER WýUA« du
∫wK¹ U bŠ« d²š«
WOKLŽ qLŽ ÂbŽ WUŠ w WL²F Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ —uB« `³Bð ∫ON
ÆozUœ µ s d¦« …b* qOGAð
ÆWýUA« du ¡UGô ∫OFF
∫STREAM/PCM
wLd« ÍdB³« Ãd)« «—Uý«” r UC¹« dE½«
Æ¥π W×H vKŽ œułu“ DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT
DOWN MIX
æ
uB« Ãe
qJAÐ Ãd)« «c¼ j³{« ¨WOHK)« WN'« w œułu*« wLd« Ãd)« ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽ
Æqu*« “UN'« v« ÎUIË `O×
v« «—Uýô« q¹uײР“UN'« ÂuI¹ ¨ «uMI« …œbF² DVD W½«uDÝ« ÷dŽ bMŽ
Ærzö qJAÐ 5ðUM
FILE TYPE nK*« Ÿu½
W²ÐU¦« —uB«Ë ©WMA Ë« MP3 UHK® uB« «—U s ö X½U «–«
ÆqOGA²K ULNM U¹« —UO²š« pMJ1 ¨W½«uDÝô« vKŽ WK− ©JPEG UHK®
∫wK¹ U bŠ« d²š«
ÆMP3/WMA UHK qOGA²
∫AUDIO
ÆJPEG UHK ÷dF ∫STILL PICTURE
∫wK¹ U bŠ« d²š«
ÆpOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ qK× vKŽ Íu²×¹ r C qOu²
¨MD qGA
Ò ¨q³I² ¨ÍœUO²Ž« u¹dO²Ý r C qOu²
Æa« ¨Êu¹eHKð
DOLBY
∫SURROUND
∫STEREO
≥π
AR-39-44_UX-S77[UX]-3
39
10/6/04, 10:59 AM
∫wK¹ U bŠ« d²š«
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ …œułu*« VIDEO-3 qšœ fÐUI l qOu²K ∫DVD1
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ œułu*« VIDEO-1 qšœ fÐUI l qOu²K ∫DVD2
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ œułu*« VIDEO-2 qšœ fÐUI l qOu²K ∫DVD3
“AV COMPU LINK bFÐ sŽ rJײ« ÂUE½” r dE½« ¨qOUH²« qł« s
Æ∑ W×H vKŽ œułu*«
æ
PARENTAL LOCK q¼ô« qH
ÆPARENTAL LOCK q¼ô« qHI WOŽdH« WLzUI« ‰Ušœô «c¼ d²š«
ÆwU²« r I« dE½«
D. RANGE COMPRESSION wJOUM¹b?« Èb*« j³{
uBÐ ŸU²L²Ýö © u √b¼«Ë u vKŽ« 5Ð ‚dH«® wJOUM¹b« Èb*« jG{ sJ1
w³Ëœ ZU½dÐ v« ŸUL²Ýô« bMŽ iH M u …u Èu² vKŽ v²ŠË r {
ÆqOK« w bOH «c¼ ÆwLd«
ÆZU½d³« vKŽ «œUL²Ž« dOŁQ²« nK² ¹ æ
∫wK¹ U bŠ« d²š«
ÆÃËeL*« «uMI« œbF² uB« vKŽ ◊uGC*« dŁR*« oO³D² ∫AUTO
wLd« w³Ëœ Z«dÐ lOLł vKŽ ÎULz«œ ◊uGC*« dŁR*« oO³D²
fJF«Ë iH M `³B¹ wUF« uB« ÆDolby Digital
ÆfJFUÐ
OTHERS Èdšô«
∫ON
UÞu³C« œ«bŽ« WLzU
ÆÈdšô« nzUþu« iFÐ dOOGð pMJ1
º
OTHERS
RESUME
ON
ON SCREEN GUIDE
ON
AV COMPULINK MODE
DVD1
PARENTAL LOCK
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
RESUME ·UM¾²Ýô«
Æ©±¥ W×H dE½«® W½«uDÝô« qOGA² ·UM¾²Ýô« WHOþË ·UI¹« Ë« qOGAð pMJ1
∫wK¹ U bŠ« d²š«
Æ·UM¾²Ýô« WHOþË jOAM² ∫ON
Æ·UM¾²Ýô« WHOþË jOAMð ·UI¹ô ∫OFF
ON SCREEN GUIDE
WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« qOœ
Æ©±¥ W×H dE½«® ÆWýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« qOœ «—Uý« ·UI¹« Ë« qOGAð pMJ1
“OFF” ·UI¹« d²š« ¨VCR u¹bO XOÝU q− vKŽ …—uB« qO− ð bMŽ æ
Æu¹bOH« j¹dý vKŽ qOb« «—Uý« qO− ð VM−²
∫wK¹ U bŠ« d²š«
ÆWýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« qOœ «—Uý« jOAM² ∫ON
ÆWýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« qOœ «—Uý« ¡UGô ∫OFF
¥∞
AR-39-44_UX-S77[UX]-3
40
10/6/04, 10:59 AM
wÐdŽ
AV COMPULINK MODE bFÐ sŽ rJײ« l{Ë
bFÐ sŽ rJ% ÂUE½ vKŽ Íu²×¹ JVC WŽUM s Êu¹eHKð l “UN'« qOuð bMŽ
Æ`O×B« j³C« d²š« ¨AV COMPU LINK
‡ …cU½ ÷dŽ« p– bFÐË ¨“COUNTRY CODE” bK³« …dHý d²š«
ÆeHI«
µ
COUNTRY CODE
SA
PY
ONE
PASSWORD
_RO
___
RU
RW
SA
wÐdŽ
EXIT
SELECT
ENTER
ENTER
QA
RE
Remote
ONLY
VŽ— dþUM vKŽ Íu²% w²« DVD Video W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bOOIð pMJ1
j³{ bFÐ Æp²KzUŽ œ«dô W³ÝUM dOž dþUM vKŽ Íu²% w²« U½«uDÝô«Ë
s vKŽ« nOMBð UN sÒOF*« dþUM*«® W³Žd*« dþUM*« Ác¼ q¦ ¨nOMB²« Èu²
WHOHO vKŽ «œUL²Ž« p–Ë® dš« dEM vKŽ dOOG²« Ë« UNMŽ eHI« sJ1 ¨©pD³{
Æ©W½«uDÝô« W−dÐ
PARENTAL LOCK
SET LEVEL
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○q¼ô«○qH—○WFł«d*«
○ ○bOOIð○
q¼ô« qH j³C
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
Æp²IDM* bK³« …dHý d²š« ∂
…dHý œU−¹ô ¥∏ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “WIDM*«ØbK³« …dHý ‰Ëbł” dE½«
Æ„bKÐ
Æ©«bOIð qô«® ∏ Èu² v« ©«bOOIð d¦ô«® ± Èu² —nOMB²« Èu² j³{«
Æœ«bŽô« WLzU ÷dŽ« ±
æ
SET UP
LANGUAGE
ENTER
±
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SELECT
ENTER
p– bFÐË ¨«—U² “SET LEVEL” j³C« Èu² Ê« s bQð ∑
ÆvKŽö ‡ eHI« …cU½ ÷dŽ«
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
ÆOTHERS Èdšô« UÞu³C« œ«bŽ« rz«u d²š«
≤
OTHERS
RESUME
ON
ON SCREEN GUIDE
ON
AV COMPULINK MODE
DVD1
PARENTAL LOCK
≤
PARENTAL LOCK
COUNTRY CODE
8
7
NONE
PASSWORD
_6_ _ _
5
4
3
EXIT
SELECT
ENTER
ENTER
US
NONE
SET LEVEL
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
Æ“PARENTAL LOCK” q¼ô« qH d²š«
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
Æ©1 ≠ 8 ¨NONE ÊËbЮ nOMB²« Èu² d²š«
∏
≥
OTHERS
RESUME
ON
ON SCREEN GUIDE
ON
AV COMPULINK MODE
DVD1
PARENTAL LOCK
ENTER
SELECT
ENTER
≥
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
ÆPARENTAL LOCK q¼ô« qHI WOŽdH« WLzUI« v« qšœ«
Æ“PASSWORD” d « WLK ‰Ušœ« l{Ë UOJOðUuðË« “UN'« qšb¹
qšœ« p– bFÐË ¨…—U² “PASSWORD” d « WLK Ê« s bQð π
Æd « WLKJ ÂU—« ‡ ¥ Í«
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
1
2
4
SA
NONE
PASSWORD
____
EXIT
3
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
VFP
6
5
3D PHONIC
7
COUNTRY CODE
SET LEVEL
ANGLE
ZOOM
ENTER
ENTER
PARENTAL LOCK
DVD LEVEL
8
9
PROGRESSIVE
0
Æj³C« wN½« ±∞
ENTER
¥±
AR-39-44_UX-S77[UX]-3
41
10/6/04, 10:59 AM
¥
W²R …—uBÐ q¼ô« qH d¹dײ
iFÐ qG²Að ô Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨Â—U nOMBð Èu² vKŽ j³C« bMŽ
dNEð ¨ U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ q¦ qOGAð ‰ËU% UbMŽ Æ‚öÞô« vKŽ U½«uDÝô«
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WOU²« WýUA«
j³C« dOOG²
ÆPARENTAL LOCK q¼ô« qHI WOŽdH« WLzUI« ÷dŽ«
Æ“q¼ô« qH j³C” r s ¥ v« ± «uD)« l³ð« •
±
TEMPORARY RELEASE
COUNTRY CODE
SA
SET LEVEL
4
PASSWORD
____
wÐdŽ
PA R E N TA L L O C K
PARENTAL LOCK
EXIT
NOT RELEASE
____
PASSWORD
SELECT
ENTER
SELECT
USE 5∞
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM.
ENTER
p– bFÐË ¨“TEMPORARY RELEASE” XR*« d¹dײ« d²š« ±
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
d « WLK —UO²š« r²¹
“PASSWORD”
PASSWORD? ••• PRESS 0 ~ 9 KEYS
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
ÆUOJOðUuðË« “PASSWORD” d « WLK —UO²š« r²¹
WLK ‰Ušœ« r²¹ v²Š “EXIT ” ÃËd)« bMÐ dOž bMÐ Í« —UO²š« pMJ1 ô •
ÆW×O×B« d «
Æd « WLK qšœ« ≤
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
1
2
ANGLE
3
ZOOM
ENTER
ENTER
4
ÆUOJOðUuðË«
VFP
6
5
3D PHONIC
DVD LEVEL
9
8
7
PROGRESSIVE
0
d¹d% ÂbŽ d²š« ¨W½«uDÝô« Ác¼ q¦ qOGAð ÂbŽ œ—« «–«
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨“NOT RELEASE”
ÆW½«uDÝô« Ãdš« p– bFÐ
•
Æd « WLK qšœ« ≤
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
1
2
ANGLE
3
ZOOM
ENTER
4
VFP
3D PHONIC
7
6
5
DVD LEVEL
8
9
ÆÈdš« …d “– – – –” …—Uýô« dNEð ¨W¾ÞUš …—uBÐ d « WLK XKšœ« «–« •
ÃËd)« —UO²š« r²¹ ¨ «d ÀöŁ W¾ÞUš …—uBÐ d « WLK XKšœ« «–« •
ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« ¨WU(« Ác¼ w ÆUOJOðUuðË« “EXIT”
ÆPARENTAL LOCK q¼ô« qHI WOŽdH« WLzUI« s ÃËd K
Æ“8888” rd« qšœ« ¨Íd « rd« dÒcð ÂbŽ WUŠ w •
Æ UÞu³C« dOž
Ò ≥
Æ“q¼ô« qH j³C” r s ∏ v« µ «uD)« l³ð«
“PASSWORD” d « WLK —UO²š« bFЮ WO½UŁ …d d « WLK qšœ«
Æ©U¹—Ëd{ ÊU «–« U¹Ëb¹
PROGRESSIVE
0
d¹dײ« ÂbŽ —UO²š« r²¹ ¨ «d ÀöŁ W¾ÞUš …—uBÐ d « WLK XKšœ« «–« •
‰ušb« —“ jG{« ¨WU(« Ác¼ w ÆUOJOðUuðË« “NOT RELEASE”
ÆW½«uDÝô« Ãdš« p– bFÐ ÆENTER
•
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
1
2
ANGLE
3
ZOOM
ENTER
4
VFP
6
5
3D PHONIC
7
¥
DVD LEVEL
8
9
PROGRESSIVE
0
Æ…uD)« Ác¼ w …b¹bł ÂU—« WFЗ« qšœ« ¨d « WLK dOOG𠜗« «–« •
¥≤
AR-39-44_UX-S77[UX]-3
42
10/6/04, 10:59 AM
wÐdŽ
WOU{ô« UuKF*«
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○“UN'«○«c¼○‰uŠ○d¦«○WdF○
DVD/SVCD/VCD W½«uDÝô jI ·UM¾²Ýô« WHOþË ‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1 •
ÆW½«dDÝô« W−dÐ WOHO vKŽ «œUL²Ž«— U½«uDÝô« iFÐ ¡UM¦²ÝUÐ
Æwz«uAF« qOGA²«Ë Zd³*« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ý« WHOþË qLFðô •
Æ Æ Æ MP3/WMA/JPEG U½«uDÝ« qOGA² •
Æ“WÐU²J« UuKF WeŠ” œbF²*« a M« U½«uDÝ« “UN'« «c¼ rŽb¹ ô ≠
s ‰uÞ« …¡«d XË MP3/WMA/JPEG U½«uDÝ« VKD²ð ≠
©ÆnK*«ØWŽuL:« qOJAð bOIFð vKŽ p– bL²F¹® ÆCD W¹œUF« U½«uDÝô«.
wD ²« r²¹ ·uÝË MP3/WMA/JPEG UHK iFÐ qOGAð sJ1 ô ≠
ÆqO− ²« ôUŠË U'UF sŽ Z²M¹ «c¼ ÆUNMŽ
Ë« ± Èu² ISO 9660 qLF²Ý« ¨MP3/WMA W½«uDÝ« qLŽ bMŽ ≠
ÆW½«uDÝö U—uH ≤ Èu²
UHK l MP3/WMA/JPEG UHK qOGAð “UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹ ≠
WŽuL− sŽ dEM« iGЮ ¨<.jpg> Ë« <.wma> <.mp3> lOÝu²«
Æ©…dO³J«Ø…dOGB«—·Ëd(«
uKO ¥¥[± WMOŽ W³ ½ vKŽ MP3 UHK s nK q qLFÐ `BM½ ≠
“UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹ ô ÆWO½U¦UÐ XÐ uKO ±≤∏ UuKF qI½ W³ ½Ë eðd¼
ÆWO½U¦UÐ XÐ uKO ∂¥ s q« UuKF qI½ W³ MÐ WuLF UHK qOGAð
sJ1® WŽuL− ππ Ë —U ±∞∞∞ ŸuL− vKŽ ·dF²« “UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹ ≠
«—U *« vKŽ ·dF²« sJ1 ô Æ©—U ±µ∞ W¹UG WŽuL− q Íu²% Ê«
ÆUN vBô« œbF« ÈbF²ð w²« UŽuL:«Ë
UÞu³C«Ë uB« UÞu³{—WOuO« öOGA²«
©≤∞ v« ±∑ U×HB« dE½«® Èdšô«
∫ uB« …u Èu² j³{
Æ”«d« UŽULÝ l{Ë Ë« qOuð q³ uB« …u Èu² iHš s bQð
.”«d«
•
∫ uB« q¹bFð
UŽULÝ d³Ž uB« vKŽ UC¹« WHOþu« Ác¼ dŁRð
•
ÆWŽU « j³{ r²¹ v²Š ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ “0:00” …—Uýô« iuð ·uÝ
bŽ« ¨p– qBŠ «–« ÆdNAUÐ WIOœ ≤ v« ± WŽU « dšRð Ë« ÂbIð Ê« sJ1
ÆWŽU « j³{
•
•
∫WŽU « j³{
…b¹dH« DVD/VCD U½«uDÝ« öOGAð
©≤≥ v« ≤± U×HB« dE½«®
Æ «u« s¹uJð r²¹ ô ·uÝ ¨W¾OD³« ‡ Wd(« ÷dŽ ¡UMŁ«
qG²Að p– l ¨jI Ê«uMF« fH½ sL{ …bŠ«Ë W LKÐ qOGA²« WHOþË qLFð
ƉuBH« 5Ð
qOGA²«Ë Zd³*« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« …bŠ«Ë W LKÐ qOGA²« WHOþË qLFðô
Æwz«uAF«
Æ…—uB« ÁuA²ð Ê« sJ1 ¨qš«bK .Ëe²« ¡UMŁ«
•
•
•
•
©≤∂ v« ≤¥ U×HB« dE½«® …—uD*« W½«uDÝô« öOGAð
∫ Zd³*« qOGA²«—qOGA²« VOðdð W−dÐ
…d«c« ¡ö²« …—Uý« dNE𠨱∞∞ —U *« W−dÐ XËUŠ «–«
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ “©WKU …d«–® MEM FULL”
Æ Æ Æ «uD)« W−dÐ ¡UMŁ«
W½«uDÝô« vKŽ œułu dOž bMÐ r— W−dÐ XËUŠ «–« pUšœ« ‰UL¼« r²¹ ·uÝ
.©—U ±≤ vKŽ jI Íu²% W½«uDÝ« vKŽ ±¥ —U *« —UO²š« ¨ö¦®
•
•
©∑ v« ≥ U×HB« dE½«® “UN'« VOdð ¡bÐ
` *« l{Ë dOOGð
u¹bOH« qšœ l Êu¹eHK²« qË« ¨WO−¹—b²« u¹bOH« …—uBÐ ŸU²L²Ýö •
ÆX½U½u³L u¹bO pKÝ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ w−¹—b²«
©±± v« ∏ U×HB« dE½«® “UN'« qOGAð q³
∫qOGA²K WKÐUI« U½«uDÝô« Ÿ«u½«
l{Ë vKŽ UÞu³C j³C« «c¼ ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ NTSC ÂUE½ W½«uDÝ« XKÒGý «–« •
W½«uDÝô« ÷dŽ r²¹ ·uÝ® ÷dF« —u …b¼UA pMJ1 ¨“PAL”
vKŽö Êu¹eHK²« WýUý VKIð Ê« sJ1 sJË ¨©“PAL 60” U—u ‰ULF²ÝUÐ
Æl¹dÝ qJAÐ qHÝô«Ë
l{Ë vKŽ UÞu³C j³C« «c¼ ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ PAL ÂUE½ W½«uDÝ« XKÒGý «–« •
∫WOU²« ÷«dŽô« Àb% Ê« sJ1 sJË ¨÷dF« —u …b¼UA pMJ1 ¨“NTSC”
UN{dŽ r²¹ ·uÝË ¨W½«uDÝô« WLzU vKŽ …œułu*« œuM³« aDK²ð ·uÝ ≠
ÆdOýQ²« bMŽ WOHOHš …—uBÐ ‰Òb³ qJAÐ
÷dŽ v« ‰uÞ W³ ½ sŽ …—uB« ÷dŽ v« ‰uÞ W³ ½ nK² ð Ê« sJ ≠
ÆWOKô« …—uB«
ÆWLŽU½ dOž …—uB« WdŠ ÊuJð ≠
©±∂ v« ±≤ U×HB« dE½«® qOGA²«—WOuO«
∫W½«uDÝô« qOGAð
WOMO s WOKš«b« …dz«b« w UNF{ ¨rÝ ∏ ”UI W½«uDÝ« ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽ
ÆW½«uDÝô«
WOKFH« öOGA²« nK² ð b ¨VCD Ë« SVCD Ë« DVD U½«uDÝ« iFÐ
Ác¼ q¦ ªW½«uDÝô« W³OdðË W−dÐ V³ Ð ¨qOb« «c¼ w tŠdý -U sŽ
Æ“UN'« «c¼ w ÎöKš d³²Fðô Uö²šô«
∫wK¹UL VUF²UÐ UNKOGAð r²¹ ¨…bŠ«Ë WOMO s d¦« w * U½«uDÝ« Q³Fð bMŽ
∫DISC 2 —UO²š« bMŽ ∫‰U¦
43
•
•
•
DISC 1}DISC 5}DISC 4}DISC 3 }DISC 2
©nu²¹ rŁ®
ÆW½«uDÝô« pKð r— wD ð r²¹ ¨WOMOB« vKŽ W½«uDÝ« œułË ÂbŽ bMŽ *
ÆÈdš« W½«uDÝ« —UO²š« Ë« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« U½«uDÝô« dOOGð pMJ1
q¦ qOGAð bMŽ Æ uB« Ãe Ãdš DVD Audio U½«uDÝ« iFÐ lM9
qÒGA¹Ë ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ “LR ONLY” …—Uýô« dNEð ¨ U½«uDÝô« Ác¼
ÆvMLO« WOUô«Ë Èd O« WOUô« «—Uýô« “UN'«
‰öš s wLd« ÍdB³« Ãd)« «—Uý« vKŽ 3D Phonic oO³Dð UC¹« r²¹
ÆDVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT qOu²« ·dÞ
WHOþË l VCD Ë« SVCD W½«uDÝ« vKŽ ·UM¾²Ýô« WHOþË ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽ
sŽ öOK nK² ÊUJ s qOGA²« √b³¹ Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨PBC qOGA²« j³{
ÆÁbMŽ XHuð Íc« ÊUJ*«
¥≥
AR-39-44_UX-S77[UX]-3
öOGA²«
∫u¹œ«d« v« ŸUL²Ýô«
r²¹ ·uÝ ¨…UM tOKŽ ◊u³C o³ j³{ r— vKŽ …b¹bł WD× X½eš «–« •
ÆoÐU « w W½Ëe<« WD;« ·cŠ
WUDUÐ qDŽ ‰uBŠ WUŠ w Ë« AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ Ÿe½ bMŽ •
«–« ÆÂU¹« …bŽ ‰öš UI³ WÞu³C*« UD;« q ` r²¹ ·uÝ ¨WOzUÐdNJ«
ÆWO½UŁ …d UD×LK o³ *« j³C« qLŽ« ¨p– qBŠ
10/6/04, 3:15 PM
•
•
•
•
öOGAð
©¥≤v« ≥∑ U×HB« dE½«® œ«bŽô« WLzU qOGAð
•
•
•
•
UOKLŽ
∫LANGUAGE WGK« œ«bŽ« WLzU
Ë« ¨“MENU LANGUAGE” WLzUI« WGK UNðd²š« w²« WGK« X½U «–« •
wŽdH« Ê«uMF« WGK Ë« ¨“AUDIO LANGUAGE” uB« WGK
WOKô« WGK« ‰ULF²Ý« r²¹ ¨W½«uDÝô« vKŽ WK− dOž “SUBTITLE”
ÆWOË« WGK
V«d*« Ÿu½—PICTURE …—uB« œ«bŽ« WLzU
∫
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 WýUA« ”UI `³B¹ Ê« sJ1 ¨“4:3 PS” l{u« d²š« «–« v²Š •
vKŽ p– bL²F¹ ÆDVD Video u¹bOH« U½«uDÝ« iFÐ l letter box
Æ U½«uDÝô« qO− ð WOHO
dÒOG²ð ¨4:3 ÷dŽ v« ‰uÞ W³ MÐ …—uB “16:9” l{u« —U² ð UbMŽ
Æ…—uB« ÷dŽ q¹uײ W'UF*« V³ Ð nOHš qJAÐ …—uB«
•
∫DOWN MIX uB« Ãe — AUDIO uB« œ«bŽ« WLzU
≤
Æ…UMI« ‡ œbF² DTS ZU½dÐ qOGAð r²¹ UbMŽ ‰UF dOž j³C« «c¼
•
WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« qOœ—OTHERS Èdšô« UÞu³C« œ«bŽ« WLzU
∫ON SCREEN GUIDE
©UNKO− ð r²¹Ë® WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dýË œ«bŽô« rz«u ÷dŽ r²¹ ·uÝ
Æ“OFF” ·UI¹« l{Ë vKŽ WÞu³C WHOþu« Ác¼ Ê« s rždUÐ
dEM« iGÐ ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ dO³J²« UuKFË WOŽdH« s¹ËUMF« ULz«œ dNEð
Æj³C« «c¼ sŽ
MP3/WMA/JPEG
UŽuL−Ø «—U qOJAð
ÆwK¹ UL «—U *« “UN'« «c¼ qGA¹
Ò
± Èu²
—c'«
ROOT
≤ Èu²
01
02
wdN« q K ²«
≥ Èu²
¥ Èu²
03
04
9
3
7
4
8
1
5
2
6
µ Èu²
10
05
UNKOGAð VOðdð l WŽuL:«
tKOGAð VOðdð l —U *«
11
12
•
U½«uDÝô wz«uAF« qOGA²«Ë Zd³*« qOGA²« ‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1 ô
ÆJPEG
ÆZd³*« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« WOOMB« ëdš« pMJ1ô
•
•
∫wz«uAF« qOGA²«—WOz«uAŽ …—uBÐ qOGA²«
»U¼cK jI qG²A¹ sJË ¨ «—U *« Ë« ‰uBH« wD ² 4 —e« qG²A¹ ô
ÆwU(« —U *« Ë« qBH« W¹«bÐ v«
•
dE½«® W½«uDÝö WýUA« - vKŽ ÷dF« öOGAð
©≥±v« ≤∑ U×HB«
Æ Æ Æ JPEG UHK qOGA²
qOKײРnK*« qO− ð - «–«® Æ¥∏∞ ™ ∂¥∞ qOKײРnK*« qO− ²Ð `BM½ ≠
©Æt{dF ‰uÞ« XË ‚dG² ¹ ·uÝ ¨¥∏∞ ™ ∂¥∞ s vKŽ«
sJ1 ô ÆÍbŽU j Ð JPEG UHK ÷dŽ jI “UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹ ≠
ÆÊ«bI ÊËbÐ JPEG UHK Ë« WO−¹—b²« JPEG UHK qOGAð
Æa« ¨V¹u« ¨WOLd« «dOUJK qLF² ¹ ∫ÍbŽU j Ð JPEG U—u
ÆV¹uK qLF² ¹ ∫w−¹—b²« JPEG U—u
ÆÊô« tULF²Ý« —bM¹ Ë .b Ÿu½ ∫Ê«bI ÊËbÐ JPEG U—u
WDÝ«uÐ WK− *« JPEG UHK W×O× …—uBÐ “UN'« qÒGA¹ ô Ê« sJ1 ≠
ÆWOLd« W²ÐU¦« …—uB« «dOU dOž …eNł«
ÆWž—U WýUý dNEð ¨Ê«bI ÊËbÐ Ë« WO−¹—b²« JPEG UHK qOGAð - «–« ≠
t½« kŠô ÆÍbŽUI« JPEG nK d²š«Ë qOGA²« nË« ¨WU(« Ác¼ w
Ædš« nK —UO²šô ‰uÞ« XË qLײ¹ Ê« sJ1
•
©≥¥ v« ≥≤ U×HB« dE½«® …—uD*« j¹dA« öOGAð
∫ j¹dA« vKŽ qO− ²«
‰öš ¨«cN ÆUOJOðUuðË« W×O× …—uBÐ qO− ²« u Èu² j³{ r²¹
dŁQ²¹ Ê« ÊËbÐ tO« lL² ð Íc« uB« …u Èu² q¹bFð pMJ1 qO− ²«
ÆqO− ²« u Èu²
Ác¼ vKŽ qO− ²« sJ1 ôË XOÝUJ« WÞdý« W¹UN½Ë W¹«bÐ w r błu¹
ÂU ô« Ác¼ n ¨u¹œ«d« YÐ Ë« U½«uDÝô« s qO− ²« bMŽ ¨«cN ÆÂU ô«
ÆvIOÝu*« s ¡eł Í« Ê«bI ÊËbÐ r²¹ ·uÝ qO− ²« Ê« s bQ²K
j¹dý œułË ÂbŽ …—Uý« dNEð ¨qšb XOÝU œułË ÊËbÐ qO− ²« √bÐ «–«
dNEð ¨wL× j¹dý ‰Ušœ« - «–« Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ “NO TAPE”
Æ“NO REC” qO− ²« ÂbŽ …—Uý«
ªwUô« (3) ÁU&ô« w qO− ²« ôË« √bЫ ¨fJF« l{Ë ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽ
bŠ«Ë V½Uł jI qO− ð r²¹ UbMŽ qO− ²« nu²¹ ·uÝ ¨p– ·ö Ð
Æj¹dA« s ©fJF«®
ÆqO− ²« ¡bÐ bFÐ ( Ë
) fJF« l{Ë dOOGð UC¹« pMJ1
ÆW½«uDÝô« qO− ²« ¡UMŁ« W½«uDÝô« WOMO ‚öž«Ë `² pMJ1 ô
•
•
•
•
•
•
∫W½«uDÝô« s s«e²*« qO− ²«
l qO− ²« ¡UMŁ« (3) wUô« ÁU&ô« w t²¹UN½ v« j¹dA« qB¹ UbMŽ
vKŽ WOMž« dš« qO− ð …œUŽ« r²¹ ·uÝ ¨
l{Ë vKŽ fJF« l{Ë j³{
Æ©DVD Video W½«uDÝ« ¡UM¦²ÝUЮ w JF« V½U'« W¹«bÐ
•
01
1
¥¥
AR-39-44_UX-S77[UX]-3
44
10/6/04, 10:59 AM
wÐdŽ
©≥∂ v« ≥µ U×HB« dE½«® XR*«
¨wzUÐdNJ« —UO²UÐ ŸUDI½« ÀËbŠ WUŠ w Ë« AC œœd²*« —UO²« pKÝ qB bMŽ
ÆÈdš« …d XR*« j³{ rŁ ¨WŽU « j³{ v« ÎôË√ ÃU²% ÆXR*« ¡UG« r²¹
qO− ²« XR ¡bÐ bFÐ —bB*« dOOGð pMJ1 ô ¨qO− ²« ·UI¹« ÊËbÐ
ÆqO− ²UÐ
¡UG« r²¹ ¨—U²<« —bB*« qOGAð wuO« XR*« ¡bÐ bFÐ ÂuM« XR XD³{ «–«
ÆwuO« XR*«
XR ¡UG« r²¹ ¨qO− ²UÐ qO− ²« XR ¡bÐ bFÐ ÂuM« XR XD³{ «–«
ÆWOzUÐdNJ« WUD« ÂuM« XR qBH¹ v²Š qO− ²« WFÐU² r²¹ sJË ¨qO− ²«
UŽUL « UJ³ý ŸeM
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○W½UOB«
○○
WÞdý«Ë W−b*«
U½«uDÝô« kHŠ« ¨“UN'« «c¼ s ¡«œ« qC« vKŽ ‰uB×K
ÆWHOE½ …—uBÐ ULz«œ qOGA²« WÒO¬Ë XOÝUJ«
W−b*« U½«uDÝôUÐ W¹UMF«
wÐdŽ
VI¦« vKŽ jGC« ¡UMŁ« ·«u(« s UNJ ¨WEU(« s W½«uDÝô« Ÿe½ bMŽ
WJ³ý
WŽUL «
•
ÆnOHš qJAÐ Íed*«
ÆW½«uDÝô« wMŁ ‰ËU% ôË ¨W½«uDÝô« s lö« `D « fLKð ô
W½«uDÝô« ŸbBðË ¡«u²« lM* ‰ULF²Ýô« bFÐ UN²EUŠ v« W½«uDÝô« bŽ«
•
•
ÆW−b*«
ÆW½«uDÝô« `DÝ ‘bš ÂbŽ qł« s t³²½«
Uł—œ v« Ë« …dýU³*« fLA« WFý« v« W−b*«
•
•
ÆWOUF« WÐuÞd« v« Ë« WOUF« …—«d(«
¡u²½
»uI¦«
U½«uDÝô« ÷dFð
ô
Ò
∫W½«uDÝô« nOEM²
UN²UŠ v« W½«uDÝô« ed s rOI² j Ð WLŽU½ ‘UL WFDIÐ UN× «
•
ÆWOł—U)«
XOÝUJ« WÞdý« l qUF²«
ÈbŠ« qš«œ rK ‰Ušœ« WDÝ«uÐ j¹dA« Òbý ¨j¹dA« w ¡U ð—« „UM¼ ÊU «–«
Æj¹dA« s ¡U ð—ô« ‰Ëe¹ v²Š j¹dA« nË j¹dA«
•
«dJÐ
Ë« j¹dA« WO¬
qš«œ q²³J²¹ Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨j¹dA« w ¡U ð—« „UM¼ ÊU «–« ≠
Ò
Æj¹dA« qš«œ q²³Jð qB×¹ Ë« lDIM¹ Ê« sJ1
Æj¹dA« `DÝ f* ÂbŽ qł« s t³²½«
sUô« w ¨—U³G«
«– sUô« w—WÞdýô« s¹e ² WOU²« sUô« VM&
Ò
•
•
vKŽ ¨W³Þd« sUô« ¨…dýU³*« …—«d(« Ë« …dýU³*« fLA« WFýô W{dF*«
ÆWO ODMG*« ÂU łô« »dIÐ Ë« ¨WŽUL « Ë« Êu¹eHK²«
∫ qO− ²«Ë qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« u …œuł qC« vKŽ ‰uB×K
¨ U½U² ÐUJ«Ë ¨”˃d« nOEM² ‰u×JUÐ öOK WKK³ WOMD W× 2 qLF²Ý«
Æ…—«Ëb«
WO½Ëd²Jô« …eNłô« lOÐ
•
«dJ³«Ë
ö× w du²® WDMG*« W«“« ”«— qLF²Ý«
•
Æ©“UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹« ¡UMŁ«® ”˃d« WDMG W«“ô ©WOðuB«Ë
“UN'« nOEMð
…œułu*« lI³« X½U «–« ÆWLŽU½ ‘UL WFD ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ lI³« W«“« V−¹
•
‰œUF² nEM0 WKK³ ‘UL WFD WDÝ«uÐ UN× « ¨W«“ô« W³F “UN'« vKŽ
ÆWUł ‘UL WFD WDÝ«uÐ “UN'« nÒE½Ë ` « p– bFÐ ¨¡U*UÐ nH Ë
‰«Ë“ Ë« “UN−K —d{ ‰uBŠË ¨Ã—U)« s “UN'« …œuł dŁQ²ð Ê« sJ1 t½« U0
•
∫WOU²« —uö ÁU³²½ô« vłd¹ ¨tMŽ ÊuK«
ÆWMAš ‘UL WFD WDÝ«uÐ “UN'« ` 9 ô ≠
Æ…uIÐ “UN'« ` 9 ô ≠
Æs¹eM³« Ë« dM¦« ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ “UN'« ` 9 ô ≠
ÆW¹dA(«
«bO³*« q¦ …d¹UD² œ«u Í« “UN'« vKŽ lCð ô ≠
ÆWK¹uÞ …b* “UN−K W ö WOJO²ÝöÐ Ë« WOÞUD œ«u Í« ¡UI³Ð `L ð ô
¥µ
AR-45-48_UX-S77[UX]-3
45
10/6/04, 11:00 AM
•
UHK®
Ë« MP3/WMA «—U qOGAð ô
«—U *« Ÿ«u½« s ö WKšb*« W½«uDÝô« sLC²ð Ê« sJ1
qOGAð jI pMJ1 ¨WU(« Ác¼ w Æ©JPEG
UHK Ë
}
○ ○ ○ ○ ○Õöô«Ë
○ ○‰UDŽô«
○ ○sŽ Y׳«
○○
qł« s wU²« ‰Ëb'« h׫ ¨“UN'« w ‰UDŽ« Ë« qUA œułË WUŠ w
MP3/WMA
“FILE TYPE” nK*« Ÿu½ j³{ WDÝ«uÐ …—U²<« UHK*«
w ÆW½«uDÝô« ‰Ušœ« bFÐ “FILE TYPE” nK*« Ÿu½ j³{ dÒOž bI }
Æ©≥π W×H dE½«®
ÆW½«uDÝô« qOL% bŽ« ¨WU(« Ác¼
AUDIO” …—Uýô« dNEð
…—uBÐ W−²M*« DVD Audio U½«uDÝô« qOGAð “UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹ ô }
Æ “NO
ÆW½UOB« Wbš ¡UŽb²Ý« q³ ¨‰UDŽô«Ë qUA*« ÁcN WMJ2 ‰uKŠ
∫ÂUŽ
ÆUNKLŽ s ¡UN²½ô« q³ UÞu³C« Ë« ö¹bF²« ¡UG« r²¹
ÆWO½UŁ …d ¡«dłô« bŽ« Æœb× XË błu¹
}
wzUÐdN g¹uAð V³ Ð —u OÝËdÐ ËdJO*« W¹œQ²Ð hI½ qB×¹ Ê« sJ1
}
ÆWKDF qOGA²« UOKLŽ
ÆWO½u½U dOž
q¦ qOGAð bMŽ Æ uB« Ãe Ãdš
Æ“LR ONLY” …—Uýô« dNEð
DVD Audio U½«uDÝ« iFÐ lM9 }
vMLO« WOUô«Ë Èd O« WOUô«
«—Uýô« “UN'« qÒGA¹ ¨ U½«uDÝô« Ác¼
ÆjI
ÆlDI² W½«uDÝô« u
ÆW ÝË Ë« WýËb W½«uDÝô«
AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ }
Æ©≤∂ W×H dE½«® ‰ULF²Ý« WUŠ w ‰UHÞô« b{ qHI« WHOþË }
ÆWOzUÐdNJ« WUD« WײHÐ ‰uu dOž
∫ j¹dA« öOGAð
ÆXOÝUJ« qUŠ `² sJ1 ô
AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ s WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« b¹Ëeð qB - }
Æ“UN'« qÒGý Æj¹dA«
∫ öO− ²«
ÆqO− ²« sJ1 ô
oô j¹dý l{ ÆWŽËeM XOÝUJ« WOHKš vKŽ …œułu*« …dOGB« WM ô«
}
ÆbFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s “UN'« qOGAð sJ1 ô
vKŽ œułu*« bFÐ sŽ rJײ« ”U ŠË bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË 5Ð ozUŽ błu¹
∫XR*« öOGAð
ÆqO− ²« XRË wuO« XR*« qG²A¹ ô
}
Æ·UI¹« WUŠ w “UN'« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ
∫œ«bŽô« WLzU öOGAð
DVD U½«uDÝ« iFÐ }
SHIFT —eUÐ ÿUH²Šô« r²¹ ULMOЮ SUB TITLE jG{« ¨p– qBŠ «–«
ÆwËô« wŽdH« Ê«uMF« ÊËbÐ ÷dFK ÎULz«œ W−d³
Æ©≤≤ W×H dE½«® qOGA²« ¡bÐ bFÐ ©UÞuGC
Î
ÆWOË« u WGK UNðd²š« w²« WGK« sŽ WHK² uB« WG
DVD U½«uDÝ« iFÐ }
¡bÐ bFÐ ©UÞuGC
Î
SHIFT —eUÐ ÿUH²Šô« r²¹ ULMOЮ AUDIO jG{«
Æ©≤± W×H dE½«® qOGA²«
ÆWJKN²
U¹—UD³«
UŽUL «
öOuð
}
Æ u ŸULÝ r²¹ ô
ÆWOšd Ë« W×O× dOž
ÆWuu ”«d«
UŽULÝ
}
}
öOuð
}
ÆWýUA« vKŽ …—uB« dNEð ô
ÆWOšd Ë« W×O× dOž u¹bOH« pKÝ
Ë« ¨W DK …—uB« ¨Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ W{ËdF …—u błu¹ ô
Æ5L v« Wu I …—uB«
Æw−¹—b²« u¹bOH« qšœ rŽb¹ ô Êu¹eHKð l ‰uu “UN'« }
“u¹bOH« Ãdš V ²M j³C” r dE½«® `O× dOž Êu ÂUE½ —UO²š« - }
Æ©∑ W×H vKŽ œułu*«
ÆWýUA« vKŽ …œuIH …—uBK vMLO«Ë Èd O« ·«u(«
V«d*« ŸuM
“4:3 LB/4:3 MULTI LB” d²š« }
“MONITOR TYPE”
∫u¹œ«d« öOGAð
ÆZO−C« V³ Ð Y³« v« ŸUL²Ýô« VFB¹
UOz«uN« öOuð }
AM Włu* Í—UÞô« wz«uN« }
ÆW×O× …—uBÐ tÒłu Ë« œb2 dOž FM Włu wz«u¼ }
ÆWOšd Ë« W×O× dOž
ÆÊu¹eHK²« s «bł V¹d
∫W½«uDÝô« öOGAð
WG —UO²š« s rždUÐ ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ wŽdH« Ê«uMF« dNE¹ ô
ÆWOËô« wŽdH« Ê«uMF«
¨WOË« WGK WOKô« WGK« ‰ULF²Ýô ÎULz«œ W−d³
}
Æ“UN'«
Æ©≥∏ W×H dE½«®
Æ»uI¦« vKŽ
jI XR*« qG²A¹ ÆXR*UÐ qOGA²« ‡ XË 5×¹ UbMŽ “UN'« qOGAð -
AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ Ÿe½« Æwł—Uš
}
ÆoKGð ôË `²Hð ô W½«uDÝô« WOMO
Ê«—Ëœ ¡UMŁ«
ÆWOUŁ …d tKË« p– bFÐË
ÆW½«uDÝô« qG²Að ô
V½Uł ÊuJ¹ Ê« …UŽ«d l W½«uDÝô« l{ Æ»uKI qJAÐ WŽu{u W½«uDÝô«
}
ÆvKŽö UN−² q³OK«
ÆMP3/WMA W½«uDÝ« vKŽ ID3 WUD³« —UNþ« sJ1 ô
“UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹ Æ≤ W ½ Ë ± W ½— ID3 WUDÐ s 5Žu½ błu¹
Ʊ W ½
}
ID3 WUDÐ jI —UNþ«
u¼ UL MP3/WMA/JPEG «—U Ë UŽuL− qOGAð r²¹ ô
Ælu²
ZU½dÐ p– bL²F¹ ÆW½«uDÝô« qO− ð - UbMŽ qOGA²« VOðdð d¹dIð - bI
}
ÆWÐU²J«
¥∂
AR-45-48_UX-S77[UX]-3
46
10/6/04, 11:00 AM
wÐdŽ
ÆJPEG
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○WGK«
○ …dHý
○ ○‰Ëbł○
WOMOuKÝ
WO½«uUÝ
U½uý
wÐdŽ
WOUu
WO½U³«
WOÐd
WOð«u OÝ
WOŁu OÝ
WO½«œuÝ
W¹b¹uÝ
WOKOŠ«uÝ
WOKOUð
WOžuKOð
WO½U² JOłUÞ
SL
SM
SN
SO
SQ
SR
SS
ST
SU
SV
SW
TA
TE
WOG½u ð
TG
TH
TI
TK
TL
TN
TO
TR
TS
W¹—U²ð
TT
W¹b½ö¹Uð
WOM¹dGð
WO½ULdð
WOžuUGð
WO½«u ²Ý
WOUGMð
WOdð
W¹uð
WO½«dË«
Ëœ—«
WO½U² JOГ˫
WOUM²O
WOuÐôu
WOuË
WOÝuš
WOÐË—«
W¹uË“
W¹ËUł
WOł—uOł
WO½U² š«e
WOJ¹b½öM¹dž
W¹œu³L
W¹bM
(KOR) W¹—u
W¹dOLýU
W¹œd
WO½Uðed
WOMOðô
WOöGM
WOÝËô
WO½«uŁuO
WO²O ¨WOHðô
W¹dN«
WOÐdŽ
W¹eOUÝ«
W¹—U1«
WO½U−OЗ–«
W¹dOJAÐ
WOÝË—öOÐ
W¹—UGKÐ
W¹—UNÐ
WOö Ð
öGMÐ ¨WOUGMÐ
WO½UðuÐ
MS
WO½U½u¹
EL
TW
UK
UR
WODU
WO²½d³Ý«
W¹—ËU½
MT
MY
NA
UZ
WOU³O½
NE
EO
ET
EU
FA
FI
VI
VO
WO
XH
YO
ZU
WOôU¹ö
WOuGM
WO«bu
WOŁ«—U
WOdÐ
W¹b½ôu¼
WO−¹Ëd½
WO½U² Ë«
WOË—Ë« ©Ê«dHŽ®
W¹—Ë«
WOÐU−MÐ
WOUGðdÐ
W¹—uA²O
WO MË— ≠ uð«—
W¹b½ËdO
WO½UË—
WOÝË—
W¹b½ËUOMO
WO²¹dJO MÝ
W¹bMÝ
WOuGMÝ
WOð«Ëd ≠ WOÐd
W¹eOUGMÝ
WOUuKÝ
47
W¹e½UJ¹d«
AA
AB
AF
AM
AR
AS
AY
AZ
BA
BE
BG
BH
BI
BN
(MAY) W¹eOU
W¹—ËU
WO½ËbI
W¹b½ôuÐ
AR-45-48_UX-S77[UX]-3
LT
LV
MG
MI
MK
ML
MN
MO
MR
W¹—UHŽ
W¹“U Ы
BO
BR
CA
CO
CS
CY
DA
DZ
WOÝUžôU
u²ýuÐ ¨u²ýUÐ
¥∑
JW
KA
KK
KL
KM
KN
KO
KS
KU
KY
LA
LN
LO
NL
NO
OC
OM
OR
PA
PL
PS
PT
QU
RM
RN
RO
RU
RW
SA
SD
SG
SH
SI
SK
10/6/04, 11:00 AM
WO²³ð
WO½u²¹dÐ
WO½ôU²
WO½UJOÝ—u
WOJOý
W¹eK¹Ë
WO—U/œ
WO½«u²Ý«
WOJOÝUÐ
WOÝ—U
W¹b½öMO
WO−O
WOÝË—U
WO½U¹e¹d
W¹bMd¹«
W¹bMKðuJÝ
WO½UO OUž
WO½«—«už
WOð«—Ułuž
WOÝËU¼
W¹bM¼
WOð«Ëd
W¹—UGM¼
WOM—«
WO«uGMd²½«
WOuGMd²½«
WOJOÐu½«
WO O½Ëb½«
W¹b½ö ¹«
W¹d³Ž
WOA¹œU¹
FJ
FO
FY
GA
GD
GL
GN
GU
HA
HI
HR
HU
HY
IA
IE
IK
IN
IS
IW
JI
Êœ—ô«
JO
JP
KE
KG
KH
KI
KM
KN
KP
ÊUÐUO«
UOMO
ÊU²ÝeOžd
U¹œu³L
wðUO³¹dO
©dLI« —eł® ”Ë—uuJ«
fOHO½ Ë f²O X½UÝ
WOÞ«dI1b« U¹—u W¹—uNLł ¨U¹—u
WO³FA
ÊUJOMOËb« W¹—uNLł
dz«e'«
—Ëœ«u≈
UO½u²Ý≈
dB
WOÐdG« ¡«d×B«
U¹d²¹—≈
UO½U³Ý≈
U¹—u W¹—uNLł ¨U¹—u
KR
KW
KY
KZ
LA
X¹uJ«
ÊU1U —eł
ÊU² š«e
WOÞ«dI1b« ”Ëô W¹—uNLł
WO³FA«
UOÐuOŁ≈
«bMKM
w−O
©”UMOHU® b½öuH« —eł
© …bײ*«
U¹ôu«® U¹eO½ËdJ¹U
DK
DM
DO
DZ
EC
EE
EG
EH
ER
ES
ET
FI
FJ
FK
FM
«——Ëb½«
…bײ*« WOÐdF«
ÊUM³
LB
LC
LI
LK
LR
LS
LT
LU
LV
LY
MA
MC
MD
MG
MH
ML
MM
MN
MO
MP
MQ
MR
MS
MT
MU
MV
MW
MX
MY
MZ
NA
NC
NE
NF
NG
NI
NL
NO
5² M²AO
UJ½ö¹dÝ
U¹dO³O
uðu O
UO½«u¦O
⁄—u³L u
UOHðô
WO³OK« WOÐdF« W¹d¼UL'«
»dG*«
uU½u
UO«bu W¹—uNLł ¨UO«bu
dIAžb
‰Uý—U —eł
wU
—U/UO
UOuGM
ËUU
WOULA« U½U¹—U —eł
pOMOð—U
UO½U²¹—u
«dO ²½u
Ò
UDU
”uOA¹—u
n¹bU
ÍËôU
pO J*«
U¹eOU
oO³«“u
UO³OU½
UO½ËbOU uO½
d−OM«
pu—u½ …d¹eł
U¹dO−O½
«už«—UJO½
«b½ôu¼
Z¹ËdM«
48
Ë—UH« —eł
U ½d
WLUF« ¨U ½d
ÊuÐUG«
…bײ*« WJKL*«
«œUM¹dž
UOł—uł
WO ½dH« U½UOž
U½Už
‚—UÞ q³ł
b½öM¹dž
UO³Už
UOMOž
wÐuK¹œ«už
WOz«u²Ýô« UOMOž
ÊU½uO«
g²¹Ëb½UÝ —ełË UOł—uł »uMł
ÊU² ½UG«
öOG½«
UO½U³«
UOMO—«
bMu¼ eOKO²½«
ôuG½«
wÐuM'« VDI«
5²Mł—ô«
WOJ¹dô« «ËuUÝ
U LM«
UO«d²Ý«
UÐË—Ë«
ÊU−OЗ–«
FO
FR
FX
GA
GB
GD
GE
GF
GH
GI
GL
GM
GN
GP
GQ
GR
GS
pÝdN«Ë WMÝu³«
”ËœUЗUÐ
‘œöGMÐ
UJO−KÐ
uÝU UMO—uÐ
U¹—UGKÐ
s¹d׳«
Íb½Ë—uÐ
5MOÐ
«œudOÐ
Âö « —«œ w½ËdÐ
UOHOuÐ
q¹“«d³«
UUN³«
ÊUðuÐ
XOuÐ …d¹eł
U½«u ðuÐ
WOÐuM'
ôULOð«už
«už
ËU OÐ UOMOž
U½UOž
m½u m½u¼
bU½Ëœ „U —eł Ë œdO¼ …d¹eł
”«—Ëb½u¼
UOð«Ëd
w²¹U¼
U¹—UGM¼
UO O½Ëb½«
«bMd¹«
qOz«dÝ«
bMN«
ÍbMN« jO;« w WO½UD¹d³« w{«—ô«
‚«dF«
©WOöÝô« Ê«d¹« W¹—uNLł® Ê«d¹«
«bMK ¹¬
UOUD¹≈
UJ¹UUł
«—Uù«
«œuЗUÐ Ë «uGO²½«
W¹eO½ËdJ¹U*
UOýu X½UÝ
AR-45-48_UX-S77[UX]-3
„—U/b«
UJOMOËb«
UOÝË—öOÐ
GT
GU
GW
GY
HK
HM
HN
HR
HT
HU
ID
IE
IL
IN
IO
IQ
IR
IS
IT
JM
eOKOÐ
«bM
©mMKO® ”uuJ« —eł
vDÝu« UOI¹d« W¹—uNLł
uG½uJ«
«d ¹uÝ
ÃUF« qŠUÝ
„u —eł
wKOAð
ÊËdOUJ«
5B«
UO³uu
UJ¹—U²Ýu
UÐu
dCšô« ”“d«
”UL ¹dJ« —eł
’d³
pOA²« W¹—uNLł
UO½U*«
wðu³Oł
10/6/04, 11:00 AM
AD
AE
AF
AG
AI
AL
AM
AN
AO
AQ
AR
AS
AT
AU
AW
AZ
BA
BB
BD
BE
BF
BG
BH
BI
BJ
BM
BN
BO
BR
BS
BT
BV
BW
BY
BZ
CA
CC
CF
CG
CH
CI
CK
CL
CM
CN
CO
CR
CU
CV
CX
CY
CZ
DE
DJ
¥∏
wÐdŽ
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○WIDM*«ØbK³«
○ ○ …dHý
○ ○‰Ëbł○
užUÐuðË œ«bOM¹dð
uUuð
Ê«u¹Uð
…bײ*« UO½«eMð W¹—uNLł ¨UOð«eMð
UO½«dË«
«bMžË«
U¹ôuK WFÐU²« …dOGB« —e'«
b¹u «
TT
TV
TW
TZ
UA
UG
UM
…—uÐUGMÝ
UMOKO¼ X½UÝ
UOMOuKÝ
5¹U ÊUłË œ—U³UHÝ
UOUuKÝ
ÊuO«dOOÝ
wÐdŽ
…bײ*«
…bײ*«
U¹ôu«
Í«užË—Ë«
ÊU² JГ˫
©ÊUJOðUH«® ÊUJOðUH« WM¹b WËœ
s¹œUM¹dž Ë XM M ÊUÝ
ôËeM
©WO½UD¹d³«® 5łdO —eł
©WOJ¹dô«® 5łdO —eł
ÂUM²O
uð«u½U
U½uðu Ë fO«Ë —eł
«ËuUÝ
sLO«
u¹U
UOö žu¹
UOI¹d« »uMł
UO³«“
dOz«“
uM¹—U ÊUÝ
US
UY
UZ
VA
VC
VE
VG
VI
VN
VU
WF
WS
YE
YT
YU
ZA
ZM
ZR
ZW
‰UGM «
‰UuB«
ÂUM¹—uÝ
w³O M¹dÐË wuð ËUÝ
—ËœUHK «
W¹—u « WOÐdF« W¹—uNL'«
bMK¹“«uÝ
uUOAðË „d²« —eł
œUAð
WOÐuM'« WO ½dH« w{«—ô«
užuð
bMK¹Uð
ÊU² JOłUÞ
ËöOuð
sK² MLdð
f½uð
UG½uð
WOdA« —uLOð
‰U³O½
SE
SG
SH
SI
SJ
SK
SL
SM
SN
SO
SR
ST
SV
SY
SZ
TC
TD
TF
TG
TH
TJ
TK
TM
TN
TO
TP
TR
NP
NR
NU
NZ
OM
PA
PE
PF
PG
PH
PK
PL
PM
PN
PR
PT
PW
PY
QA
RE
RO
RU
RW
SA
SB
SC
SD
Ë—ƒU½
ÍuO½
«b½ô“uO½
ÊULŽ
Ô
ULÓMÐ
ËdOÐ
WO ½dH« UO OMOuÐ
UOMOž uO½ «uÐUÐ
5³KH«
ÊU² UÐ
«bMuÐ
ÊuKJO Ë dOOÐ ÊUÝ
ÊdOJ²OÐ
uJ¹— uðd¹uÐ
‰UGðd³«
ËôUÐ
Íuž«—UÐ
dD
ÊuO½u¹—
UO½UË—
wÝËd« œU%ù«
«b½«Ë—
W¹œuF «
ÊuuuÝ —eł
qOAOÝ
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○DVD○OPTICAL
○ ○ ○DIGITAL
○ ○ ○OUT○wLd«
○ ○ÍdB³«
○ ○Ãd)«○ ○«—Uý«○
ÍuÐU³1“
UOdð
Ãd)« «—Uý«
PCM ONLY
DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT
DOLBY DIGITAL/PCM
XÐ ±∂ wDš
Ê«œu «
qOGA²« W½«uDÝ«
STREAM/PCM
PCM* ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥∏
XÐ ≤¥Ø≤∞ر∂ wDš
XÐ ±∂ wDš
XÐ ±∂ wDš
PCM ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥∏
PCM ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥∏
XÐ ±∂ wDš PCM ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥∏
wDš
bitstream wLd« w³Ëœ
DTS bitstream
DVD Video W½«uDÝ«
PCM ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥∏ l
PCM ¨eðd¼ uKO π∂ l
wLd« w³Ëœ l
DTS wL— jO×
u l
DVD Audio W½«uDÝ«
XÐ ±∂ wDš
PCM ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥∏
¨eðd¼ uKO ±π≤Øπ∂Ø¥∏ l
XÐ ≤¥Ø≤∞ر∂ wDš
XÐ ±∂ wDš
¨eðd¼ uKO ±∑∂[¥Ø∏∏[≤Ø¥¥[± l
PCM ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥¥[±
XÐ ≤¥Ø≤∞ر∂ wDš
XÐ ±∂ wDš
PCM ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥∏
XÐ ±∂ wDš
bitstream
wLd« w³Ëœ
PCM ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥∏
PCM ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥∏ØXÐ ±∂ wDš PCM ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥¥[±
PCM ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥¥[±
DTS bitstream
XÐ ±∂ wDš
MP3/WMA
Ãd)« ·dÞ ‰öš s © «—Uýö WOKô« qIM« W³ ½ vKŽ® XÐ ≤¥ Ë« XÐ ≤∞ qI½ W³ MÐ WOLd«
«–
U½«uDÝô« X½U «–«
49
U½«uDÝ«
«—Uýô« Ãd ð Ê« sJ1 ¨ DVD U½«uDÝ« iFÐ qOGAð ¡UMŁ« *
DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT wLd« ÍdB³«
¥π
AR-45-48_UX-S77[UX]-3
u l
CD ¨VCD ¨SVCD U½«uDÝ«
DTS wL— jO× u l CD W½«uDÝ«
PCM ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥∏Ø¥¥[±Ø≥≤
ÆWþuH× ‡ a ½ ‚uIŠ
PCM
wLd« w³Ëœ l
DTS wL— jO×
DTS bitstream
XÐ ±∂ wDš
XÐ ±∂ wDš
PCM
10/6/04, 11:00 AM
ÂUŽ
∫WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« U³KD²
∫WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« „öN²Ý«
∫©U³¹dIð® œUFÐô«
∫©U³¹dIð® Ê“u«
…œËe*« UI×K*«
Æ≥ W×H dE½«
’U³K fUŽ Ÿu½ Ê«—U
±™ wÞËd rÝ ±∞ ∫dËË
±™ wÞËd rÝ ¥ ∫d²¹Ëuð
«Ë ≤∞ ∫HIGH
«Ë ≤∞ ∫LOW
ÂË« ¥ ∫HIGH
ÂË« ¥ ∫LOW
eðd¼ ¥∞ ∞∞∞ ≠ eðd¼ µ∂
W•mØq³ ¹œ ∏¥
3 ≤∞µ ™ 3 ≤≥∂ ™ 3 ±¥µ
©oLŽØŸUHð—«Ø÷dŽ®
WŽULÝ qJ r− ≤¨ ≥
UŽUL «
∫ŸuM«
∫WŽUL « WLE½«
∫—UO²« qLŠ WFÝ
∫WF½UL*«
∫œœd²« ‰U−
∫ uB« jG{ Èu²
∫©U³¹dIð® œUFÐô«
∫©U³¹dIð® Ê“u«
Æo³ —UFý« ÊËbÐ dOOG²K W{dF UH«u*«Ë rOLB²«
WI¹dD« «¡UŽœSÐ WOL;« l³D« ‚uIŠ W¹ULŠ WOMIð vKŽ ÍuDM¹ “UN'« «c¼
WuKL*« Èdšô« W¹dJH« WOJK*« ‚uIŠË WOJ¹dô« Ÿ«d²šô« «¡«dÐ iF³
WOMIð ‰ULF²Ý« Æs¹dšü« ‚uI(« wJUË sA¹uЗu 5−OËdU W ÝR*
5−OËdU W ÝR s hOšd²Ð r²¹ Ê« V−¹ Ác¼ l³D« ‚uIŠ W¹ULŠ
s U¼dOžË WOeM*« …b¼UA*« U«b ²Ý« w¼ tM ÷dG«Ë sA¹uЗu
W ÝR s i¹uHð Vłu0 ô≈ jI …œËb;« …b¼UA*« U«b ²Ý«
Æp– ·ö Ð sA¹uЗu 5−OËdU
ÆpOJH²« UOKLŽË w JF« wÝbMN« ¡UH²ù« UOKLFÐ ÂUOI« dE×¹
wUF« Õu{u« «– U½u¹eHK²« lOLł X O WEŠö szUÐe« vKŽ V−¹”
w Æ…—uB« vKŽ —UŁ_« iFÐ dNEð bË Z²M*« «c¼ l qU qJAÐ o«u²ð
`BM¹ ¨625 Ë« 525 w−¹—b²« ` *« «– …—uB« qUA WUŠ
“STANDARD v« Ãd)« qOuð q¹uײРqLF² *«
Êu¹eHK²« “UN−Ð oKF²ð «—U H²Ý« p¹b X½U «–« ÆDEFINTION”
¨625p Ë 525p …—Uýô« «– DVD W½«uDÝ« qGA l o«u²¹ Íc«
“ÆUM lÐU²« szUÐeK Ub)« .bIð ed0 ‰UBðô« vłd¹
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○UH«u*«
○○
uB« r C r
∫wðuB« Ãd)« WUÞ
wI«uð g¹uAð® ÂË« ¥ qOGAð ©◊«Ë ≤∞ ´ ◊«Ë ≤∞® ◊«Ë ¥∞ ∫HIGH
©THD • ±∞
wI«uð g¹uAð® ÂË« ¥ qOGAð ©◊«Ë ≤µ ´ ◊«Ë ≤µ® ◊«Ë µ∞
©MAX • ±∞
wI«Ë g¹uAð® ÂË« ¥ qOGAð ©◊«Ë ≤∞ ´ ◊«Ë ≤∞® ◊«Ë ¥∞ ∫LOW
©THD • ±∞
wI«uð g¹uAð® ÂË« ¥ qOGAð ©◊«Ë ≤µ ´ ◊«Ë ≤µ® ◊«Ë µ∞
©MAX • ±∞
©eðd¼uKO ± bMŽ® WËUI*«ØWOÝU («
(“AUX LEVEL 1”) bMŽ ÂË« uKO ¥∑ØXu wKO ¥∞∞
(“AUX LEVEL 2”) bMŽ ÂË« uKO ¥∑ØXu wKO ≤∞∞
uB« qšœ
∫AUX
∫wLd« Ãd)«
∫DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT
©d²u½U½ ≥∞± d²u½U½ ∂∂∞® dBm -±µ v« dBm -≤± s
∫VIDEO OUT
—UO²šö qÐU NTSC/PAL ∫ÊuK« ÂUE½
ÂË« ∑µØ(p-p)V±
∫©Vd® VIDEO
ÂË« ∑µØ(p-p)V±
∫©‚«dý«® Y ∫S-VIDEO
ÂË« ∑µØ(p-p)V∞[≤∏∂ ∫©“ËdÐ ¨ÊuKð®
Ò C
∫©w−¹—bðØqš«b²® X½U½u³LJ« COMPONENT
ÂË« ∑µØ(p-p)V±
©Y®
ÂË« ∑µØ(p-p)V∞[∑ ∫ (PB/PR)
ÂË« ±∂ ≠ ÂË« ¥
∫ UŽUL « ·«dÞ«
©≥[µ dD® ≤
dðd¼ U−O±∞∏[∞∞ ≠ eðd¼U−O ∏∑[µ∞
vKŽ® eðd¼ uKO ± ∂∞≤ ≠ eðd¼ uKO µ≥±
©eðd¼ uKO π nOuð q«u
vKŽ® eðd¼ uKO ± ∂∞∞ ≠ eðd¼ uKO µ≥∞
©eðd¼ uKO ±∞ nOuð q«u
∫Èdš«
x AV COMPU LINK
n«u*« r
∫FM Włu nOuð Èb
∫AM Włu nOuð Èb
W½«uDÝô« qÒGA r
∫qOGA²K WKÐUI« W½«uDÝô«
DVD Video/DVD Audio U½«uDÝ«
SVCD/VCD/CD U½«uDÝ«
u¹bOØCD u U—uHÐ WK− ® CD-RW/CD-R U½«uDÝ«
©JPEG/WMA/MP3/CD u¹bO dÐuÝ /CD
©u¹bO U—uHÐ WK− ® DVD-RW/DVD-R U½«uDÝ«
q³ ¹œ π∞
jš µ∞∞
”UOIK qÐU dOž
≥ WOðuB« WI³D« MPEG 1/2
ÆWO½U¦UÐ XÐ uKO ≥≤∞
∫wJOUM¹b« Èb*«
∫wIô« qOKײ«
∫ uB« w qK)«Ë ËUH²«
∫MP3 qO− ð WGO
∫ÈuBI« X³« W³ ½
XOÝUJ« „œ r
œœd²« WÐU−²Ý«
eðd¼ ±¥ ∞∞∞ ≠ eðd¼ µ∞ ∫©I Ÿu½® ÍœUŽ XOÝ«–
(WRMS) •∞[±µ ∫ uB« w qK)«Ë ËUH²«
µ∞
AR-45-48_UX-S77[UX]-3
50
10/6/04, 3:11 PM
wÐdŽ
ØXu ±≤∑ØXu±±∞ AC œœd² —UOð
Xu ≤≥∞ ≠ Xu ≤≤∞ AC œœd² —UOð
¨©ÃU²uH« V ²M WDÝ«uÐ j³CK qÐU®
eðd¼ ∂∞Øeðd¼ µ∞
©qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«® ◊«Ë π∞
©qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« l{uЮ ◊«Ë ±≤
©WŽU « …—Uý« ·UI¹« l® ◊«Ë µ¨ ≥
3 ≥∑µ ™ 3 ≤≥∑ ™ 3 ±∑µ
©oLŽØŸUHð—«Ø÷dŽ®
r− ∑¨ µ
ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ
ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ ٢ ....................................................................................
اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎت ٢ ...............................................................................
روش ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن اﻳﻦ دﻓﱰﭼﻪ راﻫﻨﲈ٢ ......................................................
ﺑﺮای ﴍوع٣ ..............................................................................
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ :١ﺟﻌﺒﻪ را ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ٣ .............................................................
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ :٢ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور را آﻣﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ٣ .............................................
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ :٣وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮدن ۴ .................................................................
ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دادن ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺳﻜﻦ٧ ................................................................
ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ٨ .............................................................
اﻧﻮاع دﻳﺴﮏ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ٨ ................................................................
ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ٩ ........................................................................
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ١٠ ...........................................................
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت روزاﻧﻪ—ﭘﺨﺶ ١٢ .............................................................
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت روزاﻧﻪ— ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺻﺪا و ﻣﻮارد دﻳﮕﺮ١٧ ....................................
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن وﻟﻮم ١٧ .....................................................................
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺻﺪا١٧ .............................................................................
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺪای ١٨ ............................... DVD
ﺗﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﻄﺢ ورودی ﺻﺪا ١٨ ..........................................................
ﺗﻐﻴﲑ روﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ١٨ ........................................................
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ١٨ ............................................................
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﺎﻋﺖ١٩ ...................................................................
ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮ ﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ٢٠ ............................................
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ٣۵ .........................................................................
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ٣۵ .....................................................................
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﻨﻮ ٣٧ .............................................................
روش ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ٣٧ ........................................................................
7ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ٣٨ ................................................. LANGUAGE
7ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ٣٨ ......................................................PICTURE
7ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ٣٩ ...........................................................AUDIO
7ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ۴٠ .......................................................OTHERS
ﳏﺪود ﻛﺮدن ﻣﺮور—ﻗﻔﻞ واﻟﺪﻳﻦ۴١ ....................................................
اﻃﻼﻋﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﯽ ۴٣ ......................................................................
ﻣﻮارد ﺑﻴﺸﱰ در ﻣﻮرد اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ۴٣ ....................................................
ﻧﮕﻬﺪاری۴۵ ..............................................................................
ﻋﻴﺐ ﻳﺎﺑﯽ ۴۶ ..............................................................................
ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺪ زﺑﺎن ۴٧ ........................................................................
ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺸﻮر/ﻛﺪﻫﺎی ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ۴٨ .........................................................
ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی ۴٩ ..........................DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT
ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ۵٠ ............................................................................
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﻳﻮ ١٣ ..................................................................
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﻚ ١۴ .....................................................................
ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻮار١۶ .......................................................................
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ ﻧﻮار ٣٢ .................................................................
ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮدن ﻳﮏ ﻧﻮار٣٢ ..................................................................
ﺿﺒﻂ دﻳﺴﮏ ﳘﺎﻫﻨﮓ ٣٣ ................................................................
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺧﺎص ٢١ ..................................................... DVD/VCD
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺗﺮاک ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ٢١ .................................................................
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب زﺑﺎن زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ ٢٢ ..............................................................
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب زاوﻳﻪ دﻳﺪ٢٢ .....................................................................
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ ﮔﺮوه اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ٢٢ ..............................................................
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺮور٢٣ .............................................
ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺧﺎص٢٣ ..................................................................
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ دﻳﺴﻚ ٢۴ ..............................................................
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ—ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ٢۴ ..........................................
ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ—ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ ٢۵ .......................................
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻜﺮر ٢۶ ....................................................................
ﺟﻠﻮﮔﲑی از ﺑﲑون آﻣﺪن دﻳﺴﮏ—ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻮدک ٢۶ ...................................
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت دﻳﺴﮏ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٧ ........................................................
اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻧﻮارﻫﺎی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٧ ....................................................
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻴﻠﻪ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٨ ............................................
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٠ ............................................ CONTROL
١
6/8/2004, 1:00 PM
1
01-01.indd
ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ
اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎت
ﻧﺼﺐ
• در ﳏﻠﯽ ﺗﺮاز ،ﺧﺸﮏ ،ﻧﻪ زﻳﺎد ﮔﺮم ﻳﺎ ﴎد —ﺑﲔ °C ۵ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ
ﮔﺮاد و °C ٣۵ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﮔﺮاد ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮد.
• دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را در ﺣﻠﯽ ﺑﺎ ﲥﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﲑی از ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺣﺮارت داﺧﻠﯽ در
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را در ﳏﻠﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺰدﻳﮏ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺣﺮارﺗﯽ ﻳﺎ ﳏﻠﯽ ﻛﻪ در
ﻣﻌﺮض ﻧﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻮرﺷﻴﺪ ،ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮد و ﻏﺒﺎر و ﻟﺮزه ﺑﻴﺶ از
اﻧﺪازه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﺑﲔ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه و ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﯽ را ﳊﺎظ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ را ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﲑی از ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ دور از ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
• وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ دو ﺷﺎﺧﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را از ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺧﺎرج ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﳘﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از
دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮق .AC
ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﺎن ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق ACدﺳﺘﮕﺎه دﺳﺖ ﻧﺰﻧﻴﺪ.
• اﮔﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ از دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺮای ﻣﺪت ﻣﺪﻳﺪی اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق AC
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را از ﺑﺮ ﺧﺎرج ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
اﮔﺮ اﺷﻜﺎﻟﯽ ﺑﻮﺟﻮد آﻣﺪ ،ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را از ﺑﺮق ACﺧﺎرج ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺸﻮرت ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
روش ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن اﻳﻦ دﻓﱰﭼﻪ راﻫﻨﲈ
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ دادن ﺳﺎده و ﻗﺎﺑﻞ درک ﺗﺎ ﴎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ،ﻣﺎ از روش زﻳﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده
ﻛﺮده اﻳﻢ:
• ﻋﻠﻴﺎت دﻛﻤﻪ اﻳﯽ و ﻛﻨﱰﻟﯽ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺟﺪول ذﻳﻞ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ داده ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ .در
اﻳﻦ دﻓﱰﭼﻪ راﻫﻨﲈ ،ﻋﻤﺪﺗ ًﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﴍح
داده ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ؛ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ وﺟﻮد ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ و ﻛﻨﱰﳍﺎی روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺻﻠﯽ
در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ آﻧﺎن دارای ﻧﺎم و ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻳﻜﺴﺎن )ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ( ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از ﻧﻜﺎت و ﻣﻮارد ﻣﻬﻢ در ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎی ﺑﻌﺪی ”ﻣﻮارد ﺑﻴﺸﱰ در ﻣﻮرد اﻳﻦ
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ“ و ”ﻋﻴﺐ ﻳﺎﺑﯽ“ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ،و ﻟﯽ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت در ﳘﺎن
ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ داده ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ .اﮔﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ در ﻣﻮرد اﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻜﺮدﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﱰ
ﺑﺪاﻧﻴﺪ ،ﻳﺎ اﮔﺮ در ﻣﻮرد ﻳﮏ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺷﮏ دارﻳﺪ ،ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪو
ﺟﻮاب ﺧﻮد را درآﻧﺠﺎ ﭘﻴﺪا ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﺮد.
ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ دﻛﻤﻪ را ﺑﺮای ﻣﺪت
ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﯽ ﻓﺸﺎر داده اﻳﺪ.
ﺗﺮاﻛﻢ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ
ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ روی ﻋﺪﺳﻴﻬﺎی داﺧﻞ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﲨﻊ ﺷﻮد:
• ﺑﻌﺪ از ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن اﺗﺎق
• در اﺗﺎﻗﯽ ﻣﺮﻃﻮب
• اﮔﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه از ﳏﻠﯽ ﴎد ﺑﻪ ﳏﻠﯽ ﮔﺮم آورده ﺷﻮد .در اﻳﻨﺼﻮرت ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﻮاﺟﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺷﻜﺎل ﺷﻮد .در اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت ،دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﺮای ﭼﻨﺪ
ﺳﺎﻋﺘﯽ روﺷﻦ ﺑﮕﺰارﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺗﺒﺨﲑ ﺷﻮد ،ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را از ﺑﺮق AC
ﺧﺎرج ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،و آن را دوﺑﺎره وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻧﺸﺎدن دﻫﻨﺪه اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﲈ دﻛﻤﻪ را ﺑﺮای ﻣﺪت
ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﯽ و ﻣﻜﺮر ًا ﻓﺸﺎر داده اﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻮرد
ﻧﻈﺮﺗﺎن اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ.
ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﯽ از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ را ﻓﺸﺎر
داده اﻳﺪ.
ﮔﺮﻣﺎی داﺧﻠﯽ
• ﻳﮏ ﭘﻨﻜﻪ ﺧﻨﮏ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﻋﻘﺐ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﲑی از ﺑﻮﺟﻮد آﻣﺪن
ﺣﺮارت در داﺧﻞ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ.
ﺑﺮای ﻣﻮارد اﻳﻤﻨﯽ ،ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ را ﺑﺎ دﻗﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ:
• ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﲥﻮﻳﻪ دور دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﺳﺖ.
ﲥﻮﻳﻪ ﻧﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻣﺎی ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه
و ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ.
• ﭘﻨﻜﻪ ﺧﻨﮏ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﳎﺎری و ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎی ﲥﻮﻳﻪ را ﻣﺴﺪود
ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ .اﮔﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎ ورق روزﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ و ﻏﲑه ﻣﺴﺪود
ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﺣﺮارت ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻧﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺧﺎرج ﮔﺮدد.
٢
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ2
sec.
ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ درﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﱰل را در ﺟﻬﺖ
)ﻫﺎی( ﺧﺎﺻﯽ ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪه اﻳﺪ.
ﻣﻮارد دﻳﮕﺮ
• در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﯽ ﻓﻠﺰی ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ درون دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺘﺪ ﻳﺎ در آن ﺑﺮﻳﺰد ،ﺑﺮق
ACدﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻧﺠﺎم اﻋﲈل دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺸﻮرت ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﺎز ﻧﻜﻴﻨﺪ ﭼﻮن در داﺧﻞ آن ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ
آﻧﺮا ﺗﻌﻤﲑ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻧﻤﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ دﻛﻤﻪ را ﺑﺮای ﻣﺪت
ﻣﺸﺨﺼﯽ ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﺎه داﺷﺘﻪ اﻳﺪ.
• ﺷﲈره داﺧﻞ ﭘﺒﻜﺎن ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه زﻣﺎﻧﯽ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ
دﻛﻤﻪ را ﻧﮕﺎه داﺷﺘﻪ اﻳﺪ )در اﻳﻦ ﻣﺜﺎل ٢ ،ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ(.
• اﮔﺮ ﺷﲈره اﻳﯽ در داﺧﻞ ﭘﻴﻜﺎن ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻧﺸﺪ،
دﻛﻤﻪ را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮد
ﻳﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ اﻳﯽ را ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آورﻳﺪ.
Remote
ONLY
Main Unit
ONLY
ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از
ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ.
ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از
دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ و ﻛﻨﱰﳍﺎ در دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺻﻠﯽ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ.
٢
6/7/2004, 10:17 AM
2
02-03.indd
ﺑﺮای ﴍوع
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ :١ﺟﻌﺒﻪ را ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﻟﻮازم را ﻛﻨﱰل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ :١ﺟﻌﺒﻪ را ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮدن ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ،از داﺷﺘﻦ ﲤﺎﻣﯽ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ .ﺷﲈره داﺧﻞ ﭘﺮاﻧﺘﺰ
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪه ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻗﻄﻌﺎت اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
–آﻧﺘﻦ (١) FM
–آﻧﺘﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ اﻳﯽ (١) AM
–ﻛﺎﺑﻞ وﻳﺪﺋﻮی رﻧﮕﯽ )(١
–دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﱰل ا ز راه دور )(١
–ﺑﺎﺗﺮﳞﺎ )(٢
–دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ آداﭘﺘﻮر (١) AC
اﮔﺮ ﻣﻮردی ﻛﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﲤﺎس ﺑﮕﲑﻳﺪ.
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ :٢ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور را آﻣﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ :٢ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور را آﻣﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
١
�
٢
�
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ :٣ﻟﻮازم ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ آﻧﺘﻨﻬﺎی ،AM/FM
ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ و ﻏﲑه را وﺻﻞ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ)ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۴ﺗﺎ
٧ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
�����������������
�
٣
–
–
–
–
در آﺧﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق ACرا ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮق وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﺑﺎﺗﺮﳞﺎ را در ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﺑﺎ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ ) +و –( ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻗﺮار
دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﱰﳞﺎی ﻛﻬﻨﻪ را ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﳞﺎی ﺟﺪﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ.
از ﺑﺎﺗﺮﳞﺎی ﻧﻮع ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺎﺗﺮﳞﺎ را در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺣﺮارت ﻳﺎ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻗﺮار ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ.
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻗﺼﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﺑﺮای ﻣﺪت ﻣﺪﻳﺪی
ﻧﺪارﻳﺪ ،ﺑﺎﺗﺮﳞﺎ را در ﺟﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻧﮕﺬارﻳﺪ .در ﻏﲑ اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت،
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﳑﻜﻦ از ﻧﺸﺖ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ.
اﻛﻨﻮن ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻛﺎر ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
٣
6/7/2004, 10:17 AM
3
02-03.indd
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ :٣وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮدن
ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت دﻗﻴﻘﱰ ﻧﻴﺎز دارﻳﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۶و ٧رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﳍﺎی ورودی/ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ در
زﻳﺮ ﻣﺜﺎﳍﺎی ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ.
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎی دﻳﮕﺮ را وﺻﻞ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﻪ
اﻳﻦ دﻓﱰﭼﻪ راﻫﻨﲈ ﻧﻴﺰ رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﭼﻮن ﻧﺎم واﻗﻌﯽ
ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﳍﺎ ﻛﻪ در ﻋﻘﺐ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﭼﺎپ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ
ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﺑﺮق ﻛﻠﻴﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ را ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
آﻧﺘﻦ ) FMاراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ(
ﺑﺮای درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﲠﱰ FM/AM
آﻧﺘﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ اﻳﯽ AM
آن را ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﮕﺎه دارﻳﺪ.
ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه از وﻳﻨﻴﻞ )اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ(
آﻧﺘﻦﺧﺎرجاز ﺧﺎﻧﻪFM
)اراﺋﻪﻧﺸﺪهاﺳﺖ(
آﻧﺮا ﺑﺼﻮرت اﻓﻘﯽ ﺑﻜﺸﻴﺪ.
آﺗﻦ FMﳘﺮاه دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺟﺪا ﻛﺮده ،و ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﻢ Ω ٧۵ﳘﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻛﺎﻧﻜﺘﻮر ﻛﻮاﻛﺴﻴﺎل
) IECﻳﺎ (DIN45325آﻧﺮا ﺑﻪ آﻧﺘﻦ ﺧﺎرج از ﻣﻨﺰل وﺻﻞ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
آﻧﺮا ﺑﻜﺸﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﲠﱰﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ
درﻳﺎﻓﺖ را ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آورﻳﺪ.
��
���
��
��
��
��
����
��
��
����
�����
���
��
��
� ����
����
���
������
�
���
�
���
��
��
��� ����
���
�
����
�����
����
����
۴
6/9/2004, 9:51 AM
4
04-11.indd
آﻧﺘﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ اﻳﯽ ) AMاراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ(
آﻧﺮا ﺗﺎ ﲠﱰﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
�ﺳﻔﻴﺪ
VCRو ﻏﲑه
���������
ﻛﻤﻜﯽ
���
ﻗﺮﻣﺰ
�������
����������
ﻗﺮﻣﺰ
آﺑﯽ
ﺳﺒﺰ
ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ )اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ(
ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻮری دﳚﻴﺘﺎل )اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ(
زرد
�����������
��
��
�
�����������
ﺳﻴﻢ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ )اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ(
ﻛﺎﺑﻞ وﻳﺪﺋﻮی رﻧﮕﯽ )اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ(
�����������
ﺳﻴﻢ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ اﺳﱰﻳﻮ )اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ(
ﺳﻴﻢ ) AV COMPU LINKاراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ(
)ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻴﺶ ﻣﻮﻧﻮی ﻛﻮﭼﮏ(
– ﺑﺮای اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﱰ ،ﺑﻪ ”ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور
“AV COMPU LINKدر ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٧ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ
رﻣﺰ ﮔﺸﺎ
�������
ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن
��
��
����������
�
ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮق
دو ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق ACرا ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﲤﺎﻣﯽ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• اﮔﺮ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮق ﺑﺎ دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ ACﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﺪارد ،از آداﭘﺘﻮر دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ ACاراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
۵
6/9/2004, 9:51 AM
5
04-11.indd
ﺑﺮای ﺳﻮار ﻛﺮدن و ﻧﺼﺐ آﻧﺘﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ اﻳﯽ AM
ﺑﺮای ﺳﻮار ﻛﺮدن آﻧﺘﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ اﻳﯽ AM
ﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎی ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ
ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی راﺳﺖ را ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﳍﺎی ،RIGHTو ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮی ﭼﭗ را ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﳍﺎی
LEFTوﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
١ﺑﺎز
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎی ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ،ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎی ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﳍﺎی ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ را ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ:
– ﺑﺮای ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﳍﺎی :LOWﺳﻴﻢ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﻪ ) (+و ﺳﻴﻢ ﺳﻴﺎه ﺑﻪ ).(-
– ﺑﺮای ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﳍﺎی :HIGHﺳﻴﻢ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﱰی ﺑﻪ ) (+و ﺳﻴﻢ آﺑﯽ ﺑﻪ ).(-
ﺑﺮای ﺳﻮار ﻛﺮدن آﻧﺘﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ اﻳﯽ AM
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
١ﻧﮕﺎه دارﻳﺪ
٢وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
٣ﺑﺴﺘﻪ
٣آزاد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
٢وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
• ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ آﻧﺘﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ اﻳﯽ AMﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎی ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﺑﺎ وﻳﻨﻴﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ ،وﻳﻨﻴﻞ
را ﺑﺮ دارﻳﺪ و ﻧﻮک آﻧﺘﻦ را ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﭽﺎﻧﺪن وﻳﻨﻴﻞ ﺧﺎرج ﺳﺎزﻳﺪ.
• ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎی آﻧﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﳍﺎی دﻳﮕﺮ ،ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎی اﺗﺼﺎل و ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق
اﺗﺼﺎل ﭘﻴﺪا ﻧﻜﻨﻨﺪ.ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ،آﻧﺘﻨﻬﺎ را از ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻓﻠﺰی ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ،ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎی اﺗﺼﺎل و
ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق ACدور ﻧﮕﺎه دارﻳﺪ .اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﮔﺮدد.
ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﲑی از اﺧﺘﻼﻻت رﻧﮕﯽ در ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﳖﺎی ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ
ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﯽ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ .ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ وﺟﻮد ،اﮔﺮ درﺳﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ،ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ
اﳚﺎداﺧﺘﻼﻻت رﻧﮕﯽ ﺷﻮد .ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ،ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ
ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻗﺮار دادن ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ در ﻧﺰدﻳﻜﯽ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ،ﻗﻴﻞ از ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ آن را از ﺑﺮق درآورﻳﺪ .ﺳﭙﺲ ﻗﺒﻞ از روﺷﻦ ﻛﺮدن
ﳎﺪد ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ،ﺑﺮای ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ٣٠دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺻﱪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﻌﻀﯽ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﳖﺎ ﺣﺘﯽ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﻴﺰ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﲑ ﻗﺮار ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ
ﮔﺮﻓﺖ .ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ اﺗﻔﺎق اﻓﺘﺎد ،ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ را از ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن دور ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
– ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﮏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ را ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ.
– اﺟﺎزه ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﻜﺘﻮر ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎی ﺑﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎی ﻓﻠﺰی
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﲤﺎس داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ.
۶
6/9/2004, 9:51 AM
6
04-11.indd
ﺑﺮای وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎی AV COMPU LINK
اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻨﱰل ﺑﻪ ﺷﲈ اﺟﺎزه ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ از ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن JVCﺧﻮد ﺑﺮاﺣﺘﯽ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛ ﺑﺎ ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ ،ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد و ﻧﻮع
ورودی را ﺑﻪ ورودی ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪه را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ
ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از AV COMPU LINKﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ و ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺧﻮد
را ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﺸﻬﺎی ﻛﻮﭼﮏ ﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ(
ﳘﭽﻨﲔ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ورودی/ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ را از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻓﻴﺸﻬﺎی ،COMPONENT
S-VIDEOﻳﺎ ) VIDEOﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﯽ( ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه وﺻﻞ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ وﻟﺘﺎژ
ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻳﮏ ﭘﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﺷﺘﯽ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ وﻟﺘﺎژ را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ وﻟﺘﺎژ روی
وﻟﺘﺎژی ﻛﻪ ﺷﲈ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮق وﺻﻞ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﲑد) .ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺟﻠﺪ
ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
ﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﺻﺪای دﳚﻴﺘﺎل
DVD
DIG OPTIC
ITAL AL
OUT
ﻋﻼﻣﺖ وﻟﺘﺎژ
PCM
/STR
EAM
ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻮری دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ،ﴎی ﳏﺎﻓﻆ را از روی ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل
DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUTﺑﺮ دارﻳﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ رﻧﮓ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺧﻮد اﻧﺘﺨﺎب
ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
NTSC
VIDEO
OUT
SELECT
PAL
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ وﻟﺘﺎژ در ﻋﻘﺐ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه و ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ
ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮق ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دادن ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺳﻜﻦ
Remote
ONLY
اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ دارای اﺳﻜﻦ ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن دارای ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ را از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻓﻴﺸﻬﺎی
COMPONENTوﺻﻞ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از ﻳﮏ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دی وی دی داﺧﻠﯽ ﺑﺎ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ” “PROGREﻟﺬت ﺑﱪﻳﺪ.
:NTSCﺑﺮاﻳﺘﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﳖﺎی NTSCﻳﺎ
ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﳖﺎی دارای ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭼﻨﺪ
رﻧﮕﯽ.
:PALﺑﺮای ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﳖﺎی PALﻳﺎ
ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﳖﺎی دارای ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭼﻨﺪ رﻧﮕﯽ.
PROGRE
INTER
PROGRESSIVE
0
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
PROGRE
INTER
اﺳﻜﻦ ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ .ﺑﺮای ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﳖﺎی ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ.
اﺳﻜﻦ اﻳﻨﱰ ﻟﻴﺲ .ﺑﺮای ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﳖﺎی ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ.
٧
6/9/2004, 9:51 AM
7
04-11.indd
ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ
اﻧﻮاع دﻳﺴﮏ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ
اﻳﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی زﻳﺮ ﻃﺮاﺣﯽ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ:
ﻧﻮع دﻳﺴﻚ
ﻣﺎرک )ﻟﻮﮔﻮ(
ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻧﻮع
دﻳﺴﻚ
DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ—ﻓﺮﻣﺘﻬﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل
ﻛﺪ ﳏﻠﯽ*
ﺷﲈره
DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ
DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ
٢
ﻳﺎ
ALL
NTSC
ﻳﺎ
PAL
وﻳﺪﺋﻮ CD
)(VCD
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﺳﻮﭘﺮ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ CD
)(SVCD
ﺻﻮﺗﯽ CD
CD-R
CD-RW
DVD-R
DVD-RW
COMPACT
DIGITAL AUDIO
ﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ CD-Rﻳﺎ CD-RWرا ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺘﻬﺎی
ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ، CDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ WMA ،MP3 ، SVCD ، CDو
JPEGﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﲈﻳﺪ.
اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ DVD-Rﻳﺎ DVD-RWرا ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ
ﻓﺮﻣﺖ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﲈﻳﺪ.
ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی ﻳﺎد ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺎﻻ ،اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ داده ﻫﺎی ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه در
CDﻣﺘﻨﯽ CD) CD-G ،ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﯽ( و CD-Extraرا ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﲈﻳﺪ.
– دﻳﺴﻚ ﻫﺎی زﻳﺮ را ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮان ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮد:
CD-I ،DVD+RW ، DVD+R ، DVD-RAM، DVD-ROM
) CD-Iآﻣﺎده( CD ،CD-ROM،ﻋﻜﺲ و ﻏﲑه.
ﭘﺨﺶ ﭼﻨﲔ دﻳﺴﻚ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ اﳚﺎد ﺻﺪا ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ و ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﺮاﺑﯽ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮﻫﺎ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
– در اﻳﻦ دﻓﱰﭼﻪ راﻫﻨﲈ ”ﻓﺎﻳﻞ“ و ”ﺗﺮاک“ ﺑﺠﺎی ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮای ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت /MP3
WMA/JPEGﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ.
/
x
اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺘﻬﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل زﻳﺮ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﲈﻳﺪ.
– PCMﺧﻄﯽ :ﺻﻮت دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ﻓﴩده ﻧﺸﺪه ،ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ اﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮای CDﻫﺎ و
ﺑﻴﺸﱰ ﻛﭙﻴﻬﺎی اﺻﻠﯽ اﺳﺘﻮدﻳﻮﻫﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
– داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل :ﺻﻮت دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ﻓﴩده ﺷﺪه ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎی داﻟﺒﯽ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ
ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ ،اﻣﻜﺎن ﻛﺪ ﮔﺰاری ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺮای ﺑﻮﺟﻮد آوردن ﺻﺪای ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ
واﻗﻌﯽ را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺳﺎزد.
– ) DTSﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎی ﺗﺎﺗﺮی دﳚﻴﺘﺎل( :ﺻﻮت دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ﻓﴩده ﺷﺪه ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ
ﴍﻛﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎی ﺗﺎﺗﺮ داﻟﺒﯽ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ ،اﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﻮﺟﻮد آوردن ﺣﺎﻟﺖ
ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ .ﭼﻮن درﺟﻪ ﻓﴩده ﺳﺎزی ﻛﻤﱰ
از درﺟﻪ داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﳏﺪوده دﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﯽ ﻛﻪ اراﺋﻪ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ ﭘﻬﻨﱰ اﺳﺖ و
ﺟﺪا ﺳﺎزی ﲠﱰ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ.
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻳﮏ DVDﻛﺪ ﮔﺰاری ﺷﺪه ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻄﻮر
دﻗﻴﻖ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی ٢ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ را ﺑﻪ دو ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ و از ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ ﺻﺪای ﻣﻴﻜﺲ
ﺷﺪه را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
– ﺑﺮای ﻟﺬت ﺑﺮدن ازﺻﺪای ﻗﻮی ﻛﺪ ﮔﺰاری ﺷﺪه DVDﻳﮏ رﻣﺰﮔﺸﺎی ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ
ﻳﺎ ﻳﮏ آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﻳﺮ دارای رﻣﺰﮔﺸﺎی داﺧﻠﯽ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ را ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل
در ﻋﻘﺐ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه وﺻﻞ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
ﻣﻬﻢ :ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ ،از ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ...
• ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن را روﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﻳﮏ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ورودی ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮای دﻳﺪن ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ و
ﻳﺎ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت اوﻟﻴﻪ را ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﻣﻮارد دﳋﻮاه ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ”ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﻨﻮ“ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٧ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
“ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻧﲈﻳﺶ
ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻓﺸﺎر دادن ﻳﮏ دﻛﻤﻪ ”
داده ﺷﺪ ،دﻳﺴﮏ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﯽ را ﻛﻪ ﺳﻌﯽ در اﻧﺠﺎم آن داﺷﺘﻪ اﻳﺪ را ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻗﺒﻮل
ﻧﲈﻳﺪ ،ﻳﺎ داده ای ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮای آن ﻋﻤﻞ روی دﻳﺴﮏ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ.
• ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﲢﺖ ﭘﺮواﻧﻪ ﳎﺎز ﻻﺑﺮاﺗﻮارﻫﺎی دوﻟﺒﯽ ”،“Dolby
” “MLP Lossless”، “Pro Logicو ﺳﻤﺒﻞ ” “Dدوﺑﻞ -ﻧﺸﺎﻧﯽ ﲡﺎرﺗﯽ
آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎی داﻟﺒﯽ ” “Dolby Laboratoriesﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ.
• ” “DTSو” “DTS 2.0+DIGITAL OUTﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎی ﲡﺎری ﴍﻛﺖ
Digital Theater Systems, Inc.ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ.
* ﻧﻜﺘﻪ در ﻣﻮرد ﻛﺪﻫﺎی ﳏﻞ
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎی DVDو DVDﻫﺎ ﺷﲈره ﻛﺪﻫﺎی ﳏﻞ ﳐﺼﻮص ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮد دارﻧﺪ.
اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ DVDﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ رﻧﮓ NTSCﻳﺎ PALرا
ﺑﺮای ﻛﺪﻫﺎی ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ” “٢ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﲈﻳﺪ.
ﻣﺜﺎل:
اﮔﺮ DVDدارای ﻛﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ ﺑﺎرﮔﺰاری ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ) “RGN ERR” ،ﻛﺪ
ﺧﻄﺎی ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ( روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪه و ﭘﺨﺶ ﴍوع ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد.
٨
6/9/2004, 9:51 AM
8
04-11.indd
ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت
ﺑﺮای ﻓﺮاﮔﲑی ﻧﺤﻮه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ و ﻛﻨﱰﳍﺎ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور
٣۶،١٢
١٩
٣۶،٣۵،١٩،١٨،١٣
٣۵،٢۵،١٩،١۶
١۵
۴١،٣٧،٣۵،٣١،٢٨،٢۵،٢٣،١٩،١٨،١۵
١٧،١٢
٢۶
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺻﻠﯽ
١۵
۴١،٣٨،٣٧
٢٣
٢۵،١۴،١٢
١۴
٢۵،٢٣،١۴
٢۵،١۶-١٣
٣۶،٣۵،١٩
٢٠
١٧
١٧
٣٢،٣١،٢۶،٢٣،٢٢،١٨،١۶-١۴،٧
٣٢،٢۵،٢۴،١۶،١٣
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
٢٨
١٣،١٢
٣٢،١۶،١٢
٣٣
٢۵،١۶،١۴
٢٣،١۵
١٨
٢٠
١٧
۴٢،۴١،٣١-٢٩،٢۴-٢٢،١٨،١۵،١٣،٧
٣٢،١۶
١٢
١٠
١٢
١٢
١٧،١٢
٢۶،١۴
١۵
٢۵،١۶،١۴،١٣
٢۵،١۴،١٢
ﺳﻨﺴﻮر ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور
١٧
١۴
٢۶،٢۵،١۴
٣۴،٣٣
١۴
١٢
٩
6/9/2004, 9:51 AM
9
04-11.indd
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ
ﻋﻼﺋﻢ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺎدی در ﺣﺎﻟﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﺎر ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ را ﺑﻪ ﺷﲈ ﻳﺎد ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ،ﺑﺎ زﻣﺎن و ﻧﺤﻮه روﺷﻦ ﺷﺪن ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ آﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ.
���
���
���������
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
١
٢
٣
۴
۵
۶
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎی ﺳﻴﻨﯽ دﻳﺴﮏ
– :5-1ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره ﺳﻴﻨﯽ دﻳﺴﮏ
)ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺳﻴﻨﯽ(:
–
وﻗﺘﯽ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﺷﻮد ،روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮدد. ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﻚ دﻳﺴﮏ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ زﻧﺪ. ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ دﻳﺴﮏ در ﺳﻴﻨﯽ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.– )ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ دﻳﺴﮏ( :ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺳﻴﻨﯽ دﻳﺴﮏ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ در زﻳﺮ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ RHYTHM AX
– ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ RHYTHM AXﻓﻌﺎل ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد
)ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ .(١٧
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ WMA
– وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ در ﻓﺮﻣﺖ WMAﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ MP3
– وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ در ﻓﺮﻣﺖ MP3ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ اﺻﻠﯽ
– در ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ رادﻳﻮ ﮔﻮش ﻣﯽ دﻫﻴﺪ :ﺑﺎﻧﺪ )ﻳﺎ ﺷﲈره ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه( ﺑﺎ
ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
– در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻮار “TAPE” :ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
– در ﺣﲔ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ” “AUX” :“AUXﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
– ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﻚ دﻳﺴﮏ :ﺑﻪ ”ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ اﺻﻠﯽ در
ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎ دﻳﺴﮏ“ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١١ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻧﻮار
– )2 3ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﻮار(:
ﺑﺮای ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮدن ﺟﻬﺖ ﮔﺮدش ﻧﻮار روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ و ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﻪ آراﻣﯽ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ زﻧﺪ.در ﺣﺎل ﲨﻊ ﻛﺮدن ﻧﻮار ﺑﻪ ﴎﻋﺖ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ زﻧﺪ.)ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ(:
–
:ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻮار ﺑﻄﻮر ﳑﺘﺪ اداﻣﻪ ﻣﯽ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ.
:ﻧﻮار ﺑﺼﻮرت اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺑﺮای ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
:ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻮار در اﻧﺘﻬﺎی ﻳﮏ ﻃﺮف ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﻧﺸﺎ ﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎی ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ
:وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ آﻣﺎده در ﺣﺎل ﻛﺎر اﺳﺖ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ
–
ﺷﻮد.
– : 1/2/3ﻫﻨﮕﺎم آﻣﺎده ﺑﻮدن ﻳﮏ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ ) ،٢ ،١ﻳﺎ (٣روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد؛
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ زﻧﺪ.
– :RECوﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ آﻣﺎده در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آﻣﺎده اﺳﺖ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد؛
در ﺣﲔ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ زﻧﺪ.
–
–
٧
���
���
�����
���
���
���� ����� ���
����� ����� ���� ���� �� ������ ��
٨
٩
١٠
١١
١٢
١٣
١۴
١۵
١۶
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻜﺮار
:وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻜﺮار ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﻌﺎل ﮔﺮدد ،روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
–
– :1DISC ALL A-B GR.
:1وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻜﺮار ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﺎل ﮔﺮدد ،روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. :DISC 1وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻜﺮار ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ ﻓﻌﺎل ﮔﺮدد ،روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽﺷﻮد.
:ALLوﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻜﺮار ﭘﺨﺶ ﳘﻪ دﻳﺴﮏ ﻓﻌﺎل ﮔﺮدد ،روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. :A-Bوﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻜﺮار A-Bﻓﻌﺎل ﮔﺮدد ،روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. :GR.وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻜﺮار ﭘﺨﺶ ﮔﺮوه ﻓﻌﺎل ﮔﺮدد ،روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ 3D PHONIC
– وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ 3D PHONICﻓﻌﺎل ﮔﺮدد ،روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد)ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ .(١۵
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ SLEEP
– وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻓﻌﺎل ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ FM
– :MONOوﻗﺘﯽ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه FMدرﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
– )STاﺳﱰﻳﻮ( :وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ FMاﺳﱰﻳﻮ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺪرت ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﺪ،
روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت دﻳﺴﮏ
– ) PRGMﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ( :وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ای ﻓﻌﺎل ﮔﺮدد ،روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
– ) RANDﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ( :وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ ﻓﻌﺎل ﮔﺮدد ،روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ REC
– در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺿﺒﻂ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ BONUS
– وﻗﺘﯽ DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮوه اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﺷﻮد ،روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮدد)ﺑﻪ
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ .(٢٢
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ B.S.P
– ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ دﻳﺴﮏ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺮور ﺑﺎﺷﺪ
روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٣رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ) A. STANDBYاﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ(
– ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آﻣﺎده اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
– ﻋﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻌﺎل ﺑﻮدن ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آﻣﺎده ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ
زﻧﺪ.
١٠
6/9/2004, 9:51 AM
10
04-11.indd
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ اﺻﻠﯽ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎ دﻳﺴﮏ
در زﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺸﮏ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ:
ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﻚ دﻳﺴﮏ:
– DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ:
زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه ﭘﺨﺶ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
– DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ:
ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺎوﻳﻦ
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
– ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دادن ،DISPLAYﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺷﲈره ﻫﺎی ﻋﻨﻮان و ﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را
ﺑﺮای ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ دﻫﻴﺪ.
– DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ:
زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه ﭘﺨﺶ
ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
– DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ:
ﺷﲈره ﺗﺮاک
ﺷﲈره ﮔﺮوه
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
– ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دادن ،DISPLAYﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺷﲈره ﻫﺎی ﻋﻨﻮان و ﮔﺮوه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را
ﺑﺮای ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ دﻫﻴﺪ.
– CDﺻﻮﺗﯽ:
زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه ﭘﺨﺶ
ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
– CDﺻﻮﺗﯽ:
زﻣﺎن ﻛﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ
ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﻞ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
– :SVCD/VCD
زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه ﭘﺨﺶ*
ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
– :SVCD/VCD
زﻣﺎن ﻛﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ
ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﻞ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ*
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
* ” “PBCدر ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ دارای PBCﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
– :MP3/WMA
زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه ﭘﺨﺶ
ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
MP3
* ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﺨﺶ PBCﺑﻪ ” “PBCﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
– :MP3/WMA
ﺷﲈره ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
ﺷﲈره ﮔﺮوه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
1 2 3 4 5
MP3
1 2 3 4 5
– ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دادن ،DISPLAYﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺷﲈره ﻫﺎی ﮔﺮوه و ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را
ﺑﺮای ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ دﻫﻴﺪ.
– :JPEG
ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
– :JPEG
ﮔﺮوه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
ﺷﲈره ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
ﺷﲈره ﮔﺮوه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
– ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ از ﴎ ﮔﲑی ﳎﺪد در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ” “ONﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ (۴٠ﻣﺮاﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ “RESUME” ،در ﻫﻨﮕﻢ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮدد )ﺑﺠﺰ ﺑﺮای CDﺻﻮﺗﯽ و
دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی .(MP3/WMA/JPEG
١١
6/9/2004, 9:51 AM
11
04-11.indd
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت روزاﻧﻪ—ﭘﺨﺶ
در اﻳﻦ دﻓﱰﭼﻪ راﻫﻨﲈ ،ﻋﻤﺪﺗ ًﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از
ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﴍح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ؛ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ وﺟﻮد ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ
از ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ و ﻛﻨﱰﳍﺎی روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺻﻠﯽ در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ آﻧﺎن
دارای ﻧﺎم و ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻳﻜﺴﺎن )ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ( ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
���
������
����
���
���
���������
��������
� � �
�����
����
������
�
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
�����������
���
�����
��������
�����
���������
١
¥روﺷﻦ ﻛﺮدن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه.
ﭼﺮاغ STANDBY/ONروی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺮﻧﮓ ﺳﺒﺰ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
،STANDBY/ONدﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دادن ﻳﻜﯽ
– ﺑﺪون ﻓﺸﺎر دادن
از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻨﺒﻊ در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
٢
øﻣﻨﺒﻊ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﲈﻳﻴﺪ.
اﮔﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ آﻣﺎده ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ آﻏﺎز
ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
– اﮔﺮ AUXرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ،ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
٣وﻟﻮم ﺻﺪا را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
۴
[ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ ﺑﻨﺤﻮی ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ًا ﴍح داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﻛﺎر
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن )آﻣﺎده ﻧﮕﺎه داﺷﺘﻦ( دﺳﺘﮕﺎه
STANDBY/ON
����������
ﭼﺮاغ STANDBY/ONروی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺮﻧﮓ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﻣﯽ
ﺷﻮد.
– ﻣﻘﺪار ﻛﻤﯽ ﺑﺮق ﺣﺘﯽ وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آﻣﺎده
اﺳﺖ ﻣﴫف ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﺑﺮای ﺷﻨﻴﺪن ﺧﺼﻮﺻﯽ
ﻳﮏ ﻫﺪ ﻓﻮن ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺶ PHONESروی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺻﻠﯽ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .ﺻﺪا دﻳﮕﺮ
از ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﻣﻄﻤﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ وﻟﻮم ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﻳﺎ روی
ﮔﻮش ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻦ ﻫﺪ ﻓﻮن ﻛﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
– ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮدن ﻫﺪﻓﻮن ﳎﺪد ًا ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
������
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را در ﺣﺎﻟﯽ ﻛﻪ وﻟﻮم روی درﺟﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر زﻳﺎد اﺳﺖ
ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻧﻜﺘﻴﺪ )ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آﻣﺎده(؛ در ﻏﲑ اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت اﻧﻔﺠﺎر
ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﯽ ﺻﺪا ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻨﻮاﻳﯽ ﺷﲈ ،ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ و/ﻳﺎ ﻫﺪﻓﻮن
در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را روﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ را ﴍوع
ﻛﻨﺒﺪ،آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ.
������
١٢
6/9/2004, 11:08 AM
12
12-20.indd
ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﻳﻮ
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺮدن ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﺗﻴﻮﻧﺮ AM
Remote
ONLY
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ٣٠اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه FMو ١۵اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه AMرا ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
در ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از ﻛﺸﻮرﻫﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎی AMﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ٩ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ اﺳﺖ و در
ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از ﻛﺸﻮرﻫﺎ اﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ١٠ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ اﺳﺖ.
١
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﺗﻴﻮﻧﺮ AMرا در زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه روﺷﻦ اﺳﺖ را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ AMاﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
٢
اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮد را ﺑﮕﲑﻳﺪ.
– در ﺻﻮرت اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ،ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻮﻧﻮ را ﺑﺮای
اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎی ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه FMذﺧﲑه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ورود ﺷﲈره ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
SET
1 2 3 4 5
�����
ST
٣
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
– ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺪی را در ﺣﲔ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ زدن ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ.
ﺷﲈره ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ را ﺑﺮای اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ANGLE
2
1
3
VFP
�����
ZOOM
6
4
5
3D PHONIC
DVD LEVEL
9
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
8
7
PAGE -
PAGE +
10
10
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺑﺎﻧﺪ ) FMﻳﺎ (AM
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
SUB TITLE
AUDIO
ﻣﺜﺎﳍﺎ :
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ ،۵دﻛﻤﻪ
5را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ ،١۵دﻛﻤﻪ
+10و ﺑﻌﺪ 5 ،را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ ،٣٠دﻛﻤﻪ
+10 ،+10و ﺑﻌﺪ 10 ،را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
1 2 3 4 5
FM
AM
۴
AUX
ST
اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه را ذﺧﲑه ﻧﲈﻳﻴﺪ.
SET
ﺑﺮای درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻳﮏ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه
1 2 3 4 5
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ FMﻳﺎ AMاﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ...
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺻﻠﯽ:
ST
ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور:
٢ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ
�����������
ﺑﺮای رﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه از ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه
� �����
١
ﺑﺎﻧﺪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) FMﻳﺎ .(AM
AM
ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻳﮏ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه )ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ( ﺑﺎ ﻗﺪرت ﻛﺎﻓﯽ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﻮد ،ﺗﻐﻴﲑ
ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
– وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻜﺮرا دﻛﻤﻪ را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ،ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی دﺳﺘﯽ ،ﻳﻜﯽ از دو دﻛﻤﻪ را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
اﮔﺮ ﺷﻨﻴﺪن اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه FMدرﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺳﺨﺖ اﺳﺖ
FM/PLAYﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ MONOدر ﻧﲈﻳﺸﮕﺮ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽﺷﻮد .ﮔﻮش دادن
MODE
ﲠﺒﻮد ﻣﯽ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ اﮔﺮﭼﻪ اﺛﺮ اﺳﱰﻳﻮ از دﺳﺖ ﻣﯽ رود—ﺣﺎﻟﺖ
ﮔﻮش دادن ﻣﻮﻧﻮ.
REV.MODE
ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﺳﺎزی اﺛﺮ اﺳﱰﻳﻮ ،دﻛﻤﻪ را ﳎﺪد ًا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ )ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ
MONOﺗﮏ ﮔﻮﺷﯽﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد(.
FM
AUX
٢
ﺷﲈره ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ را ﺑﺮای اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ANGLE
3
Remote
ONLY
Remote
ONLY
SUB TITLE
AUDIO
2
1
VFP
6
ZOOM
5
DVD LEVEL
9
PAGE +
10
4
3D PHONIC
8
7
PAGE -
10
– ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎی ¡ ﻳﺎ 1اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
١٣
6/9/2004, 11:08 AM
13
12-20.indd
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﻚ
ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ ،ﺑﺎ ﻧﺤﻮه ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه دﻳﺴﮏ آﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ.
– وﻳﺪﺋﻮی DVDاز ”ﻋﻨﺎوﻳﻦ“ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎوی ”ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ“ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪDVD ،
ﺻﻮﺗﯽ WMA/MP3/از ”ﮔﺮوﻫﻬﺎ“ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ”ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ“
اﺳﺖ،و CD/SVCD/VCDﻓﻘﻂ از ”ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ“ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ.
– ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ،JPEGﺑﻪ ”ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ “CONTROLدر ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
٣٠ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
آﻳﻜﻮن ﻫﺎی راﻫﻨﲈی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
– در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ،آﻳﻜﻮﳖﺎی زﻳﺮ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ:
در اﺑﺘﺪای ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎوی دﻳﺪﻫﺎی ﭼﻨﺪ زاوﻳﻪ ای
اﺳﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
در اﺑﺘﺪای ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎوی ﺻﺪاﻫﺎی ﭼﻨﺪ زاوﻳﻪ ای
اﺳﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﺑﺮای وارد ﻛﺮدن دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ
در اﺑﺘﺪای ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎوی زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻬﺎی ﭼﻨﺪ زاوﻳﻪ
ای اﺳﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ دﻳﺴﻜﯽ را در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ دﻳﮕﺮ وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
DISC5
DISC4
DISC3
DISC2
DISC1
– آﻳﻜﻮﳖﺎیزﻳﺮﻧﻴﺰ درﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺑﺮای ﻧﺸﺎن دادن ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎتﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﻧﲈﻳﺶدادهﻣﯽﺷﻮد.
,
,
,
,
,
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
برای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ
DISC 1
DISC 2
DISC 3
DISC 4
DISC 5
– ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ دﻳﺴﮏ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ DVD/CD 3 ،را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه
دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻣﻨﺒﻊ در ﺣﲔ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ زدن ” “PLAYروی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﯽ دﻳﺴﮏ ،ﳘﺎن 0را دوﺑﺎره ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪﺳﻴﻨﯽ دﻳﺴﮏاﻧﺘﺨﺎبﺷﺪهﺑﺎزاﺳﺖ،ﻣﯽﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ازدﻛﻤﻪ DVD/CD3
ﺑﺮای ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﯽ دﻳﺴﮏ و ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی داﺧﻠﯽ
دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ دارد(.
• وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ 0را ﺑﺮای ﻗﺮار دادن دﺳﮏ در ﺳﻴﻨﯽ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ،دﻳﺴﮏ اول
ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺳﭙﺲ ﺳﻴﻨﯽ ﺑﻌﺪی ﺑﲑون ﻣﯽ آﻳﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﴍوع:
ﺑﺮای وﻗﻔﻪ:
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻗﻒ:
DVD/CD
ﺑﺮای آزاد ﻛﺮدن ،ﻓﺸﺎر
دﻫﻴﺪ.DVD/CD 3
• درﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ :DVD/SVCD/VCDرا ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ :اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ
ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ را ذﺧﲑه ﻛﻨﺪ ،و وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ را ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دادن DVD/CD 3
دوﺑﺎره ﴍوع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺣﺘﯽ اﮔﺮ روی ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آﻣﺎده ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ،دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﭘﺨﺶ را از ﳏﻠﯽ
ﻼ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻮد—ﴍوع ﳎﺪد ﭘﺨﺶ“RESUME”) .
ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒ ً
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ را ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد(.
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﴍوع ﳎﺪد ﻓﻌﺎل ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ 7 ،را دوﺑﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر
دﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮ ) ای ﻟﻐﻮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﳎﺪد ،ﺑﻪ ” “RESUMEدر ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۴٠ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
• وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﺎر ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،آﻳﻜﻮن راﻫﻨﲈی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ )ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪول ﺑﻌﺪی
ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﺑﺮای ﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﺮدن آﻳﻜﻮﳖﺎی راﻫﻨﲈی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ،ﺑﻪ
” “ON SCREEN GUIDEدر ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۴٠ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻋﻨﻮان/ﮔﺮوه
Remote
ONLY
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ...
�����������
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
– ﻧﺎم ﮔﺮوﻫﻬﺎ ﺑﺮای دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی MP3/WMAﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻳﮏ ﻓﺼﻞ/ﺗﺮاک
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ...
GROUP/TITLE
– اوﻟﲔ ﺑﺎر ﻛﻪ 4را ﻓﺸﺎر
ﻣﯽ دﻫﻴﺪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ اﺑﺘﺪای
ﻓﺼﻞ/ﺗﺮاک ﻛﻨﻮﻧﯽ ﺑﺮوﻳﺪ.
١۴
6/9/2004, 11:08 AM
14
12-20.indd
ﺑﺮای ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻳﮏ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺧﺎص
ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻨﻮی دﻳﺴﮏ
Remote
ONLY
ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﻚ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺠﺰ ...WMA/MP3
x60
x20
x10
x5
x2
x60
x20
x10
x5
x2
SLOW +
– SLOW
– ﺻﺪا در ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ در ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی DVDوﻳﺌﻮﻳﯽ VCD/SVCD/ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد.
Remote
ONLY
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ— DVDو SVCD/VCDرا ﺑﺎ ﻛﻨﱰل ﭘﺨﺶ
)—(PBCرا ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻨﻮی دﻳﺴﮏ ﻛﻪ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ
ﺷﻮد ،اﺟﺮا ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
7ﺑﺮای DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ DVD/ﺻﻮﺗﯽ:
١ﻣﻨﻮی دﻳﺴﮏ را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
MENU
TOP MENU
ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ DVD/CD 3 ،را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻳﮏ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ
Remote
ONLY
ANGLE
3
SUB TITLE
AUDIO
2
1
VFP
6
ZOOM
5
DVD LEVEL
9
4
3D PHONIC
8
7
PAGE -
PAGE +
10
10
ﻣﺜﺎﳍﺎ :
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره ،۵دﻛﻤﻪ 5را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره ،١۵دﻛﻤﻪ ،+10و ﺑﻌﺪ 5را
ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره ،٣٠دﻛﻤﻪ +10 ،+10و ﺑﻌﺪ،
10را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﻋﻨﻮان/ﻓﺼﻞ/ﺗﺮاک را ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻤﻮده و ﭘﺨﺶ را
ﴍوع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
– ﺑﺮای DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﻨﻮاﻧﯽ را از ﻗﺒﻞ از ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ،
در ﺣﺎﻟﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﺼﻠﯽ را ﺑﺮای ﺑﻌﺪ از ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
٢
ﻳﮏ ﻣﻮرد را ﻣﻨﻮی دﻳﺴﮏ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
�����
• در ﺑﻌﻀﯽ از دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ وارد ﻛﺮدن ﻛﻠﻴﺪه ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار ١٠ﺗﺎﻳﯽ
ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ،آﻳﺘﻤﻬﺎ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از 3D Phonic
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ...
�����
������
�������
���
���������
�
)ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ(
ACTION
3D PHONIC
روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن
ACTION
DRAMA
ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮای ﻓﻴﻠﻤﻬﺎی ﺣﺎدﺛﻪ اﻳﯽ و ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎی
ورزﺷﯽ.
ﺻﺪای ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ و ﮔﺮﻣﯽ را ﺑﻮﺟﻮد ﻣﯽ آورد .ازﻓﻴﻠﻢ
در ﻳﮏ ﺣﺎل آراﻣﺶ ﻟﺬت ﺑﱪﻳﺪ.
THEATERاز ﺟﻠﻮﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺎﺗﺮ واﻗﻌﯽ ﻟﺬت ﺑﱪﻳﺪ.
١۵
6/9/2004, 11:08 AM
15
12-20.indd
7ﺑﺮای SVCD/VCDﺑﺎ :PBC
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﻜﯽ ﺑﺎ “PBC” ،PBCروی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﻮی دﻳﺴﮏ روی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ،آﻳﺘﻤﯽ را روی ﻣﻨﻮ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .ﭘﺨﺶ آﻳﺘﻢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ANGLE
3
SUB TITLE
AUDIO
2
1
VFP
6
ZOOM
5
DVD LEVEL
9
4
3D PHONIC
8
PAGE +
10
7
PAGE -
10
ﻣﺜﺎﳍﺎ :
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره ،۵دﻛﻤﻪ 5را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره ،١۵دﻛﻤﻪ ،+10و ﺑﻌﺪ 5را
ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ ،٣٠دﻛﻤﻪ ،+10
+10و ﺑﻌﺪ 10،را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻮار
ﺑﺮای وارد ﻛﺮدن ﻧﻮار
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﻮارﻫﺎی ﻧﻮع ١را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ
ﺑﺴﺘﻪ
وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
روی ﻧﻮار ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف ﺑﲑون اﺳﺖ
ﺑﺮای ﴍوع:
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﺑﺮای رﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ در ﻣﻨﻮی ﻓﻌﻠﯽ:
ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻌﺪی ﺑﺮوﻳﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻗﻒ:
GROUP/TITLE
ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ ﺑﺮوﻳﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﲨﻊ ﻛﺮدن ﻧﻮار:
ﻧﻮار را ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ راﺳﺖ ﲨﻊ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻮی ﻗﺒﻠﯽ:
������
ﻧﻮار را ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﲨﻊ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
������
ﺑﺮﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺟﻬﺖ ﮔﺮدش ﻧﻮار
)ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻳﺪ (...
) 3ﺟﻠﻮ(
) 2ﻋﻘﺐ(
ﺑﺮﻳﺎ ﻟﻐﻮ PBC
�����������
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺟﻬﺖ دادن ﻧﻮار ﺑﺼﻮرت اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ
FM/PLAY
MODE
• ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد PBCرا ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دادن دﻛﻤﻪ ﺷﲈره دار ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب
ﺗﺮاک ﻟﻐﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﺮدن ﳎﺪد 7 ،PBCو ﺑﻌﺪ 4را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
REV.MODE
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
ﻧﻮار از ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف ﻋﻘﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد .وﻗﺘﯽ
ﻛﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪ ،ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﻧﻮار ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ ،و ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺎ
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ آن را ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﻮار ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ .وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
ﻧﻮار ﺑﻪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﯽ رﺳﺪ ،ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
١۶
6/9/2004, 11:08 AM
16
12-20.indd
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت روزاﻧﻪ—ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺻﺪا و ﻣﻮارد دﻳﮕﺮ
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن وﻟﻮم
ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ وﻟﻮم را از (VOL MIN) ٠ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ (VOL MAX) ۵٠ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺻﻠﯽ:
ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور:
VOLUME
VFP
DVD LEVEL
DISPLAY
SET
VOLUME
, , ,
ENTER
DIMMER
A.STANDBY
VOLUME +/FADE
MUTING
ﺑﺮای ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﻮری وﴎﻳﻊ ﺻﺪا
FADE
MUTING
ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﺳﺎزی ﺻﺪا ،ﳎﺪدا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ،ﻳﺎ
ﺳﻄﺢ وﻟﻮم را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
SLEEP
CLOCK/
TIMER
BASS/
TREBLE
SHIFT
RHYTHM AX
Remote
ONLY
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺻﺪا
ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﻛﻴﺪ اﺣﺴﺎس رﻳﺘﻢ—RHYTHM AX
اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد اﺣﺴﺎس ﲪﻠﻪ ﺑﺎس را ﺗﺎﻛﻴﺪ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
���
����������
اﺳﺖ(
� )ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه
���������
��������
�
�
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﻦ
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺻﻠﯽ
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎس و زﻳﺮی ﺻﺪا را از -۵ﺗﺎ +۵ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺎس
��� ����
ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ
�����
������
������
RHYTHM AX
VOLUME +/-
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺮﺑﻞ
��� ����
ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ
�����
������
������
١٧
6/9/2004, 11:08 AM
17
12-20.indd
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺪایDVD
Remote
ONLY
ﺻﺪای DVDﺑﻌﻀﯽ اوﻗﺎت در ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻨﱰی ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ و ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ
ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ .ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ DVDﺑﺎرﮔﺰاری ﺷﺪه را اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ دﻫﻴﺪ ،و ﺑﺪﻳﻦ
ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻻزم ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎر ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ دﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺻﺪا را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
NORMAL
MIDDLE
HIGH
ﺗﻐﻴﲑ روﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ را ﺗﺎرﻳﮏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
�����
��������
DIM1
AUTO DIM
روﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ ﭘﺎک ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ*.
روﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﭘﺎک ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
NORMALﺳﻄﺢ ﺿﺒﻂ اﺻﻠﯽ.
MIDDLE
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
HIGH
ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ )ﻛﻤﱰ از ”.(“HIGH
ﺳﻄﺢﺧﺮوﺟﯽاﻓﺰاﻳﺶﻣﯽﻳﺎﺑﺪ)ﺑﻴﺸﱰاز”.(“MIDDLE
– ﺑﻤﺤﺾ ﺧﺮوج DVDﻣﻮﺟﻮد ،اﻳﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺑﻪ
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ” “NORMALﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﻄﺢ ورودی ﺻﺪا
Remote
ONLY
– ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﺨﺶ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻳﮏ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ
VFP ١را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
���
�
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ” “AUXﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻣﻨﺒﻊ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ...
���������
���
����������
AUX LVL 1
AUX LVL 2
در ﺻﻮرت ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻮدن ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﺻﺪا اﻳﻦ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت اوﻟﻴﻪ(.
در ﺻﻮرت ﻛﻢ ﺑﻮدن ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﺻﺪا اﻳﻦ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
Remote
ONLY
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی را روی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﺳﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﺧﻮد آن را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ و ذﺧﲑه ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ در ﺣﲔ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ دﻳﮕﺮی ﺑﻪ ” ،“AUXﺻﺪا دﺳﺘﮕﺎه وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ
ورودﳞﺎی AUXﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ی ﺻﺪا ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ورودی
ﺻﺪا را ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ورودﳞﺎی AUXﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ )ﺑﺪون ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺪا(.
� �����
�������
����
���� ���
����������
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﺗﺎرﻳﮏ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
DIM2
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
������
�����
DVD LEVEL
9
Remote
ONLY
٢
������
����
�����
����
����������
����
��������
����
����������
����
����
����
���������
در ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
������
������
�����
�����
NORMAL
ﺑﻴﺸﱰ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
USER1/USER2
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺎراﻣﱰﻫﺎ را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت
را ذﺧﲑه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ه ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١٩ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
CINEMA
ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮای ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻣﻨﺒﻊ.
١٨
6/9/2004, 11:08 AM
18
12-20.indd
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ
“USER1” ١ﻳﺎ ” “USER2را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
٢
• ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ١و ٢ﻛﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١٨ﺗﴩﻳﺢ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ را دﻧﺒﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﭘﺎراﻣﱰی ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
�����
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﺎﻋﺖ
ﺑﺪون ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﺎﻋﺖ داﺧﻠﯽ ،ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﻫﺎی روزاﻧﻪ ،ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮﺿﺒﻂ )ﺑﻪ
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣۵ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(و ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﺑﺮای ﺧﺮوج از ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ،ﻳﻜﯽ از ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎی CLOCK/TIMERرا
ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
• ﺑﺮای رﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ CANCEL ،را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
١
GAMMA
در ﺻﻮرت روﺷﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎرﻳﮏ ﺑﻮدن ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ
رﻧﮓ را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) -٣ﺗﺎ .(+٣
TINT
در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ دور و ﻧﺰدﻳﮏ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ
اﺳﺖ آن را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) -٧ﺗﺎ .(+٧
CONTRAST
SATURATION
در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺎه اﺳﺖ آن راﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) -٧ﺗﺎ .(+٧
SHARPNESS
در ﺻﻮرت واﺿﺢ ﻧﺒﻮدن ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ آن را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
) -٨ﺗﺎ .(+٨
٣
ﭘﺎراﻣﱰ را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
۴
ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ٢و ٣را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﭘﺎراﻣﱰﻫﺎی دﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
�����
٢
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺳﺎﻋﺖ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
CLOCK/
TIMER
1 2 3 4 5
– اﮔﺮ از ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮده اﻳﺪ ،دﻛﻤﻪ را ﻣﻜﺮر ًا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد.
ﺳﺎﻋﺖ را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
BRIGHTNESS
در ﺻﻮرت روﺷﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎرﻳﮏ ﺑﻮدن ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ رﻧﮓ را
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) -٨ﺗﺎ .(+٨
در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ دور و ﻧﺰدﻳﮏ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ
اﺳﺖ آن را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) -٧ﺗﺎ .(+٧
Remote
ONLY
���
٣
دﻗﻴﻘﻪ را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
���
ﺣﺎﻻ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ داﺧﻠﯽ ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﻛﻨﱰل ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ
ﺑﺮای ﭘﺎک ﻛﺮدن ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ،در ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ SHIFTرا ﻧﮕﺎه داﺷﺘﻪ اﻳﺪ VFP ،را ﳎﺪدا
ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
����
�������
������ ����
– در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ DVDو ،MP3/WMAﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ زﻣﺎن را ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١١ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
١٩
6/9/2004, 11:08 AM
19
12-20.indd
ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮ ﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ
ﺑﺮای ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﻌﺪ از اﲤﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ—آﻣﺎده
اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ
Remote
ONLY
����
���������
�����������
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ از ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آﻣﺎده اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ،ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ A.STANDBYروی
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ ،ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ A.STANDBYﭼﺸﻤﮏ زن ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد .در
ﺣﲔ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ زدن ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ،ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﻤﻠﯽ ﺑﺮای ﺣﺪود ًا ٣دﻗﻴﻘﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻧﺸﻮد،
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش )آﻣﺎده( ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
– ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آﻣﺎده اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ در ﺣﲔ ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﻳﻮ ) (FM/AMو اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ ) (AUXﻛﺎر ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
ﺑﺮایﺧﺎﻣﻮشﻛﺮدندﺳﺘﮕﺎهﺑﻌﺪازﻳﮏزﻣﺎنﻣﺸﺨﺺ—ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮﺧﻮاب
١زﻣﺎن را ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ(.
��� ���
٢
�� �� ��
�����������
��
��
�����
ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ وﻗﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه ﳏﻮ ﺷﻮد ،ﺻﱪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﻛﻨﱰل زﻣﺎن ﺑﺎﻗﻴﲈﻧﺪه ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎن ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪن
SLEEP
1 2 3 4 5
SLEEP
– اﮔﺮ ﻣﻜﺮر ًا ﻓﺸﺎر داده ﺷﻮد ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪی زﻣﺎن ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪن را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ.
٢٠
6/9/2004, 11:08 AM
20
12-20.indd
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺧﺎص DVD/VCD
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺗﺮاک ﺻﻮﺗﯽ
ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
١٠ﻛﻠﻴﺪ
AUDIO
ﻛﻠﻴﺪ
١٠
ZOOM
PAGE -/+
Remote
ONLY
ﳐﺼﻮص DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ :در ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﻓﺼﻠﯽ ﺣﺎوی ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ زﺑﺎن ﺻﺪا ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ
ﺷﻮد ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ زﺑﺎﻧﯽ را ﺑﺮای ﮔﻮش ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻪ آن اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﳐﺼﻮص DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ :در ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﺮاﻛﯽ ﺣﺎوی ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺻﺪا ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ،ﻣﯽ
ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل زﺑﺎﻧﯽ را ﺑﺮای ﮔﻮش ﻛﺮدن اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﳐﺼﻮص :SVCD/VCDﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮاﻛﯽ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪﻛﺎﻧﺎل
ﺻﺪا را ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
– ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺮاک ﺻﻮﺗﯽ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٧رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
, , ,
ENTER
�����
�
DVD/CD3
8,7
SLOW -/+
SHIFT
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ...
ﻣﺜﺎل:
3/3
2/3
JAPANESE
1/3
FRENCH
3/3
ENGLISH
2/3
JAPANESE
1/3
ENGLISH
FRENCH
در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ...
ﻣﺜﺎل:
1/3
2/3
3/3
3
1
2
ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ SVCDﻳﺎ ... VCD
����
��
��
���
��
���
��
�
�
��
�����
�
���
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
ST1/ST2/STﺑﺮای ﮔﻮش ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ اﺳﱰﻳﻮ ﻧﺮﻣﺎل ) ٢ﻛﺎﻧﺎل(.
L1/L2/L
R1/R2/R
ﺑﺮای ﮔﻮش ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺻﺪای ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ.
ﺑﺮای ﮔﻮش ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺻﺪای ﺳﻤﺖ راﺳﺖ.
– SVCDﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ۴ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺻﻮﺗﯽ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ SVCD .ﻛﺎرﺋﻮﻛﻪ از اﻳﻦ ۴
ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺑﺮای ﺿﺒﻂ ٢ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ ).(ST1/ST2
٢١
6/8/2004, 1:02 PM
21
21-23.indd
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب زﺑﺎن زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب زاوﻳﻪ دﻳﺪ
Remote
ONLY
ﳐﺼﻮص DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ :زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺼﻠﯽ را ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎوی زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﺑﻪ زﺑﺎﳖﺎ
ﳐﺘﻠﻔﯽ اﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻳﺪ زﺑﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ
در ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﺷﻮد را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﳐﺼﻮص :SVCDدر ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ را ﺣﺘﯽ اﮔﺮ در دﻳﺴﮏ
زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﯽ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ زﺑﺎن زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٧رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
Remote
ONLY
در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺼﻞ )ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ( ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎوی زواﻳﺎی دﻳﺪ
ﳐﺘﻠﻒ اﺳﺖ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﳘﺎن ﺻﺤﻨﻪ را از زوﻳﺎی ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ زاوﻳﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ را ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
)ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٧رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﺎ وﻗﻔﻪ...
�����
�
در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ...
١
ﭘﻨﺠﺮه اﻧﺘﺨﺎب زﻳﺮﻧﻮﻳﺲ را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
ﻣﺜﺎل:
���������
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
�
٢
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
3/3
2/3
3
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
2
زﺑﺎن زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
3/3
2/3
3/3
JAPANESE
1/3
FRENCH
2/3
3/3
JAPANESE
1/3
ENGLISH
FRENCH
���������
Remote
ONLY
ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از DVDﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺣﺎوی ﮔﺮوﻫﯽ ﺧﺎص ﺑﻨﺎم ”ﮔﺮوه اﺿﺎﻓﻪ“ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ
ﻛﻪ ﳏﺘﻮی آﻧﺎن ﺑﺮای ﻋﻤﻮم ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﱰﺳﯽ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
• ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ ﮔﺮوه اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ”ﺷﲈره ﻛﻠﻴﺪ“ ﺧﺎﺻﯽ را )ﻧﻮﻋﯽ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ
ﻋﺒﻮر( ﺑﺮای ﮔﺮوه اﺿﺎﻓﻪ وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .روش ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آوردن ﺷﲈره ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ ﺑﻪ
دﻳﺴﮏ دارد.
١
ﮔﺮوه اﺿﺎﻓﻪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
٢
ﺷﲈره ﻛﻠﻴﺪ را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
�
�����
���������
�
�
���
�
���������
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
�
�����
�
�����
����
�
�
���������
�
�
�����������
2/4
1/4
2
1
3
1
ﻻ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان آﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﺮوه ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ )ﺑﺮای ﻣﺜﺎل ،در
• ﮔﺮوه اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ً
دﻳﺴﻜﯽ دارای ۴ﮔﺮوه ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﮏ ﮔﺮوه اﺿﺎﻓﻪ اﺳﺖ” ،ﮔﺮوه “۴ﮔﺮوه
اﺿﺎﻓﻪ اﺳﺖ(.
• ﺑﺮای روش اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺮدن ﮔﺮوه ،ﺑﻪ ”ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻋﻨﻮان/ﮔﺮوه“ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١۴
ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ...SVCD
3/4
1/3
2
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ ﮔﺮوه اﺿﺎﻓﻪ
ENGLISH
1
2/3
3
ﻣﺜﺎل:
1/3
�
OFF
4/4
4
٣
دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎی ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻠﯽ ﻛﻪ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ را
دﻧﺒﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﲈره ﻛﻠﻴﺪ وارد ﺷﺪه 7 ،را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﯽ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
٢٢
6/8/2004, 1:03 PM
22
21-23.indd
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺮور
Remote
ONLY
در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮاک )ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ( ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺮور
) (BSPرﺑﻂ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ را )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ورق ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ(
ﺑﺮای ﻧﲈﻳﺶ در ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﺑﺎﮔﺮ ﺗﺮاﻛﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺮور ) (BSPرﺑﻂ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ،ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ در
ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﱰﺗﻴﺐ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ.
• ﺑﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ،ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
٢٧رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
٢
ﴎﻋﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آﻫﺴﺘﻪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
SLOW +
ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آﻫﺴﺘﻪ* ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ
ﺷﻮد.
SLOW +
1/2
1/4
1/8
1/16
1/32
1/2
1/4
1/8
1/16
1/32
������
SLOW
��
��
)ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ(
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
* ﺑﺮای SVCD/VCDﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻧﻤﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺧﺎص
ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ DVD/CD 3 ،را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
Remote
ONLY
ﺑﺮای رﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ)ﭘﺨﺶ ﳎﺪد ﺗﮏ ﳌﺴﯽ(
ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ
ﺑﺮای از ﴎﮔﲑی ﭘﺨﺶ ﳎﺪد ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ:
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ :...
– SLOW
ﺑﺮای ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ:
• اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻓﻘﻂ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ.
ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺣﺪود ١٠ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ از ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﺑﻪ
ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﯽ رود )ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮای ﳘﺎن ﻋﻨﻮان(.
DVD/CD
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻳﻢ
١در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ...
٢
ﺑﺰرگ ﻧﲈﻳﯽ
١در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ...
Remote
ONLY
ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
����
�
ﺟﻠﻮ ﺑﺮدن ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻳﻢ.
)ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ(
ZOOM
4
ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ DVD/CD 3 ،را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﭘﺨﺶ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آﻫﺴﺘﻪ
١در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ...
ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
٢
ﺑﺎ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﺷﲈره ،ﻣﻘﺪار ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ ﻧﻴﺰ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ.
ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﯽ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ زوم ﺷﺪه
ﺑﺮای ﴍوع ﳎﺪد ﭘﺨﺶ ﻋﺎدی ZOOM ،را ﻣﻜﺮر ًا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”“ZOOM OFF
روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد.
٢٣
6/8/2004, 1:03 PM
23
21-23.indd
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ دﻳﺴﻚ
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ— ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ
Remote
ONLY
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ)ﺗﺎ ٩٩ﻋﺪد( را ﻗﺒﻞ از ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور
١
ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ را آﻏﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
RANDOM
FM/PLAY
MODE
PROGRAM
اﺳﺖ
ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه
Canceled
١٠ﻛﻠﻴﺪ
1 2 3 4 5
CANCEL
PRGM
روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ
,
ENTER
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
DVD/CD3
8,7
PROGRAM
Track/Chapter
Group/Title
Disc
4/¢
FM/PLAY
MODE
SHIFT
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
USE NUMERIC KEYS TO PROGRAM TRACKS.
USE CANCEL TO DELETE THE PROGRAM.
٢
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺻﻠﯽ
DVD/CD
#
روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن
ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮای ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﳐﺼﻮص :DVD/MP3/WMA
•
١ﺷﲈره دﻳﺴﻜﯽ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
٢ﻋﻨﻮان ﻳﺎ ﺷﲈره ﮔﺮوﻫﯽ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
٣ﺷﲈره ﺗﺮاک ﻳﺎ ﺷﲈره ﻓﺼﻠﯽ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﳐﺼﻮص :SVCD/VCD/CD
١ﺷﲈره دﻳﺴﻜﯽ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
٢ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ دﻳﺴﮏ در ﺳﻴﻨﯽ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮای ورود
ﺷﲈره ﮔﺮوه/ﻋﻨﻮاﻧﯽ را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ دﻫﺪ ،اﻣﺎ ،در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ اﻳﻦ
ورودﳞﺎ را در ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ.
• ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از دﻛﻤﻪ ENTERﺑﺮای ﭘﺮش از ورود ﺷﲈره ﮔﺮوه /ﻋﻨﻮان
اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ارد ﻛﺮدن ﺷﲈره ﻫﺎ:
ANGLE
0DISC1
7
4/¢
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3
SUB TITLE
AUDIO
2
1
VFP
6
ZOOM
5
DVD LEVEL
9
PAGE +
10
٣
4
3D PHONIC
8
7
PAGE -
10
ﻣﺜﺎﳍﺎ:
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره ،۵دﻛﻤﻪ 5را ﻓﺸﺎر
دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره ،١۵دﻛﻤﻪ ،+10و
ﺑﻌﺪ 5را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره ،٣٠دﻛﻤﻪ ،+10
،+10و ﺑﻌﺪ 10را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ٢در ﺑﺎﻻ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ اﻳﯽ را ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ.
٢۴
6/9/2004, 10:10 AM
24
24-26.indd
۴
ﭘﺨﺶ را ﴍوع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
DVD/CD
ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ﻛﺮده ﺑﻮدﻳﺪ
آﻏﺎز ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ—ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﳏﺘﻮی ﻛﻞ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ را ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ روی ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از DVDﻫﺎ اﺟﺮا ﺷﻮد.
١
ﺑﺮای ﭘﺮش از ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮاک:
ﺑﺮای وﻗﻔﻪ:
Remote
ONLY
ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ را آﻏﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
RANDOM
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻗﻒ:
PROGRAM
FM/PLAY
MODE
اﺳﺖ
ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه
Canceled
GROUP/TITLE
1 2 3 4 5
ﺑﺮای آزاد ﻛﺮدن
DVD/CD 3را
ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
RAND
DVD/CD
ﺑﺮای ﻛﻨﱰل ﻛﺮدن ﳏﺘﻮی ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ﺷﺪه
ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ...
ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﻜﺲ.
ﺑﺮای وﻗﻔﻪ:
ﺑﺮای ﭘﺮش:
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
٢
ﭘﺨﺶ را ﴍوع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ آﻏﺎز ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد .ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ ﺑﺮای ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎر ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ
ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﻣﯽ رﺳﺪ )ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻜﺮار ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﻌﺎل ﻧﺸﺪه
ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(.
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻗﻒ:
ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ﺷﺪه.
ﺑﺮای اﺻﻼح ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ
ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ...
اﺑﺮای ﭘﺎك ﻛﺮدن ﻛﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ:
ﺑﺮای ﭘﺎك ﻛﺮدن آﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ:
RETURN
CANCEL
4را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ
ﺑﻪ اﺑﺘﺪای ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮاك
ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﺑﺮﮔﺮدﻳﺪ.
ﺑﺮای آزاد ﻛﺮدن
DVD/CD 3را
ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
• در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ ،ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از دﻛﻤﻪ DISC
SELECTاﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
ﺑﺮای ﺧﺮوج از ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ
:
ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ...
RANDOM
ﺑﺮای اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﺮاﺣﻠﯽ در ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ:
PROGRAM
FM/PLAY
MODE
اﺳﺖ
ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه
Canceled
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ٢و ٣در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢۴را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺧﺮوج از ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ
ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ...
RANDOM
PROGRAM
FM/PLAY
MODE
اﺳﺖ
ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه
Canceled
٢۵
6/9/2004, 10:10 AM
25
24-26.indd
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻜﺮر
ALL
Remote
ONLY
• ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻜﺮار را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٨رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
ﭘﺨﺶ ﳎﺪد
����������
������
�
�
�����������
ﻗﺒﻞ از ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ...
����������
������
���
�
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
�����������
�
�����
���
���
�
�
����������
������
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ دﳋﻮاه را ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮدن ﴍوع )ﻧﻘﻄﻪ (Aو ﭘﺎﻳﺎن )ﻧﻘﻄﻪ
(Bﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﺗﻜﺮار A-Bﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮای MP3/WMAو ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از DVDﻫﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده
ﺷﻮد.
• ﺗﻜﺮار A-Bﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮای ﻋﻨﻮان ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮی ،و ﺑﺮای
ﳘﺎن ﺗﺮاک در دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی دﻳﮕﺮ
در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ )ﺑﺪون PBCﺑﺮای ،(SVCD/VCDﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﴍوع ) (Aرا
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
����������
������
�����
�
�
����������
������
�����������
���
٢
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ) (Bرا اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ )ﺑﺎ PBCﺑﺮای ...(SVCD/VCD
���
����������
������
�
�����������
• ﺑﺮای ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ:
در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﺨﺶ...
�
در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ روﺷﻦ
Aﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن
–
Aروﺷﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ در ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن
ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﺗﻐﻴﲑﻣﯽﻛﻨﺪ.
ﺑﻪ A-B
Aدر ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻧﲈﻳﺶ
– A-B
داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
– ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن را ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده
از دﻛﻤﻪ ¡ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
����������
������
�����������
• ﳐﺼﻮص :CD/SVCD/VCD
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ )ﺑﺪون PBCﺑﺮای (SVCD/VCDﻳﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﺨﺶ...
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﺗﻜﺮار ،A-Bدر ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ دﻛﻤﻪ SHIFTرا ﻧﮕﺎه داﺷﺘﻪ اﻳﺪ ،دﻛﻤﻪ
REPEAT A-Bرا ﻣﻜﺮرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺟﻠﻮﮔﲑی از ﺑﲑون آﻣﺪن دﻳﺴﮏ—ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻮدک
Main Unit
ONLY
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﻨﯽ دﻳﺴﮏ را ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺴﯽ ﻧﺘﻮاﻧﺪ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺎرﮔﺰاری ﺷﺪه را ﺧﺎرج
ﻛﻨﺪ.
• اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر در ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آﻣﺎده اﺳﺖ ﳑﻜﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﯽ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ...
����������
������
�����
�����������
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
• ﺑﺮای ﺣﺎل ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ:
در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﺨﺶ...
���
ﺗﻜﺮار A-B
����������
������
• ﳐﺼﻮص :MP3/WMA
در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﺨﺶ...
�����
دﻳﺴﮏ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
�����������
���
���
ﮔﺮوه/ﻋﻨﻮان ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
GR.
١
• ﳐﺼﻮص DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ:
در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﺨﺶ...
���
1
ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﻜﺮاری را ﻟﻐﻮ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
• ﳐﺼﻮص DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ:
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ...
���
ﻓﺼﻞ/ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
1DISC
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
���
ﻛﻠﻴﻪ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎی ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی شده را
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
�
�
����������
������
ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﲑی از ﺑﲑون آﻣﺪن ،ﳘﲔ روش را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
” “UNLOCKEDﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
�����������
٢۶
6/9/2004, 10:10 AM
26
24-26.indd
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت دﻳﺴﮏ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻧﻮارﻫﺎی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت دﻳﺴﮏ را ﻛﻨﱰل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﺠﺰ ﻣﻮارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی
(MP3/WMA/JPEGو از ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮدﻫﺎی روی ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
١
٢
ZOOM
١٠ﻛﻠﻴﺪ
, , ,
ENTER
ON SCREEN
7
REPEAT
SHIFT
/
/
۴
ﻧﻮارﻫﺎی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ
�
�
�
��������������
����������
�������� �
�������
��������
����� ���
���� ���
������� ���������
�����
����
����
���
���
���
���
DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ
���
���
���
���
�
�
�
�
�������������� �������� �������� ������
��� ����
���
���������
���
�����
����
�
SVCD
����������������
��������
��������
����� ���
�����
����� ���
�����
���
���
دﻳﺴﮏ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
ﻋﻨﻮان ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
ﮔﺮوه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ زﻣﺎن
ﻣﻌﺎﻧﯽ
ﭘﺨﺶ
ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﴎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ/ﻋﻘﺐ
ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ/ﻋﻘﺐ
وﻗﻔﻪ
ﺗﻮﻗﻒ
آﻳﻜﻮﳖﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد )روی ﻣﻨﻮی ﭘﺎﺋﲔ روﻧﺪه(
ﻣﻌﺎﻧﯽ
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ زﻣﺎن اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد.
TIME
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻜﺮار ﭘﺨﺶ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد.
OFF
ﺑﺮای ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی زﻣﺎن اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد.
ﺑﺮای ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﻓﺼﻞ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد.
CHAP.
ﺑﺮای ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﺗﺮاک اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد.
TRACK
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ زﺑﺎن ﺻﺪا ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢١
1/3
ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ زﺑﺎن زﻳﺮﻧﻮﻳﺲ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٢ﻧﻴﺰ
1/3
ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ زاوﻳﻪ دﻳﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٢ﻧﻴﺰ
1/3
ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﲑ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد)ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٣ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ
PAGE 1 / 5
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
�
�
�
٣
ﻣﻌﺎﻧﯽ
ﻣﻴﺰان ارﺳﺎل ﻓﻌﻠﯽ)ﻣﮕﺎ ﺑﻴﺖ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ(
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
DVD/CD 3
8
4/¢
ﻧﻮع دﻳﺴﻚ
اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﭘﺨﺶ
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ
Mbps
DISC 2
TITLE 2
CHAP 3
GROUP 1
TRACK 14
TOTAL 1:25:58
ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ
���
�����
����
���
���
���
����
����
�
VCD
�
�
�
����������������
��������
��������
����� ���
�����
�����
����� ���
���
���
���
���
��
���
���
����
����
�
CD
�
�
�
��������
��������
�����
����� ���
����������������
�����
����� ���
���
���
���
��
���
���
����
����
�
٢٧
6/9/2004, 10:24 AM
27
27-31.indd
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻴﻠﻪ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮدﻫﺎ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ”ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻴﻠﻪ
روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ“ در ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
Remote
ONLY
ﻣﺜﺎل :اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺮدن زﻳﺮﻧﻮﻳﺲ )ﻓﺮاﻧﺴﻪ( ﺑﺮای DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ:
ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دادن اﻃﻼﻋﺎت زﻣﺎﻧﯽ
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻳﮏ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ...
١
ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﳘﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻮی ﭘﺎﺋﲔ روﻧﺪه ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
DISC 2 TITLE 2 CHAP 3 TOTAL 1:01:58
1/3
1/1
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
٢
1/1/3
3
OFF
OFF
CHAP.
٢
٣
TIME
TIME
ﺷﻮد
ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ
Goes
off
ﻣﻮردی را ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮاﻫﻴﺪاﻧﺘﺨﺎب )روﺷﻦ( ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
1/3
1/1
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/3
CHAP.
OFF
OFF
TIME
TIME
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
14 2CHAP
2 TITLE
1/3
1/1
1/1/3
3
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
14 2CHAP
ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ
1/1/3
3
TIME
1/3
1/3
CHAP.
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
OFF
OFF
TIME
TIME
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب )روﺷﻦ( ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ.
ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ زﻣﺎن را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
���������������
��������������
�����
���������������
���������������
زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه از ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺮاک/ﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ.
زﻣﺎن ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﺪه از ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺮاک/ﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ.
زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه دﻳﺴﻚ.
زﻣﺎن ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﺪه از ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺮاک/ﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ.
TOTAL
T. REM
TIME
REM
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
ENTER
١
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ،ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﳘﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻮی ﭘﺎﺋﲔ روﻧﺪه ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
1/3
1/1
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
14 2CHAP
٣
ON SCREEN
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
1:01:58
TOTAL 1:25:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
14 2CHAP
1/3
1/3
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت زﻣﺎﻧﯽ روی ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ و ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ در دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺻﻠﯽ
را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﭘﺎك ﻛﺮدن ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
1/3
1/3
ON SCREEN
ENGLISH
۴
ﭘﺨﺶ ﳎﺪد
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ را در ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
14 2CHAP
2 TITLE
2/1/3
3
1/3
1/1
1/3
1/3
FRENCH
۵
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ را ﺑﻪ اﲤﺎم ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ.
ENTER
ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﺑﺎز ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
– ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢۶رﺟﻮع ﺷﻮد.
١
٢
٣
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ )ﺑﺪون PBCﺑﺮای ،(SVCD/VCD
ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻮی ﭘﺎﺋﲔ روﻧﺪه ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
OFF
را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
14 2CHAP
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
CHAP.
TIME
TIME
1/3
1/1
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/3
OFF
OFF
OFF
ﺑﺮای ﭘﺎك ﻛﺮدن ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
ON SCREEN
٢٨
6/9/2004, 10:24 AM
28
27-31.indd
۴
ﻣﺪ ﺗﻜﺮاری را ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮاﻫﻴﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
۵
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ را ﺑﻪ اﲤﺎم ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ.
ﻛﻠﻴﻪ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎﻳﺎﻛﻠﻴﻪﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎیﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪرﻳﺰی ﺷﺪهرا ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
ALL
ﺑﺨﺶ دﳋﻮاه را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﺳﺘﻮن ﺑﻌﺪی را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(.
A-B
ﻋﻨﻮان ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
TITLE
ﮔﺮوه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
GROUP
دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﺑﺠﺰ .(DVD
DISC
CHAPTERﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
*TRACKﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
ﭘﺨﺶ ﳎﺪدرا ﻟﻐﻮ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
OFF
* در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ اﻳﯽ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ “STEP” ،ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی زﻣﺎن
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺧﺎﺻﯽ را ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮدن زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه از اﺑﺘﺪا را ﻣﺸﺨﺺ
ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
١
٢
٣
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ )ﺑﺪون PBCﺑﺮای ،(SVCD/VCDﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را
ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻮی ﭘﺎﺋﲔ روﻧﺪه ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
– ﺑﺠﺰ ﺑﺮای :DVDﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی زﻣﺎن ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد.
را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
14 2CHAP
ENTER
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/1
1/3
1/3
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
OFF
OFF
CHAP.
TIME
TIME
_ _ TIME _ : _ _ :
ﺗﻜﺮار A-B
– ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢۶رﺟﻮع ﺷﻮد.
١
٢
٣
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ،ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﳘﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻮی ﭘﺎﺋﲔ روﻧﺪه ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
OFF
9
را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
0
ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻫﺎی ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
14 2CHAP
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
CHAP.
TIME
TIME
1/3
1/1
1/3
1/3
OFF
OFF
OFF
۴
” “A-Bرا اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
14 2CHAP
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
CHAP.
TIME
TIME
1/3
1/1
1/1/3
3
7
PROGRESSIVE
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
1/1/3
3
8
1/3
1/3
OFF
OFF
۵
• ﳘﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻗﻤﻬﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺖ را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) ﺣﺘﯽ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ”،(“٠
اﻣﺎ ﻻزم ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺻﻔﺮﻫﺎی ﺑﻌﺪی را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )دو رﻗﻢ آﺧﺮ ﻣﺜﺎل ﺑﺎﻻ(.
• ﺑﺮای ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻮارد اﺷﺘﺒﺎه ،ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی < را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ آﺧﺮﻳﻦ
ورودی را ﭘﺎک ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ را ﺑﻪ اﲤﺎم ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ.
ENTER
A–B
۵
ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﴍوع ) (Aرا اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ENTER
14 2CHC
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
CHAP.
TIME
TIME
1/3
1/3
۶
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
۴
زﻣﺎن را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ زﻣﺎن ﳐﺼﻮص را ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ/دﻗﻴﻘﻪ/ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ.
ﻣﺜﺎﳍﺎ :
SUB TITLE ANGLE
AUDIO
1
3
2
ﺑﺮای رﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ) ١ﺳﺎﻋﺖ() ٠٢ :دﻗﻴﻘﻪ(:
ZOOM
VFP
) ٠٠ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ( 0،2،0،1 ،و ﺑﻌﺪ .0
4
5
6
ﺑﺮای رﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ) ۵۴دﻗﻴﻘﻪ() ٠٠:ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ(،
3D PHONIC
DVD LEVEL
0 ،4 ،5 ،0و ﺑﻌﺪ 0را ﻓﺸﺎردﻫﻴﺪ.
OFF
A-
ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ) (Bرا اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺗﻜﺮار A-Bﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد .ﺑﺨﺶ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه
ENTER
ﻣﻜﺮر ًا ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
– ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻓﺸﺎر دادن ،ENTERﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ
اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ¡ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن را ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ را از زﻣﺎن ﭘﺨﺶ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه
آﻏﺎز ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﻓﺼﻞ/ﺗﺮاک
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﺼﻞ ) DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ( ﻳﺎ ﺷﲈره ﺗﺮاک ) DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ( را ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ
ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
١
٢
٣
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ،ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﳘﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻮی ﭘﺎﺋﲔ روﻧﺪه ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
CHAP.
ﻳﺎ
TRACK
رااﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
TOTAL 1:25:58
1:01:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
DISC TITLE
2 TITLE
14 2CHAP
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
CHAP.
TIME
TIME
1/3
1/1
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/3
_
OFF
OFF
CHAPTER
٢٩
6/9/2004, 10:24 AM
29
27-31.indd
۴
۵
ﺷﲈره ﻓﺼﻞ/ﺗﺮاک دﳋﻮاه را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
AUDIO SUB TITLE ANGLEﻣﺜﺎﳍﺎ:
1
3
2
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻓﺼﻞ/ﺗﺮاک 5 ،۵را ﻓﺸﺎر
ZOOM
VFP
دﻫﻴﺪ.
4
5
6
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻓﺼﻞ/ﺗﺮاک 1 ،١۵و ﺑﻌﺪ
DVD LEVEL
5 3D PHONICرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
9
8
7
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻓﺼﻞ/ﺗﺮاک 3 ،٣٠و ﺑﻌﺪ
PROGRESSIVE
0را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
0
• ﺑﺮای ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻮرد اﺷﺘﺒﺎه ،دﻛﻤﻪ ١٠ﻛﻠﻴﺪ را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ
ﺷﲈره دﳋﻮاه روی ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﺑﺎز ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﺷﻮد.
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ را ﺑﻪ اﲤﺎم ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ.
ENTER
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮاک
ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺷﺪه ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ CONTROL
Remote
ONLY
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ CONTROLوﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ WMA ،MP3ﻳﺎ JPEGرا
ﺑﺎرﮔﺰاری ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎی دﳋﻮاه را ﺑﺎ
اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺻﻔﺤﻪ CONTROLﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ و ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻫﺮ دوﻧﻮع ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ) MP3/WMAو (JPEGروی دﻳﺴﮏ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه
اﻧﺪ ،ﻧﻮع ﻓﺎﻳﻠﯽ را ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٩ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ CONTROL
ﻣﺜﺎل :وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ دﻳﺴﮏ MP3ﺑﺎرﮔﺰاری ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
6
۶
٧
7
٨
8
٩
9
١٠
0
١١
١
٢
٣
۴
۵
۶
٧
٨
٩
١٠
١١
REPEAT TRACK Time : 00:00:14
Group : 2 / 3
Blue
Red
Green
)Track : 5 / 14 (Total 41
Cloudy.mp3
Fair.mp3
Fog.mp3
Hail.mp3
Indian summer.mp3
Rain.mp3
Shower.mp3
Snow.mp3
Thunder.mp3
Typhoon.mp3
Wind.mp3
Winter sky.mp3
Track Information
Title
Rain
Artist
Album
1
١
٢
2
٣
3
4
۴
۵
5
ﺷﲈره ﮔﺮوه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ/ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﻞ ﮔﺮوه
ﮔﺮوه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﮔﺮوه
ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
اﻃﻼﻋﺎتﺗﺮاک )ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ID3ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ١٫٠:ﻓﻘﻂﺑﺮای (MP3/WMA
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﭘﺨﺶ ﳎﺪد
زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه از ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ )ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮای (MP3/WMA
آﻳﻜﻮن ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت
ﺷﲈره ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ/ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﻞ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ در ﮔﺮوه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ )ﺗﻌﺪا ﻛﻞ
ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ دردﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺎرﮔﺰاری ﺷﺪه(
ﻧﻮار را روﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺗﺮاک
٣٠
6/9/2004, 10:24 AM
30
27-31.indd
ﺑﺮای ﺑﺮدن ﻧﻮار روﺷﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﲔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﮔﺮوه و ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺗﺮاک
ﻧﻮار را ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺗﺮاک ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻜﺮار ﻧﲈﻳﺶ اﺳﻼﻳﺪ ﳐﺼﻮص JPEG
در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ...
1DISC
GR.
ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ
Canceled
ALL
ﻧﻮار را ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﮔﺮوه ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
ﮔﺮوه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
دﻳﺴﮏ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
ﻛﻞ دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
• ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﳎﺪد ،MP3/WMAﺑﺦ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ٢۶ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺑﺰرگ ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ
• ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ اﺳﻼﻳﺪ را ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈی ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
١
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ...
1 2 3 4 5
ﺑﺮای ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ
ﺑﺮای :MP3/WMA
ENTER
ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺮاك اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
• ﻓﺸﺎر دادن DVD/CD 3ﻧﻴﺰ ﭘﺨﺶ را
ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
٢
ﺑﺰرگ ﻧﲈﻳﯽ را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ.
����
�
ﺑﺮای :JPEG
ENTER
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
ﺗﺮاک )ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ( اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ
آن را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ZOOM 1
ZOOM 2
ZOOM OFF
DVD/CD
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮔﺮوه/ﺗﺮاک در ﻟﻴﺴﺖ
ﻧﻮار روﺷﻦ ﺷﺪه را ﺑﻄﺮف ﻣﻮرد دﳋﻮاه ﺑﱪﻳﺪ.
• اﮔﺮ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ MP3/WMA
ﻧﻮار روﺷﻦ ﺷﺪه را ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺗﺮاک
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﻄﻮرر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ
ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
GR.
1DISC
ALL
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ اﺳﻼﻳﺪ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﻫﺮ ﺗﺮاک )ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ( ﺑﺮای ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ روی
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ،و ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ
دﻳﮕﺮی ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ZOOM
4
ﺑﺎ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﺷﲈره ،ﻣﻘﺪار ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ ﻧﻴﺰ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ.
٣
ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﯽ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ زوم ﺷﺪه.
• وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮاک JPEGﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ CONTROL
ﳏﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
• ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ اﺳﻼﻳﺪ و ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ENTER ،را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﺨﺶ:
ﺑﺮای وﻗﻔﻪ:
ﺑﺮای ﭘﺮش از ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮاک:
GROUP/TITLE
ﺑﺮای ﴍوع ﳎﺪد ﭘﺨﺶ ﻋﺎدی ZOOM ،را ﻣﻜﺮر ًا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”“ZOOM OFF
روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد.
ﺑﺮایآزادﻛﺮدن ،ﻓﺸﺎر
دﻫﻴﺪ.DVD/CD 3
٣١
6/9/2004, 10:24 AM
31
27-31.indd
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ ﻧﻮار
ﻣﻬﻢ
ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻮارد دارای ﻗﺎﻧﻮن ﻛﭙﯽ راﻳﺖ ﺑﺪون
ﻣﻮاﻓﻘﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور
ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮدن ﻳﮏ ﻧﻮار
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از ﻧﻮع ١ﺑﺮای ﺿﺒﻂ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻮار ،ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١۶ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
١
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
TAPE 23
FM/AM/AUX
7
DISC
REC MODE
ﻧﻮار ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺿﺒﻄﯽ را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ
DVD/CD3
DISC
SELECT
REV.MODE
SHIFT
٢
ﺑﺴﺘﻪ
وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻧﻮار رو ﺑﻪ ﺑﲑون اﺳﺖ.
ﺟﻬﺖﮔﺮدشﻧﻮار وﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺣﺎﻟﺖﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲرا رویﺻﻔﺤﻪﻧﲈﻳﺶﻛﻨﱰلﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
1 2 3 4 5
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﻮار
ﻧﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻜﺲ
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺟﻬﺖ
3
)ﺟﻠﻮ( 3
)(forward
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺻﻠﯽ
2
)ﻋﻘﺐ( 2
)(reverse
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻜﺲ را در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ
PUSH
OPEN 0
FM/PLAY
MODE
REV.MODE
TAPE
FM/AM
/AUX
DVD/CD
#
DISC SELECT
REC
7
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
)
(
ﺑﺮای ﺿﺒﻂ روی ﻫﺮ دو ﻃﺮف.
– وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ از ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻜﺲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ،
ﺿﺒﻂ را در ﺟﺨﺖ رو ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ) (3آﻏﺎز ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺿﺒﻂ روی ﻳﮏ ﻃﺮف.
٣٢
6/8/2004, 1:05 PM
32
32-34.indd
٣
۴
ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﭘﺨﺶ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ—” “DVD/CD” ،“AM” ،“FMﻳﺎ ”.“AUX
– وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ دﻳﺴﻜﯽ را ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از ”ﺿﺒﻂ دﻳﺴﮏ ﳘﺎﻫﻨﮓ“
ﻧﻴﺰ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺳﺘﻮن ﺳﻤﺖ راﺳﺖ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
۴
��������
�������
ﺿﺒﻂ را ﴍوع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
REC
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮدن را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
1ST TRK
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺿﺒﻂ:
۵
�����������
ﻛﻞ دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
ﻛﻠﻴﻪ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاری ﺷﺪه را ﺑﻄﻮر ﳑﺘﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﯽ
ﻛﻨﺪ )ﺑﺠﺰ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ DVD/ﺻﻮﺗﯽ(.
اوﻟﲔ ﺗﺮاک ﻫﺮ دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮای
.(SVCD/VCD/CD
ONE DISC
ALL DISC
روی واﺣﺪ اﺻﻠﯽ
��������
ﺿﺒﻂ را ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ۴ﻫﻨﻮز روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻧﺸﺎن
داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ،ﴍوع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺿﺒﻂ دﻳﺴﮏ ﳘﺎﻫﻨﮓ
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ و ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﻮار را در ﻳﮏ زﻣﺎن ﴍوع ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
١
دﻳﺴﻜﯽ را ﺑﺎرﮔﺰاری ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﻳﮏ ﻛﺎﺳﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻧﯽ را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
٢
ﺑﻌﺪ 7را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺟﻬﺖ ﮔﺮدش ﻧﻮار و ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ را روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﱰل
٣
ﺷﲈره دﻳﺴﻜﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮدن از آن ﴍوع ﺷﻮد را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• اﮔﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﭘﺨﺶ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ DVD/CD 3 ،و
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ” ٢ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮدن ﻧﻮار“ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٢ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ۴ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻓﻀﺎی
ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﺑﲔ آﻫﻨﮕﻬﺎی ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه روی ﻧﻮارﻫﺎ
ﻗﺮار ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
REC
• ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺿﺒﻂ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ ،ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮدن دﻳﺴﮏ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه
دﻳﺴﮏ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
����
��������
روی واﺣﺪ اﺻﻠﯽ
• ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاری ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ،ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه
دﻳﺴﮏ از روی دﻳﺴﮏ ﭘﺮش ﻛﺮده و دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻌﺪی را ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاری ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
• وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻮار ﻳﺎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﻣﯽ رﺳﺪ ،دﻛﻬﺎی ﻛﺎﺳﺖ و ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه
دﻳﺴﮏ در ﻳﮏ زﻣﺎن ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺿﺒﻂ دﻳﺴﮏ ”زﻧﺪه“
ﻗﺮار دادن ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ۴ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ای ﺑﲔ آﻫﻨﮕﻬﺎی ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه روی ﻧﻮار ﻛﺎر
ﭘﺴﻨﺪﻳﺪه اﻳﯽ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد.
ﺑﺮای ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻞ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺪون ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ وﻗﻔﻪ در ﺿﺒﻂ ،ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ را ﻗﺒﻞ از
ﻓﺸﺎر دادن RECﻣﻜﺚ دﻫﻴﺪ ) 8را روی ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ(.
ﺑﺮای ﺿﺒﻂ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ای ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ
١ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ای )و ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،اﻣﺎ
ﭘﺨﺶ را ﴍوع ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ.
REC ٢را ﺑﺮای ﴍوع ﺿﺒﻂ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
• وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪ ،ﺿﺒﻂ اداﻣﻪ ﻣﯽ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ .ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ
ﻛﺮدن را ﺑﺼﻮرت دﺳﺘﯽ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
٣٣
6/8/2004, 1:06 PM
33
32-34.indd
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮای ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺮاک دﳋﻮاه
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روی ﻧﻮار ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ را در ﺣﲔ ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ دﻳﺴﮏ
ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺑﺮای DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻧﻴﺴﺖ.
١
٢
ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ را ﴍوع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
DVD/CD
درﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺮاﻛﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ آن را ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ...
REC
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
روی واﺣﺪ اﺻﻠﯽ
٣
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻪ اﺑﺘﺪای ﺗﺮاک ﺑﺮ ﻣﯽ
ﮔﺮدد و آن ﺗﺮاک روی ﻧﻮار ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪن ﺗﺮاک ،ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺴﮏ و
دک ﻛﺎﺳﺖ ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ.
ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ٢و ٣را ﺑﺮای ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎی دﳋﻮاه ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
– ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ را ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از ﻣﻮرد ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه
ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻬﺎ دارای دو زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﮏ در ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﺮای ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از
ﭘﺎک ﺷﺪن ﻳﺎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﳎﺪد ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از ﻣﻮرد ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ،اﻳﻦ زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ را ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺿﺒﻂ ﳎﺪد ﻳﮏ ﻧﻮار ﳏﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪه ،ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎ را ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮار ﭼﺴﺐ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ.
٣۴
6/8/2004, 1:06 PM
34
32-34.indd
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ
ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور
Remote
ONLY
ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ آﻫﻨﮓ دﳋﻮاه ﺧﻮد ﺑﻴﺪار ﺷﻮﻳﺪ .از ﻃﺮف
دﻳﮕﺮ ،ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻣﲑ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﻮاری از ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎی ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪه از رادﻳﻮ را ﺑﻄﻮر
اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﻪ ﻋﺪد ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ و ﻳﮏ ﻋﺪد ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺗﺎﻣﲑ ﺿﺒﻂ را ذﺧﲑه
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ،اﻣﺎ ﻓﻔﻘﻂ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ و ﻳﮏ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ را در ﻳﮏ زﻣﺎن
ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﺑﺮای ﺧﺮوج از ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ،ﻳﻜﯽ از ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎی CLOCK/TIMERﻣﻮرد
ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ.
• ﺑﺮای ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ورودی اﺷﺘﺒﺎه در ﺣﲔ ﻛﺎر CANCEL ،را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ .ﻣﯽ
ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻮی ﻗﺒﻠﯽ ﺑﺮﮔﺮدﻳﺪ.
STANDBY/
ON
SET
CANCEL
,
١
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
CLOCK/
TIMER
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ در زﻣﺎن ارﺳﺎل از ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ:
– ON:DAILY 1زﻣﺎن ) OFF/(6:00زﻣﺎن )/(8:00
ﻣﻨﺒﻊ )/(TUNER FM 1ﺳﻄﺢ وﻟﻮم )(- -
– ON:DAILY 2زﻣﺎن ) OFF /(12:00زﻣﺎن )/(14:00
ﻣﻨﺒﻊ )/(TUNER FM 1ﺳﻄﺢ وﻟﻮم )(- -
– ON:DAILY 3زﻣﺎن ) OFF /(18:00زﻣﺎن )/(20:00
ﻣﻨﺒﻊ )/(TUNER FM 1ﺳﻄﺢ وﻟﻮم )(- -
– ON: REC TMRزﻣﺎن ) OFF/(8:00زﻣﺎن )/(10:00
ﻣﻨﺒﻊ )(TUNER FM 1
ﻳﻜﯽ از ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎی ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ را ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ—زﻣﺎن
روزاﻧﻪ ،ON ١زﻣﺎن روزاﻧﻪ ،ON ٢زﻣﺎن روزاﻧﻪ ،ON ٣ﻳﺎ زﻣﺎن ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ
ﺿﺒﻂ .ON
��������� �������� � �
� �
��������� �������� � �
��������� ��������
������� � �
���������
������
�����
�
1 2 3 4 5
1
ﻣﺜﺎل .وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ ١اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ.
٢
– وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻓﺸﺎر دادن CLOCK/TIMER
ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ وارد ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺷﻮد.
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ را ﺑﻪ دﳋﻮاه ﺧﻮدﺗﺎن ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
اﻳﻦ روش را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت را ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ اﲤﺎم ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ—
���
١ﺳﺎﻋﺖ و ﺑﻌﺪ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ را ﺑﺮای زﻣﺎن روﺷﻦ ﺷﺪن ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
٢ﺳﺎﻋﺖ و ﺑﻌﺪ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ را ﺑﺮای زﻣﺎن ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺷﯽ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
٣۵
6/9/2004, 10:36 AM
35
35-36.indd
٣ﺑﺮایﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮﻫﺎیروزاﻧﻪ:ﻳﮏﻣﻨﺒﻊﭘﺨﺶاﻧﺘﺨﺎبﻛﻨﻴﺪ—”،“TUNER-FM
” “DISC” ،“TAPE” ،“TUNER-AMﯾﺎ ”.“AUX
ﺗﺎﻣﲑ ﺿﺒﻂ دﻗﻴﻘ ًﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ
( و ﻧﲈﻳﺸﮕﺮ RECروی
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪ ،ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ )
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﻛﺎر ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
”
1 2 3 4 5
1
ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ :ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﭘﺨﺶ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ—”،“TUNER-FM
” ،“TUNER-AMﻳﺎ ”.“AUX
۴ﺑﺮای ” “TUNER-FMو ” :“TUNER-AMﻳﮏ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﭘﻴﺶ
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ” :“DISCﺷﲈره دﻳﺴﮏ ،ﺷﲈره ﮔﺮوه/ﻋﻨﻮان ،ﺳﭙﺲ ﺷﲈره
ﺗﺮاک/ﻓﺼﻞ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
۵ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮﻫﺎی روزاﻧﻪ :ﺳﻄﺢ وﻟﻮم را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺪا را ﻣﯽﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )” “VOL 1ﺗﺎ ””VOL 50
و ” .(“VOL--اﮔﺮ ” “VOL--را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،وﻟﻮم در آﺧﺮﻳﻦ
ﺳﻄﺤﯽ ﻛﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪه ﺑﻮد ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ :ﺳﻄﺢ وﻟﻮم ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺗﺎ آﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺪ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم
ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺷﺸﺪن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ.
ﺑﻤﺠﺮد ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن رﺳﻴﺪن ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ،اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ
داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ زﻣﺎن روﺷﻦ ﺷﺪن ﻓﺮا ﻣﯽ رﺳﺪ
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ،ﺑﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ را ﻣﯽ ﮔﲑد ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ
ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاری ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮاک ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه را آﻏﺎز ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪرﻳﺎل و ﺳﻄﺢ
وﻟﻮم ﺻﺪا را در ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
"
”
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
٣
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ زﻣﺎن ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪن ﻓﺮا ﻣﯽ رﺳﺪ
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ را ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﻧﲈﻳﺪ ،و ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد )آﻣﺎده(.
– ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ آن را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ در ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻧﺠﺎم داده ﺷﺪن ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت
ﭼﻮن ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ ﻫﺮ روز در ﳘﺎن ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ،ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از
روزﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻟﻐﻮ آن ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ.
١
ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮی ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
��������� �������� � �
� �
��������� �������� � �
��������� ��������
������� � �
���������
ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ را در زﻣﺎن روﺷﻦ ﺑﻮدن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮده اﻳﺪ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ را
ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )روی ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آﻣﺎده(.
������
�����
�
STANDBY/ON
1 2 3 4 5
1
ﺗﺎﻣﲑ روزاﻧﻪ دﻗﻴﻘ ًﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪ ،ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ) ( و ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺷﲈره ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ
) (1/2/3روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ در ﳘﺎن ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
ﺷﺪه روزاﻧﻪ ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ روش دﺳﺘﯽ آن را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮدد
)ﺳﺘﻮن ﺑﻌﺪ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(.
ﻣﺜﺎل .ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ ١
٢
RETURN
CANCEL
ﺑﺮای روﺷﻦ ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ
١ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮی ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﻓﻌﺎل ﺷﻮد را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) DAILY 1/2/3و
.(REC TMR
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ زﻣﺎن روﺷﻦ ﺷﺪن ﻓﺮا ﻣﯽ رﺳﺪ
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ،در اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﻳﺎ ﴍوع ﺑﻪ
ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاری ﺷﺪه از ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮاک ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ ،و ﺳﻄﺢ
وﻟﻮم ﺻﺪا را ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
– وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪ ،ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ) ( و ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺷﲈره ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ
) (1/2/3روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ زﻧﻨﺪ.
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ زﻣﺎن ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪن ﻓﺮا ﻣﯽ رﺳﺪ
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﺨﺶ را ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﻧﲈﻳﺪ ،و ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد )آﻣﺎده(.
– ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ آن را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ در ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ.
ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ اﲣﺎب ﺷﺪه ر ﻟﻐﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
���� ������ �
���� ������ �
���� ������ �
������
��������� ������� ������
��������� ������� ������
��������� �������
������� ������
���������
����� ���
����������
�
������
�����
�����������
1 2 3 4 5
1
ﻣﺜﺎل ،ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ ١اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ
٢
ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
SET
٣۶
6/9/2004, 10:36 AM
36
35-36.indd
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﻨﻮ
Remote
ONLY
روش ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت
ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور
ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻣﻨﺒﻊ
.اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﭘﺨﺶ آن ﻫﻨﻮز ﴍوع ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ
“FILE TYPE” “ ﺑﺮایSTILL PICTURE” اﻧﺘﺨﺎب:ﻣﺜﺎل
.ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ
SET UP
LANGUAGE
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SELECT
ENTER
١
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
.ﻳﻜﯽ از ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ رااﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
٢
.اﻳﺘﻤﯽ را ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
٣
ﻛﻠﻴﺪ١٠
, , ,
ENTER
SET UP
PICTURE
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
PICTURE
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
SELECT
ENTER
آﻳﻜﻮﳖﺎی ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
.آﻳﻜﻮﳖﺎی ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه روﺷﻦ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ
.ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
AUDIO
STILL PICTURE
SELECT
ENTER
. اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖLANGUAGE ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ:ﻣﺜﺎل
١
1
ENTER
PICTURE
PICTURE SOURCE
۴
٣
3
٢
2
۴
4
USE
TO SELECT . USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
.اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ را در ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
۵
LANGUAGE
PICTURE
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
AUDIO
STILL PICTURE
SELECT
ENTER
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
USE
TO SELECT . USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
LANGUAGE ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
PICTURE ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
AUDIO ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
OTHERS ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
٣٧
37-42.indd
37
6/9/2004, 10:46 AM
١
٢
٣
۴
۶
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ را ﺑﻪ اﲤﺎم ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ.
٧
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ٣ﺗﺎ ۴را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻮارد دﻳﮕﺮ را در ﳘﺎن ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ٢ﺗﺎ ۴را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻮارد دﻳﮕﺮ در ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ دﻳﮕﺮ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
7ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ PICTURE
ENTER
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﲠﺎی ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ در ﻣﻮرد ﻳﮏ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻮﻧﻴﺘﻮر را اﺗﻨﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
PICTURE
ﺑﺮای ﭘﺎك ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
4:3 LB
MONITOR TYPE
AUTO
PICTURE SOURCE
ON
SCREEN SAVER
AUDIO
FILE TYPE
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [ SET UP ] .
SET UP
SELECT
ENTER
MONITOR TYPE
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻮﻧﻴﺘﻮر ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ دی وی
دی ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ 16:9ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ.
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
7ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ LANGUAGE
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ زﺑﺎن اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ زﺑﺎن
ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﺷﺪه روی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن را در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
SELECT
ENTER
MENU LANGUAGE
ﺑﺮﺧﯽ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ دارای ﻣﻨﻮی ﭼﻨﺪ زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ.
از زﺑﺎن —،CHINESE ،FRENCH ،SPANISH ،ENGLISH
AA ، JAPANESE ، ITALIAN ،GERMANﺗﺎ ZU
)ﺑﻪ ”ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺪ زﺑﺎن“ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۴٧ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ﺑﺮﺧﯽ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ دارای ﺻﺪای ﭼﻨﺪ زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ.
از زﺑﺎن —،CHINESE ،FRENCH ،SPANISH ،ENGLISH
AA ، JAPANESE ، ITALIAN ،GERMANﺗﺎ ZU
)ﺑﻪ ”ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺪ زﺑﺎن“ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۴٧ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
ﺑﺮای ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻧﯽ ﭼﻨﺪ-رﻧﮕﯽ
وﺗﻘﯽ ﻛﻪ از ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﻢ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻧﯽ ﭼﻨﺪ رﻧﮕﯽ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ رﻧﮓ
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺑﺎ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻮارد ” “MULTIﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻧﻮع
ﻣﻮﻧﻴﺘﻮر ،اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .در اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت ،رﻧﮓ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ رﻧﮓ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ
دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺎرﮔﺰاری ﺷﺪه ﺑﺪون در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈتVIDEO OUT SELECT
ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﺑﻪ ”ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ“ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٧ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
ﻳﻜﯽ از ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت زﻳﺮ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ:
) 16:9 MULTI / 16:9ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﻬﻦ(:
اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ را وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺷﲈ 16:9اﺳﺖ و وﻗﺘﯽ
ﻛﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺷﲈ دارای ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﻧﺪازه ﺻﻔﺤﻪ اﺳﺖ ،اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
) 4:3 LBﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺣﺮﻓﯽ( :4:3 MULTI LB/
اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد را وﻗﺘﯽ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺷﲈ
4:3اﺳﺖ .در ﺣﲔ دﻳﺪن ﻳﮏ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﻬﻦ ،ﻧﻮارﻫﺎی ﺳﻴﺎه در
ﺑﺎﻻ و ﭘﺎﺋﲔ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
) 4:3 PSاﺳﻜﻦ ﭘﺎن( :4:3 MULTI PS /
ا ﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد را وﻗﺘﯽ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺷﲈ
4:3اﺳﺖ .در ﺣﲔ دﻳﺪن ﻳﮏ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﻬﻦ ،ﻧﻮارﻫﺎی ﺳﻴﺎه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ
ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،اﻣﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎی راﺳﺖ و ﭼﭗ ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻧﻤﯽ
ﺷﻮﻧﺪ.
SUBTITLE
ﺑﺮﺧﯽ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ دارای زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﭼﻨﺪ زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ.
از زﺑﺎن —،CHINESE ،FRENCH ،SPANISH ،ENGLISH
AA ، JAPANESE ، ITALIAN ،GERMANﺗﺎ ZU
)ﺑﻪ ”ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺪ زﺑﺎن“ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۴٧ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( ﻳﺎ ”)ﺑﺪون زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ(.“OFF
ﻣﺜﺎل16:9:
ﻣﺜﺎل4:3 LB :
ﻣﺜﺎل4:3 PS:
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
ﻳﻜﯽ از زﺑﺎﳖﺎی ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﺷﺪه روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ— ،ENGLISH
CHINESEو .SPANISH
٣٨
6/9/2004, 10:46 AM
38
37-42.indd
PICTURE SOURCE
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﲠﻴﻨﻪ را ﺑﺎ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻮرد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آورﻳﺪ— ﻧﻮع ﻣﻨﺒﻊ
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ )ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ وﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ(.
7ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ AUDIO
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺻﻮﺗﯽ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻳﻜﯽ از ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ:
:AUTO
AUDIO
STREAM/PCM
ﺑﻴﺸﱰ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ دﻳﺴﻜﯽ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎوی ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ ﻳﯽ و
ﻓﻴﻠﻤﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻢ ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮدازش را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ
ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮع ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ )ﻣﻨﺒﻊ وﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﯽ(.
:FILMﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ دﻳﺴﮏ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ.
:VIDEOﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ دﻳﺴﮏ وﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ.
SCREEN SAVER
ﻧﲈﻳﺶ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻧﭽﺎم ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﯽ ﺑﺮای
ﺣﺪود ۵دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺗﺎرﻳﮏ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﻛﺮدن ﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺻﻔﺤﻪ.
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [ SET UP ] .
SELECT
ENTER
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ از ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل در ﻋﻘﺐ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،اﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار را
ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻳﻜﯽ از ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ:
:PCM ONLY
:DOLBY DIGITAL/PCM
:STREAM/PCM
FILE TYPE
اﮔﺮ ﻫﺮ دوی ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ )ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی MP3ﻳﺎ (WMAو ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ
)ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی (JPEGروی دﻳﺴﮏ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ
ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻳﻜﯽ از ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ:
:AUDIO
:STILL PICTURE
AUTO
ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی.MP3/WMA
ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی .JPEG
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﻳﻜﯽ از ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ:
:OFF
DOLBY SURROUND
DOWN MIX
D. RANGE COMPRESSION
DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را در ﺣﲔ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺴﮏ داﺧﻠﯽ ،ﻓﻌﺎل ﻳﺎ
ﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
:ON
DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT
ﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﲡﻴﻬﺰات دﳚﻴﺘﺎل
ﺧﻄﯽ .PCM
ﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ رﻣﺰﮔﺸﺎی دﳚﻴﺘﺎل
داﻟﺒﯽ ﻳﺎ آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺎ رﻣﺰﮔﺸﺎی
دﳚﻴﺘﺎل داﺧﻠﯽ داﻟﺒﯽ.
ﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ رﻣﺰﮔﺸﺎی DTS
ﻳﺎ آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺎ رﻣﺰﮔﺸﺎی .DTS
• ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﺑﻪ ”ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی “DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUTدر
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۴٩ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
DOWN MIX
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ از ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل در ﻋﻘﺐ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،اﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار را ﺑﻄﻮر
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ DVDﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎ را ﺑﻪ دو ﻛﺎﻧﺎل
ﳎﺰا ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
ﻳﻜﯽ از ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ:
:DOLBY
SURROUND
:STEREO
ﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﻳﮏ آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ رﻣﺰﮔﺸﺎی داﻟﺒﯽ ﭘﺮو
ﻻﺟﻴﮏ.
ﺑﺮای ﻧﺼﺐ آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ ،ﮔﲑﻧﺪه ،ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه
دﻳﺴﮏ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ ،ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن و ﻏﲑه.
٣٩
6/9/2004, 10:46 AM
39
37-42.indd
D. RANGE COMPRESSION
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﳏﺪوده دﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﮏ )ﺗﻔﺎوت ﺑﲔ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺻﺪا و ﻧﺮم ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺻﺪا( را ﺑﺮای
ﻟﺬت ﺑﺮدن از ﺻﺪاﻳﯽ ﻗﻮی ﺣﺘﯽ در ﭘﺎﺋﲔ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺪا در ﺣﲔ ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ
ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰار داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ،ﻓﴩده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ در ﺷﺐ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ اﺳﺖ.
– ﺗﺎﺛﲑ اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰار دارد.
ﻳﻜﯽ از ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ:
:AUTOﺑﺮایﻟﺬت ﺑﺮدنازﺻﺪاﻳﯽﻗﻮیﺑﺎداﻣﻨﻪ دﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﮏ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ.
ﳘﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺮای اﻋﲈل ﻛﺮدن اﺛﺮ ﻓﴩده ﺳﺎزی ﺑﺮای ﲤﺎﻣﯽ ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰارﻫﺎی
:ON
داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل .ﺻﺪای ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ.
7ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ OTHERS
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ دﻳﮕﺮ از ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮدﻫﺎی ﻣﻌﻤﻮل را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ.
AV COMPULINK MODE
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ را ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن JVCﻛﻪ دارای ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور
AV COMPU LINKاﺳﺖ وﺻﻞ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت درﺳﺖ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻳﻜﯽ از ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ:
:DVD1ﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺸﻬﺎی ورودی VIDEO-3ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن.
:DVD2ﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺸﻬﺎی ورودی VIDEO-1ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن.
:DVD3ﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺸﻬﺎی ورودی VIDEO-2ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن.
ﺑﺮای اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﱰ ،ﺑﻪ ”ﺑﺮای وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎی “AV COMPU LINK
در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٧ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
PARENTAL LOCK
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد را ﺑﺮای ورود ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻮی ﻓﺮﻋﯽ PARENTAL LOCKاﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ در اداﻣﻪ آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
OTHERS
ON
RESUME
ON
ON SCREEN GUIDE
DVD1
AV COMPULINK MODE
PARENTAL LOCK
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
SELECT
ENTER
RESUME
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﴍوع ﳎﺪد ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻳﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١۴
ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
ﻳﻜﯽ از ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ:
:ON
:OFF
ﺑﺮای ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﺮدن ﴍوع ﳎﺪد.
ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﴍوع ﳎﺪد.
ON SCREEN GUIDE
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ آﻳﻜﻮﳖﺎی راﻫﻨﲈی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻳﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١۴
ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
– وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی را روی وﻳﺪﺋﻮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ “OFF” ،را ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﲑی از
ﺿﺒﻂ آﻳﻜﻮﳖﺎی راﻫﻨﲈ روی ﻧﻮار وﻳﺪﺋﻮ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻳﻜﯽ از ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ:
:ON
:OFF
ﺑﺮای ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﺮدن آﻳﻜﻮن ﻫﺎی راﻫﻨﲈی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ .
ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﻛﺮدن آﻳﻜﻮن ﻫﺎی راﻫﻨﲈی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ .
۴٠
6/9/2004, 10:46 AM
40
37-42.indd
ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه،“ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪCOUNTRY CODE”
.ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد
�����
PARENTAL LOCK
COUNTRY CODE
GB
PY
SET LEVEL
QA
NONE
PASSWORD
_RO
___
RE
RU
RW
SA
EXIT
SELECT
ENTER
۵
ﳏﺪود ﻛﺮدن ﻣﺮور—ﻗﻔﻞ واﻟﺪﻳﻦ
Remote
ONLY
وﻳﺪﺋﻮی دی وی دی ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎوی ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺧﺸﻦ وDVD ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ
ﺑﻤﺤﺾ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ را.ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮای اﻓﺮاد ﺧﺎﻧﻮاده ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ را ﳏﺪود ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺧﺸﻦ )ﻛﻪ دارای ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ از آﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﲈ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻛﺮده،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮدﻳﺪ
اﻳﺪ( رد ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ )ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ ﺑﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﯽ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی
.(دﻳﺴﮏ دارد
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ واﻟﺪﻳﻦ
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
.ﻛﺪ ﻛﺸﻮر ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺧﻮد را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
ﻛﺪﻫﺎی ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ“ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ/• ﺑﺮای ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻛﺪ ﻛﺸﻮر ﺧﻮد ﺑﻪ ”ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺸﻮر
. ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ۴٨
۶
)آزاد ﺗﺮﻳﻦ٨ )ﳏﺪودﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ( ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ١ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻄﺢ درﺟﻪ—ﺳﻄﺢ
.(ﺣﺎﻟﺖ
.ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ
SET UP
LANGUAGE
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
�����
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SELECT
ENTER
ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﻨﺠﺮه،“ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖSET LEVEL” ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ
.ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد
COUNTRY CODE
SET LEVEL
PASSWORD
EXIT
. را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪOTHERS ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
HK
NONE
8
NONE
7
_6_ _ _
5
4
3
RESUME
ON
ON SCREEN GUIDE
ON
AV COMPULINK MODE
DVD1
PARENTAL LOCK
ENTER
ENTER
٢
OTHERS
SELECT
SELECT
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
٧
�����
PARENTAL LOCK
١
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
.(1–8 ،NONE) درﺟﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ را اﻧﺘ ب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
.“ رااﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪPARENTAL LOCK”
٨
�����
٣
OTHERS
RESUME
ON
ON SCREEN GUIDE
ON
AV COMPULINK MODE
DVD1
PARENTAL LOCK
SELECT
ENTER
.“ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮدPASSWORD” ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ وارد ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ورود
ﺳﭙﺲ ﻳﮏ،“ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖPASSWORD” ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ
. رﻗﻤﯽ ﺑﺮای ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر ﺧﻮد وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ۴ ﺷﲈره
�����
�����
���������
�����
�
�
�
����
�
٩
. ﺷﻮﻳﺪPARENTAL LOCK وارد ﻣﻨﻮی
ENTER
PARENTAL LOCK
COUNTRY CODE
SA
SET LEVEL
NONE
PASSWORD
____
EXIT
���
�
�
���������
�
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
���������
�
�
�����������
�
. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ را ﺑﻪ اﲤﺎم ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ١٠
ENTER
۴١
37-42.indd
41
6/9/2004, 10:46 AM
۴
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت
١
ﻣﻨﻮی ﻓﺮﻋﯽ PARENTAL LOCKرا ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
– ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ١ﺗﺎ ” ۴ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ واﻟﺪﻳﻦ“ را دﻧﺒﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای آزاد ﻛﺮدن ﻗﻔﻞ واﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻮﻗﺘﯽ
ﻼ
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺤﯽ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﳏﺪود را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺮﺧﯽ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ اﺻ ً
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﮕﺮدﻧﺪ .وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻌﯽ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﭼﻨﲔ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﻣﯽ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ ،ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻌﺪی
روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
PARENTAL LOCK
SA
COUNTRY CODE
NONE
SET LEVEL
____
PASSWORD
PARENTAL LOCK
TEMPORARY RELEASE
NOT RELEASE
EXIT
____
PASSWORD? ••• PRESS 0 ~ 9 KEY
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
٢
SELECT
ENTER
” “PASSWORDﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
– ﺷﲈ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻮرد دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺠﺰ ” “EXITﺗﺎ وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ
وارد ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر ﺧﻮد را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
�����
�
���������
�����
�
�
���
�
���������
�
USE 5∞ TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM.
�
SELECT
ENTER
١
” “TEMPORARY RELEASEرا اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ وENTER
را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
�����
����
�
PASSWORD
�����
”“PASSWORDﺑﻄﻮر
اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏاﻧﺘﺨﺎبﻣﯽﺷﻮد.
���������
�
�
�����������
�
– اﮔﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر اﺷﺘﺒﺎﻫﯽ را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ “----” ،ﳎﺪد ًا ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
اﮔﺮ ﺑﺮای ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎر اﺷﺘﺒﺎه وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ “EXIT” ،ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ
ﺷﻮد .در اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت ،دﻛﻤﻪ ENTERرا ﺑﺮای ﺧﺎرج ﺷﺪن از ﻣﻨﻮی
ﻓﺮﻋﯽ PARENTAL LOCKﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
– اﮔﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر را ﻓﺮاﻣﻮش ﻛﺮده اﻳﺪ “8888” ،را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
٣
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ.
۴
ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر ﺧﻮد را ﳎﺪدا وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻧﺘﺨﺎب
” “PASSWORDﺑﺼﻮرت دﺳﺘﯽ(.
�
���������
�����
�
�
���
�
���������
�
�
�
���
����
�
�
���������
�
�����
�
���������
�
�
�����������
�����
�
���������
�
�����
���������
�����
�
����
�
ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر ﺧﻮد را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
�
– ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ۵ﺗﺎ ” ٨ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ واﻟﺪﻳﻦ“ را دﻧﺒﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
�����
٢
– اﮔﺮ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﭼﻨﲔ دﻳﺴﻜﯽ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ“NOT RELEASE” ،
را اﺗﻨﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺳﭙﺲ ENTERرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ .ﺳﭙﺲ دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺧﺎرج
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
�
�����������
• اﮔﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر را ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎر ﺑﻄﻮر اﺷﺘﺒﺎه وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ“NOT RELEASE” ،
ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد .در اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت ENTER ،را ﻓﺸﺎر
دﻫﻴﺪ .ﺳﭙﺲ دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺧﺎرج ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
�
• اﮔﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ ،در اﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻋﺪد ﭼﻬﺎر
رﻗﻤﯽ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
۴٢
6/9/2004, 10:46 AM
42
37-42.indd
اﻃﻼﻋﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﯽ
ﻣﻮارد ﺑﻴﺸﱰ در ﻣﻮرد اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ
ﺑﺮای ﴍوع )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ٣ﺗﺎ ۶ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(
ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دادن ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺳﻜﻦ:
• ﺑﺮای ﻟﺬت ﺑﺮدن از ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ وﻳﺪﺋﻮی ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ ،ورودی ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ وﻳﺪﺋﻮی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن را ﺑﺎ
ﻛﺎﺑﻞ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ٨ﺗﺎ ١١ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(
اﻧﻮاع دﻳﺴﮏ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ:
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت روزاﻧﻪ—ﭘﺨﺶ ) ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ١٢ﺗﺎ ١۶ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(
ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﻳﻮ:
• اﮔﺮ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﺟﺪﻳﺪی را در ﺷﲈره از ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه ذﺧﲑه ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ ،اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻗﺒﻞ در آن
ﺷﲈره ﭘﺎک ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
• وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ دو ﺷﺎخ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را از ﺑﺮق ACﻣﯽ آورﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮق ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ،اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎی
از ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه ﻇﺮف ﭼﻨﺪ روز ﭘﺎک ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ .اﮔﺮ ﭼﻨﲔ ﻣﻮردی اﺗﻔﺎق اﻓﺘﺎد،
اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ را دوﺑﺎره ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﻚ:
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت روزاﻧﻪ—ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺻﺪا و ﻣﻮارد دﻳﮕﺮ ) ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ١٧ﺗﺎ
٢٠ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن وﻟﻮم:
• ﻣﻄﻤﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ وﻟﻮم ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﻳﺎ روی ﮔﻮش ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻦ ﻫﺪ ﻓﻮن ﻛﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺻﺪا:
• اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻧﻴﺰ روی ﺻﺪاﻫﺎی ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺪﻓﻮﳖﺎ ﻣﯽ رود اﺛﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮔﺬارد.
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﺎﻋﺖ:
• ” “0:00ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎن ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﺎﻋﺖ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ زﻧﺪ.
• ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻳﮏ ﻳﺎ دو دﻗﻴﻘﻪ در ﻣﺎه ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﺮود .اﮔﺮ ﭼﻨﲔ ﻣﻮردی اﺗﻔﺎق اﻓﺘﺎد،
ﺳﺎﻋﺖ را رﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ از دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی ٨ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﻣﱰی اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،آﻧﺮا را در داﻳﺮه داﺧﻠﯽ ﺳﻴﻨﯽ
دﻳﺴﮏ ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ.
• در ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی SVCD ،DVDﻳﺎ VCDﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ آﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ در
اﻳﻦ دﻓﱰﭼﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی و ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر دﻳﺴﮏ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت
ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،اﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎوﲥﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻋﻤﻠﮕﺮد ﺑﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﳏﺴﻮب ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ.
• وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ* در ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﻨﯽ در ﺳﻴﻨﯽ ﻫﺎی دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاری ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ،
ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ آﻧﺎن ﺑﺼﻮرت ذﻳﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد:
مﺛﺎل :وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ DISC 2اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ:
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺧﺎص ) DVD/VCDﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ٢١ﺗﺎ ٢٣ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(
* وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ دﻳﺴﻜﯽ در ﺳﻴﻨﯽ ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاری ﻧﺸﺪه ه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،از آن ﺷﲈره دﻳﺴﮏ ﭘﺮش ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ
ﺷﺪ.
• ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ را در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﺎ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب دﻳﺴﮏ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• دﻛﻤﻪ ﺗﮏ ﳌﺴﯽ ﻓﻘﻂ در ﳘﺎن ﻋﻨﻮان ﻛﺎر ﻛﺎر ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ ،اﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺑﲔ ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﺎر
ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
• ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﭘﺨﺶ دوﺑﺎره ﺗﮏ ﳌﺴﯽ در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ای و ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ ﻛﺎر
ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
DISC 1}DISC 5}DISC 4}DISC 3}DISC 2
)ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد(
• ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ از ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﻣﻴﻜﺲ ﺷﺪه ﺟﻠﻮﮔﲑی ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ .وﻗﺘﯽ
ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﯽ از اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ “LR ONLY” ،روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ آﻣﺪه و
دﺳﮕﺎه ﺳﻴﮕﻨﻬﺎﳍﺎی ﭼﭗ ﺟﻠﻮ و راﺳﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
• ﺣﺎﻟﺖ 3D Phonicﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮای ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی ﻧﻮری دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ
ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUTﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ از ﴍوع ﳎﺪد در SVCDﻳﺎ VCDﺑﺎ PBCاﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﭘﺨﺶ
ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ از ﳏﻠﯽ ﴍوع ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻗﺪری ﺑﺎ ﳏﻠﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮده ﺑﻮدﻳﺪ ﺗﻔﺎوت داﺷﺘﻪ
ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
• اﮔﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ NTSCرا ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ روی ” “PALﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ
ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ را ﲤﺎﺷﺎ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻓﺮﻣﺖ” “PAL 60ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﯽ
ﺷﻮد( ،اﻣﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﴎﻋﺖ زﻳﺎد ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺋﲔ ﺑﺮود.
• اﮔﺮ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ PALرا در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ را روی ” “NTSCﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮده
ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ را ﲤﺎﺷﺎ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،اﻣﺎ اﺷﻜﺎﻻت زﻳﺮ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ رخ دﻫﺪ:
آﻳﺘﻤﻬﺎی روی دﻳﺴﮏ ﺗﺎر ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ،و وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ روﺷﻦ ﮔﺮدد ﻗﺪری ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪﻛﺮد.
درﺟﻪ ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ درﺟﻪ ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ اﺻﻠﯽ ﺗﻔﺎوت داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. -ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﯽ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﻨﺮﻣﯽ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻧﻤﯽ ﮔﲑد.
• ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از ﴍوع ﳎﺪد ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮای DVD/SVCD/VCDاﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺠﺰ در
ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ—ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮه ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ دارد.
• ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﴍوع در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ای و ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ ﻛﺎر ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
• ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ... MP3/WMA/JPEG
اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی ”ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ“ را ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﺪ. دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی MP3/WMA/JPEGﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﯽ دی ﻫﺎی ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻴﺒﻪ زﻣﺎنﺑﻴﺸﱰی ﺑﺮای ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن ﻧﻴﺎز دارﻧﺪ) .اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﮔﯽ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎرﮔﺮوه/ﻓﺎﻳﻞ
ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ دارد(.
ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی MP3/WMA/JPEGﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ و دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ازروی آﻧﺎن ﭘﺮش ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ .اﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﻪ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ روش ﺿﺒﻂ و ﴍاﻳﻂ اﻳﻦ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ اﺗﻔﺎق
ﻣﯽ اﻓﺘﺪ.
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی MP3/WMAدرﺳﺖ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،از ISO 9660ﺳﻄﺢ ١ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ٢ﺑﺮای ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻛﺮدن دﻳﺴﮏ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی MP3/WMA/JPEGﻛﻪ دارای ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ> <.mp3ﻳﺎ ><.wmaﻳﺎ >) <.jpgﺑﺪون در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺰرگ/ﻛﻮﭼﮏ ﺑﻮدن
ﺣﺮوف( را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﲈﻳﺪ.
ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎی MP3ﺑﺎ درﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮداری ۴۴٫١ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ و ﺑﺎدرﺟﻪ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﴎﻋﺖ ١٢٨ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ درﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ
ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ درﺟﻪ ﺑﻴﺘﯽ آﳖﺎ ﻛﻤﱰ از ۶۴ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ اﺳﺖ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻦ.
اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ١٠٠٠ﺗﺮاک و ٩٩ﮔﺮوه را ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮوه ﻣﯽﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺣﺎوی ١۵٠ﺗﺮاک ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( .دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ از اﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻓﺮاﺗﺮ ﻣﯽ روﻧﺪ را ﻧﻤﯽ
ﺗﻮان ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﺮد.
• در ﺣﻴﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ دور آﻫﺴﺘﻪ ،ﺻﺪاﻳﯽ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
• ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ ،ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ واﺿﺢ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ.
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ دﻳﺴﻚ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ٢۴ﺗﺎ ٢۶ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ— ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ:
• اﮔﺮ ﺳﻌﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮاک ﺻﺪم را ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ﻛﻨﻴﺪ “MEM FULL” ،روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
• در ﺣﲔ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی...
ﭼﻨﺎﭼﻪ ﺷﲈره آﻳﺘﻤﯽ ﻛﻪ روی دﻳﺴﮏ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ورودی ﺷﲈ ﳑﻜﻦ
اﺳﺖ ﻧﺎدﻳﺪه ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد )ﺑﺮای ﻣﺜﺎل ،اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺗﺮاک ١۴روی دﻳﺴﮏ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ١٢
ﺗﺮاک دارد(.
۴٣
6/8/2004, 1:07 PM
43
43-46.indd
– ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ اﻳﯽ و ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ را ﺑﺮای دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی JPEG
اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
– ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﻨﯽ دﻳﺴﮏ را در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ای ﺑﲑون دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ—ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ:
– دﻛﻤﻪ 4ﺑﺮای ﭘﺮش از ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ ﻛﺎر ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮای رﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ
اﺑﺘﺪای ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده اﺳﺖ.
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت دﻳﺴﮏ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ٢٧ﺗﺎ ٣١ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
– ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی ... JPEG
ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎ را ﺑﺎ وﺿﻮح ۴٨٠ × ۶۴٠ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ) .ﭼﻨﺎﻣﻨﭽﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﯽﺑﺎ وﺿﻮح ﺑﻴﺸﱰ از ۴٨٠ × ۶۴٠ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،زﻣﺎن زﻳﺎدی را ﺑﺮای ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده
ﺷﺪن ﻧﻴﺎز ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷﺖ(.
اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی ﭘﺎﻳﻪ JPEGرا ﻧﲈﻳﺶ دﻫﺪ .ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ JPEGﻳﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی ﺑﺎز JPEGﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ.
اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه در دورﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎی دﳚﻴﺘﺎل،
ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ :JPEG
وب ،و ﻏﲑه.
ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ :JPEGاﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮای وب.
ﻧﻮﻋﯽ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﯽ ﻛﻪ اﻛﻨﻮن ﺑﻨﺪرت اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺑﺎز :JPEG
اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻧﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی JPEGﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ وﺳﺎﻳﻠﯽ ﺑﻐﲑ از دورﺑﲔدﳚﻴﺘﺎل ﳐﺼﻮص ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ را ﺑﺪرﺳﺘﯽ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ دﻫﺪ.
ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی JPEGﺗﺪرﳚﯽ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﭘﺎﻳﺪار ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮد ،ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﻫﯽ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ،ﭘﺨﺶ را ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮده و ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ JPEGﭘﺎﻳﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .دﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ دﻳﮕﺮ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮل اﻧﺠﺎﻣﺪ.
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ ﻧﻮار )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ٣٢ﺗﺎ ٣۴ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(
ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮدن ﻳﮏ ﻧﻮار:
–
–
–
–
–
درﺟﻪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪار ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ
ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪاﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻮش ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ را ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎﺛﲑ ﮔﺬاری روی درﺟﻪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
روی ﻗﺴﻤﺖ اﺑﺘﺪاﻳﯽ و ﻗﺴﻤﺖ اﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﻧﻮار ﻣﻮردی ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﮔﺮدد .ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ،
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﯽ دی ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ از ﭘﺨﺶ رادﻳﻮ را ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻗﺴﻤﺖ اول ﻧﻮار
را ﺑﺘﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ از ﻣﻮزﻳﮏ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺿﺒﻂ از دﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﯽ
رود.
اﮔﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮدن را ﺑﺪون ﻗﺮار دادن ﻧﻮار ﴍوع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ “NO TAPE” ،روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد .اﮔﺮ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﯽ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪه داﺧﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ“NO REC” ،
روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ از ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺮای ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮدن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺿﺒﻂ را از
ﺑﻄﺮف ﺟﻠﻮ ) (3ﴍوع ﻧﲈﻳﻴﺪ ،در ﻏﲑ اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮدن ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻃﺮف
)ﺑﺮ ﻋﻜﺲ( ﻧﻮار ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﻮد ،ﺧﺎﲤﻪ ﻣﯽ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ.
( را ﺑﻌﺪ از ﴍوع
و
ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ )
ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ.
– ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﻨﯽ دﻳﺴﮏ را در ﺣﲔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺎز ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺿﺒﻂ دﻳﺴﮏ ﳘﺎﻫﻨﮓ:
– وﻗﺘﯽﻛﻪ ﻧﻮارازﺟﻬﺖﺟﻠﻮ)(3درﻫﻨﮕﺎمﺿﺒﻂﺑﺎﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢﻛﺮدنﺣﺎﻟﺖﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖﺑﻪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎﻣﯽ
)ﺑﺠﺰ DVD
رﺳﺪ ،آﺧﺮﻳﻦ آﻫﻨﮓ ﳎﺪد ًا در اﺑﺘﺪای ﻃﺮف دﻳﮕﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ
وﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ(.
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ٣۵ﺗﺎ ٣۶ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(
– وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ دو ﺷﺎخ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را از ﺑﺮق ACدر ﻣﯽ آورﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮق ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ،ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ
ﻟﻐﻮ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ را اول ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ ،و ﺑﻌﺪ اﻣﲑ را ﳎﺪد ًا ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
– ﺑﺪون ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮدن ﺿﺒﻂ ،ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺿﺒﻂ را ﺑﻌﺪ از ﴍوع ﺷﺪن ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ
ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ.
– ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﻨﺪه را ﺑﻌﺪ از ﴍوع ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب
ﺷﺪه ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ ،ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ ﻟﻐﻮ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
– ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﻨﺪه را ﺑﻌﺪ از ﴍوع ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺿﺒﻂ ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ،
ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻟﻐﻮ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ،اﻣﺎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﺪه ﺑﺮق را ﻗﻄﻊ
ﻧﲈﻳﺪ اداﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺪا ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد.
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﻨﻮ)ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ٣٧ﺗﺎ ۴٢ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(
ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ :LANGUAGE
– وﻗﺘﯽ ک زﺑﺎﻧﯽ را ﺑﺮای ”،“MENU LANGUAGE
” “AUDIO LANGUAGEﻳﺎ ” “SUBTITLEاﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺮده اﻳﺪ روی دﻳﺴﮏ
ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺸﻮد ،زﺑﺎن اﺻﻠﯽ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان زﺑﺎن اوﻟﻴﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ :MONITOR TYPE—PICTURE
– ﺣﺘﯽ اﮔﺮ ” “4:3 PSاﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،اﻧﺪازه ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮای ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از
DVDﻫﺎی وﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﺑﻪ 4:3ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮد .اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﯽ ﺿﺒﻂ
دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ دارد.
– وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ” “16:9را ﺑﺮای ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ ان 4:3اﺳﺖ،اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ،
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﭘﻬﻨﺎی ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻛﻤﯽ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد.
ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ :DOWN MIX—AUDIO
– اﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰار ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ DTSﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﻓﻌﺎل ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ :ON SCREEN GUIDE—OTHERS
– ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ و ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺣﺘﯽ اﮔﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد روی ” “OFFﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه
ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )و ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ(.
زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻬﺎ و اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﳐﺼﻮص ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ ﳘﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺪون در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت
روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ.
ﭘﻴﻜﺮﺑﻨﺪی ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎی :MP3/WMA/JPEG
اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ را ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ زﻳﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
�
��
��
��
��
��
�
�
�
�
��
��
����
��
�
�
�
�
ﮔﺮوه ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ آن
ﺗﺮاک ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ آن
��
�
۴۴
6/8/2004, 1:07 PM
44
43-46.indd
ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮدن ﻗﺎﲠﺎی ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ
ﻧﮕﻬﺪاری
ﺑﺮای ﲠﱰﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ،دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ ،و ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰم را ﲤﻴﺰ ﻧﮕﺎه دارﻳﺪ.
ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ
–
–
–
–
–
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ دﺳﻴﮏ را از ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺧﺎرج ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎی آن ﺑﺎ
ﻓﺸﺎر ﳐﺘﴫی ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮراخ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی ﺧﺎرج ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺮاق دﻳﺴﮏ را ﳌﺲ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺧﻢ ﻧﻨﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺑﻌﺪ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﲑی از ﲨﻊ ﺷﺪن آن در ﺟﻠﺪ ﺧﻮد ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﻣﻮاﻇﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ دﻳﺴﮏ وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ آن را در ﺟﻠﺪش ﻣﯽ ﮔﺬارﻳﺪ ،ﺧﺮاش
ﺑﺮﻧﺪارد.
ﻣﻮاﻇﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺎک ﻛﺮدن ﺻﻔﺤﻪ روی آن ﺧﺶ ﻧﻴﺎﻧﺪازﻳﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﭘﺎک ﻛﺮدن دﻳﺴﮏ:
– دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﻧﺮم در ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺒﻪ ﲤﻴﺰ ﻧﲈﻳﻴﺪ.
ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮارﻫﺎی ﻛﺎﺳﺖ
ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ
ﻗﺎب ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ
ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎ
ﺑﺮآﻣﺪﮔﯽ
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
– ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻧﻮار در ﻛﺎﺳﺖ ول ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻟﻘﯽ آﻧﺮا ﺑﺎ وارد ﻛﺮدن ﻳﮏ ﻣﺪاد در ﻳﻜﯽ از
ﻗﺮﻗﺮﻫﺎی ﻛﺎﺳﺖ ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪن آن رﻓﻊ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
اﮔﺮ ﻧﻮار ﺷﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺧﺮاش دﻳﺪه ،ﺑﺮﻳﺪه ﺷﻮد ﻳﺎ در ﻛﺎﺳﺖ ﮔﲑﻛﻨﺪ.
– دﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﻮار را ﳌﺲ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ.
– از ﻧﮕﻬﺪاری ﻧﻮار در اﻳﻦ ﳏﻠﻬﺎ ﺧﻮداری ﻛﻨﻴﺪ—در ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻏﺒﺎرآﻟﻮد ،زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ
آﻓﺘﺎب ﻳﺎ در ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ،در ﳏﻞ ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ،روی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﻳﺎﻧﺰدﻳﮏ ﻳﮏ آﻫﻦ رﺑﺎ.
ﺑﺮای ﻧﮕﻬﺪاری در ﲠﱰﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ و ﭘﺨﺶ:
– از ﻳﮏ ﺗﻜﻪ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﻧﺨﯽ ﻛﻪ آﻏﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﺮای ﭘﺎک ﻛﺮدن ﻫﺪﻫﺎی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ،ﻻﺳﺘﻴﮓ
ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه و ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﻫﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
– ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻳﮏ ﺧﻨﺜﯽ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ) ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در ﻓﺮوﺷﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ
و اﻟﻜﱰوﻧﻴﻜﯽ(ﺑﺮای ﺧﻨﺜﯽ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﻫﺪ ﻫﺎی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ)وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺧﺎﻣﻮش اﺳﺖ(.
ﲤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ
– ﻟﻜﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻜﻪ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﻧﺮم ﲤﻴﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .اﮔﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻴﻞ ﻛﺜﻴﻒ ﺷﺪه
اﺳﺖ ،ﺗﻜﻪ اﻳﯽ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﻛﻪ درآب ﺣﺎوی ﻣﻮاد ﭘﺎک ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻓﺮو ﺑﺮده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﲤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺧﺸﮏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﻌﺪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻜﻪ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﺧﺸﮏ ﲤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
– اﻧﺠﺎم دادن ﻛﺎرﻫﺎی زﻳﺮ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه آﺳﻴﺐ رﺳﺎﻧﺪ و ﻳﺎ رﻧﮓ آﻧﺮا ﺑﱪد و
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺧﻮد را از دﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ:
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ زﺑﺮ ﲤﻴﺰ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ. دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﺎ ﺷﺪت ﭘﺎک ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ. دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﺎ ﺗﻴﻨﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﲤﻴﺰ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ. از ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﲑی ﻣﻮاد ﻓﺮار ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﴩه ﻛﺶ در ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮدداری ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.– از ﲤﺎس ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﮏ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﮏ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺧﻮدداری ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
۴۵
6/8/2004, 1:07 PM
45
43-46.indd
ﻋﻴﺐ ﻳﺎﺑﯽ
ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎی MP3/WMAﻳﺎ JPEGﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ.
اﮔﺮ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه دﭼﺎر ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ،ﻟﻴﺴﺖ زﻳﺮ را ﺑﺮای راه ﺣﻞ ﳑﻜﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﲤﺎس ﺑﺎ
ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﻣﺎت ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ:
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت و ﺗﻐﻴﲑات ﺑﻄﻮر ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﯽ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﲤﺎ ﺷﺪن ﻛﺎر ﻟﻐﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ.
} دﻳﺴﮏ وارد ﺷﺪه ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﺮ دو ﻧﻮع ﺗﺮاک ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ) ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی MP3/
WMAو ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی .(JPEGدر اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت ،ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی اﻧﺘﺨﺎب
ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ” “FILE TYPEرا ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٩ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
} ﺷﲈ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ” “FILE TYPEر ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻗﺮار دادن دﻳﺴﮏ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ داده اﻳﺪ .ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ،
دﻳﺴﮏ را دوﺑﺎره وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
} ﺑﺮای اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر ﳏﺪودﻳﺖ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ وﺟﻮد دارد .روش را دوﺑﺎره ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
” “NO AUDIOﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
} ﻣﻴﻜﺮو ﭘﺮوﺳﺴﻮر داﺧﻠﯽ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ اﺧﺘﻼ ﻻت داﺧﻠﯽ ﺑﺪرﺳﺘﯽ ﻛﺎر ﻧﻜﻨﺪ.
ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را از ﺑﺮق ACﺧﺎرج ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و آﻧﺮا دوﺑﺎره وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
” “LR ONLYﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
} ﻣﺴﲑ ﺑﲔ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور و ﺳﻨﺴﻮر ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور روی ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺪود ﺷﺪه
اﺳﺖ.
} ﺑﺎﺗﺮﳞﺎی ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﲤﺎم ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ.
ﺻﺪای دﻳﺴﮏ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ اﺳﺖ.
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﺎل ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ.
ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺖ.
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﺻﺪاﻳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮش ﻧﻤﯽ رﺳﺪ.
} اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﯽ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه
اﻧﺪ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﺪ.
} ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ از ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﻣﻴﻜﺲ ﺷﺪه ﺟﻠﻮﮔﲑی ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ.
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﲔ دﻳﺴﻜﯽ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی ﭼﭗ ﺟﻠﻮ
و راﺳﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
} دﻳﺴﻚ ﻛﺜﻴﻒاﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮاﺷﻴﺪﮔﯽ دارد.
} اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ درﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺷﻞ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ.
} ﻫﺪ ﻓﻮن ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ.
ﺳﻴﻨﯽ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺎز ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد.
} اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻛﺎﺑﻞ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ درﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺷﻞ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ.
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻧﻮار:
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی روی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد ،ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺗﺎر اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ دو
ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ.
} ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻧﯽ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ وﻳﺪﺋﻮی ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ را ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
} ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ رﻧﮓ ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ) .ﺑﻪ ”ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻨﺪه
ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ“ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٧ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎی ﭼﭗ و راﺳﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد.
} ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق ACدﺳﺘﮕﺎه وﺻﻞ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ.
} ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻮدﻛﺎن ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢۶ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
ﺟﺎ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﯽ را ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮان ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮد.
} وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮار در ﺣﺎل ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻮده اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮق ACدﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻗﻄﻊ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه اﺳﺖ.
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را روﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮدن:
ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮد.
} ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ” “4:3 LB/4:3 MULTI LBرا ﺑﺮای ”“MONITOR TYPE
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٨ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
} زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻛﻮﭼﮏ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻧﻮار ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ .ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎ را ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮار ﭼﺴﺐ
ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ در ﺣﺎل ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ اﺳﺖ.
ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ و ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎر ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ.
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت رادﻳﻮ:
} اﺗﺼﺎﻻت آﻧﺘﻦ درﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺷﻞ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ.
} آﻧﺘﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ اﻳﯽ AMﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻧﺰدﻳﮏ اﺳﺖ.
} آﻧﺘﻦ FMدرﺳﺖ ﺑﺎز ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ و در ﳏﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻗﺮار داده ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ.
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت دﻳﺴﮏ:
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ:
} ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ در زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ وﻗﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه ﻓﺮا رﺳﻴﺪه اﺳﺖ ،روﺷﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ .ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ
وﻗﺘﯽ ﺷﻮرع ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ:
زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﯽ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ زﺑﺎن اوﻟﻴﻪ زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺮده اﻳﺪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد.
دﻳﺴﮏ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد.
} دﻳﺴﻚ واروﻧﻪ ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ .دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺑﺼﻮرﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ آن رو ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ
ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ.
} ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از DVDﻫﺎ ﺑﻨﺤﻮی ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﳘﻴﺸﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﯽ را در
اﺑﺘﺪا ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ .اﮔﺮ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺗﻔﺎق اﻓﺘﺎد) SUB TITLE ،در ﺣﺎﻟﯽ ﻛﻪ
SHIFTرا ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ اﻳﺪ( را ﺑﻌﺪ از ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٢
رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
ﮔﺮوﻫﻬﺎی MP3/WMA/JPEGوﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺘﻈﺎر دارﻳﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ
ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ.
} ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از DVDﻫﺎ ﺑﻨﺤﻮی ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ زﺑﺎن اﺻﻠﯽ را در اﺑﺘﺪا اﺳﺘﻔﺎده
ﻛﻨﻨﺪ .اﮔﺮ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺗﻔﺎق اﻓﺘﺎد) AUDIO ،در ﺣﺎﻟﯽ ﻛﻪ SHIFTرا ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ
اﻳﺪ( را ﺑﻌﺪ از ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢١رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ID3روی دﻳﺴﮏ MP3/WMAﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﻳﺶ داده ﺷﻮد.
} دو ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ID3وﺟﻮد دارد—ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ١و ﻧﺴﺨﻪ .٢اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﯽ
ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺒﻬﺎی ID3ﻧﻮع ١را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ دﻫﺪ.
} ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺿﺒﻂ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﯽﺷﻮد .ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ روی
دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ دارد.
زﺑﺎن ﺻﺪا از ﺑﺎ زﺑﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان زﺑﺎن اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺻﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺮده ﺑﻮدﻳﺪ ﺗﻔﺎوت دارد.
۴۶
6/8/2004, 1:07 PM
46
43-46.indd
ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺪ زﺑﺎن
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
AA
AB
AF
AM
AR
AS
AY
AZ
BA
BE
BG
BH
BI
BN
BO
BR
CA
CO
CS
CY
DA
DZ
EL
EO
ET
EU
FA
FI
FJ
FO
FY
GA
GD
GL
GN
GU
HA
HI
HR
HU
HY
IA
IE
IK
IN
IS
IW
JI
آﻓﺎری
آﺑﺨﺎزﻳﺎﻧﯽ
آﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎﻳﯽ
آﻣﻬﺮی
ﻋﺮﺑﯽ
آﺳﺎﻣﯽ
آﻳﲈری
آذرﺑﺎﳚﺎﻧﯽ
ﺑﺸﻜﲑی
ﺑﻠﻴﻮروﺳﯽ
ﺑﻠﻐﺎری
ﺑﻴﻬﺎری
ﺑﻴﺴﻼﻣﺎﻳﯽ
ﺑﻨﮕﺎﻟﯽ ،ﺑﻨﮕﺎﻻ
ﺗﺒﺘﯽ
ﺑﺮﺗﻮﻧﯽ
ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻻﻧﻴﺎﻳﯽ
ﻛﺮواﺗﯽ
ﭼﮏ
وﻟﺰی
داﻧﲈرﻛﯽ
ﺑﻮﺗﺎﻧﻴﺎﻳﯽ
ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻳﯽ
اﺳﭙﺮاﻧﺘﻮ
اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻴﺎﻳﯽ
ﺑﺎﺳﻜﯽ
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﻓﻨﻼﻧﺪی
ﻓﻴﺠﻴﺎﻳﯽ
ﻓﺎروﺳﯽ
ﻓﺮﺳﻴﺎﻳﯽ
اﻳﺮﻟﻨﺪی
اﺳﻜﺎﺗﻠﻨﺪی ﮔﺎﻟﻴﮏ
ﮔﺎﻟﻴﻜﯽ
ﮔﻮاراﻧﯽ
ﮔﺠﺮاﺗﯽ
ﻫﺎاوﺳﺎﻳﯽ
ﻫﻨﺪی
ﻛﺮواﺳﻴﺎﻳﯽ
ﳎﺎرﺳﺘﺎﻧﯽ
ارﻣﻨﯽ
اﻳﻨﱰ ﻟﻴﻨﮕﻮا
اﻳﻨﱰ ﻟﻴﻨﮕﻮ
اﻳﻮ ﭘﻴﺎک
اﻧﺪوﻧﺰﻳﺎﻳﯽ
اﻳﺴﻠﻨﺪی
ﻋﱪی
ﻳﺪﻳﺶ
JW
KA
KK
KL
KM
KN
KO
KS
KU
KY
LA
LN
LO
LT
LV
MG
MI
MK
ML
MN
MO
MR
MS
MT
MY
NA
NE
NL
NO
OC
OM
OR
PA
PL
PS
PT
QU
RM
RN
RO
RU
RW
SA
SD
SG
SH
SI
SK
ﺟﺎواﻳﯽ
ﮔﺮﺟﯽ
ﻗﺰاﻗﯽ
ﮔﺮﻳﻨﻠﻨﺪی
ﻛﺎﻣﺒﻮﺟﯽ
ﻛﺎﻧﺎداﻳﯽ
ﻛﺮه اﻳﯽ )(KOR
ﻛﺸﻤﲑی
ﻛﺮدی
ﻗﺮﻗﻴﺰی
ﻻﺗﲔ
ﻟﻴﻨﮕﺎﻻ
ﻻﺋﻮﺳﯽ
ﻟﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻴﺎﻳﯽ
ﻟﺘﻮﻧﻴﺎﻳﯽ ،ﻟﺘﻴﺶ
ﻣﺎﻻﮔﺎﺳﻜﯽ
ﻣﺎاورﻳﺎﻳﯽ
ﻣﻘﺪوﻧﻴﻪ اﻳﯽ
ﻣﺎﻻﻳﺎﻻﻣﯽ
ﻣﻐﻮﻟﯽ
ﻣﻮﻟﺪاوﻳﺎﻳﯽ
ﻣﺎراﺳﯽ
ﻣﺎﻻﻳﺎﻳﯽ )(MAY
ﻣﺎﻟﺘﯽ
ﺑﺮﻣﻪ اﻳﯽ
ﻧﺎوراﻳﯽ
ﻧﭙﺎﻟﯽ
ﻫﻠﻨﺪی
ﻧﺮوژی
اﻣﻮروﻳﯽ
)آﻓﺎن( اوروﻣﻮ
اورﻳﺎﻳﯽ
ﭘﻨﺠﺎﺑﯽ
ﳍﺴﺘﺎﻧﯽ
ﭘﺸﺘﻮ
ﭘﺮﺗﻐﺎﻟﯽ
ﻛﻮﭼﻮآﻳﯽ
راﺋﻴﺘﻮ -روﻣﺎﻧﺲ
ﻛﲑوﻧﺪی
روﻣﺎﻧﻴﺎﻳﯽ
روﺳﯽ
ﻛﲑﻳﺎواﻧﺪاﻳﯽ
ﺳﺎﻧﺴﻜﺮﻳﺖ
ﺳﻨﺪی
ﺳﺎﻧﮕﻮﻳﯽ
ﴏﺑﯽ -ﻛﺮواﺳﻴﺎﻳﯽ
ﺳﻴﻨﮕﺎﻟﻴﺎﻳﯽ
اﺳﻠﻮاﻛﯽ
SL
SM
SN
SO
SQ
SR
SS
ST
SU
SV
SW
TA
TE
TG
TH
TI
TK
TL
TN
TO
TR
TS
TT
TW
UK
UR
UZ
VI
VO
WO
XH
YO
ZU
اﺳﻠﻮﻧﺎﻳﯽ
ﺳﺎﻣﻮاﻧﯽ
ﺷﻮﻧﺎ
ﺳﻮﻣﺎﻟﻴﺎﻳﯽ
آﻟﺒﺎﻧﻴﺎﻳﯽ
ﴏﺑﯽ
ﺳﻴﺴﻮاﺗﯽ
ﺳﺴﻮﺗﻮﻳﯽ
ﺳﺎﻧﺪﻧﻴﺰی
ﺳﻮﺋﺪی
ﺳﻮاﺣﻠﯽ
ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻠﯽ
ﺗﻠﻮﮔﻮﻳﯽ
ﺗﺎﺟﻴﻜﯽ
ﺗﺎﻳﻠﻨﺪی
ﺗﻴﮕﺮﻧﻴﺎﻳﯽ
ﺗﺮﻛﻤﻨﯽ
ﺗﺎﮔﺎﻟﻮگ
ﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎ
ﺳﺘﺴﻮاﻧﺎﻳﯽ
ﺗﺮک
ﺳﻮﻧﮕﺎﻳﯽ
ﺗﺎﺗﺎری
ﺗﻮی
اوﻛﺮاﻳﻨﯽ
اردو
ازﺑﻜﯽ
وﻳﺘﻨﺎﻣﯽ
وﻻﭘﻮﻛﯽ
وﻟﻮﻓﯽ
ﺧﻮزی
ﻳﻮرﺑﺎﻳﯽ
زوﻟﻮﻳﯽ
۴٧
6/9/2004, 10:48 AM
47
47-49.indd
ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺸﻮر/ﻛﺪﻫﺎی ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
AD
AE
AF
AG
AI
AL
AM
AN
AO
AQ
AR
AS
AT
AU
AW
AZ
BA
BB
BD
BE
BF
BG
BH
BI
BJ
BM
BN
BO
BR
BS
BT
BV
BW
BY
BZ
CA
CC
CF
CG
CH
CI
CK
CL
CM
CN
CO
CR
CU
CV
CX
CY
CZ
DE
DJ
آﻧﺪورا
اﻣﺎرات ﻣﺘﺤﺪه ﻋﺮﺑﯽ
اﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎن
آﻧﺘﯽ ﮔﻮان و ﺑﺎراﺑﺎدس
آﻧﮕﻮﺋﻴﻼ
آﻟﺒﺎﻧﯽ
ارﻣﻨﺴﺘﺎن
ﻫﻠﻨﺪ و ﺟﺰﻳﺮ آﻧﺘﻴﻞ
آﻧﮕﻮﻻ
ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﲈل
آرژاﻧﺘﲔ
ﺳﻮﻣﻮا آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ
اﻃﺮﻳﺶ
اﺳﱰاﻟﻴﺎ
اروﺑﺎ
آذرﺑﺎﳚﺎن
ﺑﻮﺳﻨﯽ و ﻫﺮزﮔﻮﻳﻦ
ﺑﺎراﺑﺎدوس
ﺑﻨﮕﻼدش
ﺑﻠﮋﻳﮏ
ﺑﻮرﻛﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﺎﺳﻮ
ﺑﻠﻐﺎری
ﺑﺤﺮﻳﻦ
ﺑﺮوﻧﺪﺋﯽ
ﺑﻨﲔ
ﺑﺮﻣﻮدا
ﺑﺮوﻧﺌﯽ داراﻟﺴﻼم
ﺑﻮﻟﻴﻮی
ﺑﺮزﻳﻞ
ﺑﺎﻫﺎﻣﺎس
ﺑﻮﺗﺎن
ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﺑﻮت
ﺑﻮﺗﺴﻮﻧﺎ
ﺑﻴﻠﻮ روس
ﺑﻠﻴﺰ
ﻛﺎﻧﺎدا
ﺟﺰاﺋﺮ ﻛﻮﻛﻮس )ﻛﻴﻠﻴﻨﮓ(
ﲨﻬﻮری آﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎی ﻣﺮﻛﺰی
ﻛﻨﮕﻮ
ﺳﻮﺋﻴﺲ
ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻋﺎج
ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﻛﻮک
ﺷﻴﻠﯽ
ﻛﺎﻣﺮون
ﭼﲔ
ﻛﻠﻤﺒﻴﺎ
ﻛﺎﺳﺘﺎرﻳﻜﺎ
ﻛﻮﺑﺎ
دﻣﺎﻏﻪ ﺳﺒﺰ
ﺟﺰﻳﺮه ﻛﺮﻳﺴﻤﺲ
ﻗﱪس
ﲨﻬﻮری ﭼﮏ
آﳌﺎن
ﺟﻴﺒﻮﺗﯽ
DK
DM
DO
DZ
EC
EE
EG
EH
ER
ES
ET
FI
FJ
FK
FM
FO
FR
FX
GA
GB
GD
GE
GF
GH
GI
GL
GM
GN
GP
GQ
GR
GS
GT
GU
GW
GY
HK
HM
HN
HR
HT
HU
ID
IE
IL
IN
IO
IQ
IR
IS
IT
JM
داﻧﲈرک
دوﻣﻨﻴﻜﺎ
ﲨﻬﻮری دوﻣﻨﻴﻜﻦ
اﳉﺰاﻳﺮ
اﻛﻮادر
اﺳﺘﻮﻧﯽ
ﻣﴫ
ﺻﺤﺮای ﻏﺮﺑﯽ
ارﻳﱰه
اﺳﭙﺎﻧﻴﺎ
اﺗﻴﻮﭘﯽ
ﻓﻨﻼﻧﺪ
ﻓﻴﺠﯽ
ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﻓﺎﻟﻜﻠﻨﺪ )ﻣﺎﻟﻮﻳﻨﺎس(
ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﻧﺴﻴﺎ )اﻳﺎﻻت ﻓﺪرال(
ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﻓﺎرو
ﻓﺮاﻧﺴﻪ
ﻓﺮاﻧﺴﻪ ،ﻛﻼن ﺷﻬﺮ
ﮔﺎﺑﻦ
ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎی ﻛﺒﲑ
ﮔﺮاﻧﺪا
ﮔﺮﺟﺴﺘﺎن
ﮔﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﺮاﻧﺴﻪ
ﻏﻨﺎ
ﮔﻴﱪاﻟﺘﺎر
ﮔﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻨﺪ
ﮔﺎﻣﺒﻴﺎ
ﮔﻴﻨﻪ
ﮔﻮاداﻟﻮپ
ﮔﻴﻨﻪ ﺣﺎره
ﻳﻮﻧﺎن
ﮔﺮﺟﺴﺘﺎن ﺟﻨﻮﺑﯽ و ﺳﺎﻧﺪوﻳﭻ
ﺟﻨﻮﺑﯽ
ﮔﻮاﲤﺎﻻ
ﮔﻮام
ﮔﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﻴﺴﺎﺋﻮ
ﮔﻴﻨﻴﺎ
ﻫﻨﮓ ﻛﻨﮓ
ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﻫﺮد و ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﻣﮏ دوﻧﺎﻟﺪ
ﻫﻨﺪوراس
ﻛﺮوواﺳﯽ
ﻫﺎﺋﻴﺘﯽ
ﺑﻠﻐﺎرﺳﺘﺎن
اﻧﺪوﻧﺰی
اﻳﺮﻟﻨﺪ
اﴎاﺋﻴﻞ
ﻫﻨﺪ
ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ اﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮس ﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ
ﻋﺮاق
اﻳﺮان )ﲨﻬﻮری اﺳﻼﻣﯽ(
اﻳﺴﻠﻨﺪ
اﻳﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎ
ﺟﺎﻣﺎﺋﻴﻜﺎ
اردن
ژاﭘﻦ
ﻛﻨﻴﺎ
ﻗﺮﻗﻴﺰﺳﺘﺎن
ﻛﺎﻣﺒﻮج
ﻛﲑﻳﺒﺎﺗﯽ
ﻛﻮﻣﻮر
ﺳﻨﺖ ﻛﻴﺘﺲ و ﻧﻮﻳﺲ
ﻛﺮه ،ﲨﻬﻮری دﻣﻜﺮاﺗﻴﮏ ﺧﻠﻖ
ﻛﺮه ،ﲨﻬﻮری
ﻛﻮﻳﺖ
ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﻤﻦ
ﻗﺰاﻗﺴﺘﺎن
ﲨﻬﻮری دﻣﻜﺮاﺗﻴﮏ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻻﺋﻮس
ﻟﺒﻨﺎن
ﺳﻨﺖ ﻟﻮﺳﻴﺎ
ﻟﻴﺨﺘﻨﺸﺘﺎﻳﻦ
ﴎی ﻻﻧﻜﺎ
ﻟﻴﱪﻳﺎ
ﻟﺴﻮﺗﻮ
ﻟﻴﺘﻮاﻧﯽ
ﻟﻮﮔﺰاﻣﺒﻮرگ
ﻻﺗﻴﻮﻳﺎ
ﲨﺎﻫﲑ ﻋﺮﺑﯽ ﻟﻴﺒﯽ
ﻣﺮاﻛﺶ
ﻣﻮﻧﺎﻛﻮ
ﻣﻠﺪاوی ،ﲨﻬﻮری
ﻣﺎداﮔﺎﺳﻜﺎر
ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﻣﺎرﺷﺎل
ﻣﺎﻟﯽ
ﻣﻴﺎن ﻣﺎر
ﻣﻐﻮﻟﺴﺘﺎن
ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺋﻮ
ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﻣﺎرﻳﻨﺎی ﺷﲈﻟﯽ
ﻣﺎرﺗﻴﻨﯽ
ﻣﻮرﻳﺘﺎﻧﯽ
ﻣﻮﻧﺖ ﴎا
ﻣﺎﻟﺖ
ﻣﺎﺋﻮرﺗﻴﻮس
ﻣﺎﻟﺪﻳﻮ
ﻣﺎﻻوی
ﻣﻜﺰﻳﮏ
ﻣﺎﻟﺰی
ﻣﻮزاﻣﺒﻴﮏ
ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺒﻴﺎ
ﻛﺎﻟﺪوﻧﻴﺎی ﺟﺪﻳﺪ
ﻧﻴﺠﺮ
ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﻧﻮرﻓﻮﻟﮏ
ﻧﻴﺠﺮﻳﻪ
ﻧﻴﻜﺎراﮔﻮﺋﻪ
ﻫﻠﻨﺪ
ﻧﺮوژ
JO
JP
KE
KG
KH
KI
KM
KN
KP
KR
KW
KY
KZ
LA
LB
LC
LI
LK
LR
LS
LT
LU
LV
LY
MA
MC
MD
MG
MH
ML
MM
MN
MO
MP
MQ
MR
MS
MT
MU
MV
MW
MX
MY
MZ
NA
NC
NE
NF
NG
NI
NL
NO
۴٨
6/9/2004, 10:48 AM
48
47-49.indd
ﺳﻮرﻳﻨﺎم
ﺳﺎﺋﻮ ﺗﻮم و ﭘﺮﻳﻨﺴﻴﭗ
اﻟﺴﺎﻟﻮادر
ﲨﻬﻮری ﻋﺮﺑﯽ ﺳﻮرﻳﻪ
ﺳﻮازﻳﻠﻨﺪ
ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ و ﺟﺰاﺋﺮ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻮز
ﭼﺎد
ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﯽ ﻓﺮاﻧﺴﻪ
ﺗﻮﮔﻮ
ﺗﺎﻳﻠﻨﺪ
ﺗﺎﺟﻴﻜﺴﺘﺎن
ﺗﻮﻛﻼﺋﻮ
ﺗﺮﻛﻤﻨﺴﺘﺎن
ﺗﻮﻧﺲ
ﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎ
ﺗﻴﻤﻮر ﴍﻗﯽ
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﻪ
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
NP
NR
NU
NZ
OM
PA
PE
PF
PG
PH
PK
PL
PM
PN
PR
PT
PW
PY
QA
RE
RO
RU
RW
SA
SB
SC
SD
ﻧﭙﺎل
ﻧﺂورو
ﻧﻴﺌﻮ
زﻻﻧﺪ ﻧﻮ
ﻋﲈن
ﭘﺎﻧﺎﻣﺎ
ﭘﺮو
ﭘﻠﯽ ﻧﻴﺰی ﻓﺮاﻧﺴﻪ
ﮔﻴﻨﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﭘﺎﭘﺎﺋﻮ
ﻓﻴﻠﻴﭙﲔ
ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎن
ﳍﺴﺘﺎن
ﺳﻨﺖ ﭘﲑ و ﻣﻴﻜﻠﻮن
ﭘﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻳﺮن
ﭘﺮﺗﻮ رﻳﻜﻮ
ﭘﺮﺗﻐﺎل
ﭘﺎﻻﺋﻮ
ﭘﺎراﮔﻮﺋﻪ
ﻗﻄﺮ
ری ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮن
روﻣﺎﻧﯽ
ﻓﺪراﺳﻴﻮن روﺳﻴﻪ
رواﻧﺪا
ﻋﺮﺑﺴﺘﺎن ﺳﻌﻮدی
ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﺳﻠﻴﲈن
ﺳﯽ ﺷﻠﺲ
ﺳﻮدان
SE
SG
SH
SI
SJ
SK
SL
SM
SN
SO
SR
ST
SV
SY
SZ
TC
TD
TF
TG
TH
TJ
TK
TM
TN
TO
TP
TR
ﺳﻮﺋﺪ
ﺳﻨﮕﺎﭘﻮر
ﺳﻨﺖ ﻫﻠﻦ
اﺳﻠﻮﻧﻴﺎ
ﺳﻮاﻟﱪد و ژان ﻣﺎﻳﻦ
اﺳﻠﻮاﻛﯽ
ﺳﲑاﻟﺌﻮن
ﺳﻦ ﻣﺎرﻳﻨﻮ
ﺳﻨﮕﺎل
ﺳﻮﻣﺎﻟﯽ
TT
TV
TW
TZ
UA
UG
UM
US
UY
UZ
VA
VC
VE
VG
VI
VN
VU
WF
WS
YE
YT
YU
ZA
ZM
ZR
ZW
ﺗﺮﻳﻨﻴﺪاد و ﺗﻮﺑﺎﮔﻮ
ﺗﻮاﻟﺌﻮ
ﺗﺎﻳﻮان
ﺗﺎﻧﺰاﻧﻴﺎ ،ﲨﻬﻮری ﻣﺘﺤﺪه
اوﻛﺮاﻳﻦ
اوﮔﺎﻧﺪا
ﺟﺰاﺋﺮ ﺻﻐﲑ اﻳﺎﻻت ﻣﺘﺤﺪه
اﻳﺎﻻت ﻣﺘﺤﺪه
اروﮔﻮﺋﻪ
ازﺑﻜﺴﺘﺎن
اﻳﺎﻟﺖ ﺷﻬﺮ واﺗﻴﻜﺎن )ﻣﻘﺪس(
ﺳﻨﺖ وﻳﻨﺴﻨﺖ و ﮔﺮﻧﺎدﻳﻨﺲ
وﻧﺰوﺋﻼ
ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ وﻳﺮﺟﲔ )ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ(
ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ وﻳﺮﺟﲔ )اﻳﺎﻻت ﻣﺘﺤﺪه(
وﻳﺘﻨﺎم
واﻧﺌﻮاﺗﻮ
ﺟﺰاﺋﺰ واﻟﻴﺰ و ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻧﺎ
ﺳﺎﻣﻮآ
ﻳﻤﻦ
ﻣﺎﻳﻮﺗﯽ
ﻳﻮﮔﻮﺳﻼوی
آﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎی ﺟﻨﻮﺑﯽ
زاﻣﺒﻴﺎ
زﺋﲑ
زﻳﻤﺒﺎﺑﻮء
ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT
DIGITAL AUDIO
OUTPUT
ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ
STREAM/PCM
DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ
ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل DTS
DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ
ﺑﺎ PCMﺧﻄﯽ ١٩٢/٩۶/۴٨ﻛﻴﻠﻮ
ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ٢۴/٢٠/١۶ ،ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
ﺑﺎ PCMﺧﻄﯽ / ٨٨٫٢ / ۴۴٫١
١٧۶٫۴ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ٢۴/٢٠/١۶ ،ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
ﺑﺎ داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل
ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل DTS
SVCD, VCD, CD
CDﺑﺎ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل
دﻳﺴﮏ MP3/WMA
PCM ONLY
DOLBY DIGITAL/PCM
۴٨ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ PCM ،ﺧﻄﯽ ١۶ﺑﻴﺘﯽ*
ﺑﺎ PCMﺧﻄﯽ ۴٨ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ،
٢۴/٢٠/١۶ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
٩۶ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ PCM ،ﺧﻄﯽ
ﺑﺎ داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل
ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ
۴٨ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ PCM ،ﺧﻄﯽ ١۶ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﻴﺘﯽ داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل
۴٨ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ PCM ،ﺧﻄﯽ ١۶ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
۴٨ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ PCM ،ﺧﻄﯽ ١۶ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
DTSﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
۴٨ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ PCM ،ﺧﻄﯽ ١۶ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
۴۴٫١ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ PCM ،ﺧﻄﯽ ١۶ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﻴﺘﯽ داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل
۴٨ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ PCM ،ﺧﻄﯽ ١۶ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
۴٨ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ PCM ،ﺧﻄﯽ ١۶ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
DTSﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
۴۴٫١ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ PCM ،ﺧﻄﯽ ١۶ﺑﻴﺘﯽ ۴٨/ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ PCM ،ﺧﻄﯽ ١۶ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
۴۴٫١ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ PCM ،ﺧﻄﯽ ١۶ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
DTSﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
۴٨ / ۴۴٫١/ ٣٢ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ PCM ،ﺧﻄﯽ ١۶ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
*در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از دی وی دی ﻫﺎ ،ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﺮای ﻛﭙﯽ ﺷﺪن ﳏﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ،ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ٢٠ﺑﻴﺘﯽ ﻳﺎ ٢۴ﺑﻴﺘﯽ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل
DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUTﺳﺎﻃﻊ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ.
۴٩
6/9/2004, 10:48 AM
49
47-49.indd
ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ
ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت
ﻗﺪرت ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز:
ﺑﺨﺶ آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﻳﺮ
ﻗﺪرت ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ:
HIGH
(W ٢٠ + W ٢٠) W ۴٠:در (THD ١٠%) Ω ۴
(W ٢۵ + W ٢۵) W ۵٠در (MAX ١٠%) Ω ۴
(W ٢٠ + W ٢٠) W ۴٠:در (THD ١٠%) Ω ۴
(W ٢۵ + W ٢۵) W ۵٠در (MAX ١٠%) Ω ۴
LOW
ورودی آﻧﺎﻟﻮگ:
:AUX
ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮى /ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﮔﲑﻧﺪﮔﻰ)ﺑﻪ ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ١ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰی(
) mV۴٠٠ /kΩ ۴٧در ”(“AUX LEVEL 1
) mV٢٠٠ /kΩ ۴٧در ”(“AUX LEVEL 2
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل:
:DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT
-٢١دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ ﻣﱰ ﺗﺎ -١۵دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ ﻣﱰ ) ۶۶٠ﻧﺎﻧﻮ ﻣﱰ ±٣٠ﻧﺎﻧﻮ ﻣﱰ(
:VIDEO OUT
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ رﻧﮓ NTSC/PAL:ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب
وات(p-p)V١/Ω ٧۵
) VIDEOﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﯽ(:
) Yروﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ( وات(p-p)V١/Ω ٧۵
:S-VIDEO
) Cرﻧﮕﻴﻨﮕﯽ ،اﻧﻔﺠﺎر(
وات (p-p)V٠٫٢٨۶ /Ω ٧۵
) COMPONENTﺧﻄﯽ/ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ(:
وات (p-p)V١ /Ω ٧۵
)(Y
وات(p-p)V٠٫٧ /Ω ٧۵
)(PB/PR
ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﳍﺎی ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ:
ﻣﻮارد دﻳﮕﺮ:
(ø ٣٫۵)٢×AV COMPU LINK
ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﻴﻮﻧﺮ
Ω ۴وات – Ω ١۶
داﻣﻨﻪ ﮔﲑﻧﺪﮔﯽ :FM
داﻣﻨﻪ ﮔﲑﻧﺪﮔﯽ :AM
٨٧٫۵٠٠ﻣﮕﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ— ١٠٨٫٠٠ﻣﮕﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ
۵٣١ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ— ١ ۶٠٢ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ )ﺑﻪ ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ٩
ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰی(
۵٣٠ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ— ١ ۶٠٠ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ )ﺑﻪ ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ١٠
ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰی(
دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ:
ﺑﺮای DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ DVD/ﺻﻮﺗﯽ
CD/VCD/SVCD
) CD-R/CD-RWﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه در ﻓﺮﻣﺖ
CDﺻﻮﺗﯽ/وﻳﺪﺋﻮ /CDﺳﻮﭘﺮ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ
(JPEG/WMA/MP3/CD
) DVD-R/DVD-RWﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه در ﻓﺮﻣﺖ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ(
٩٠دﺳﯽﺑﻞ
۵٠٠ﺧﻂ
ﻛﻤﱰ از ﻣﻴﺰان ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﲑی
١/٢ MPEGﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻻﻳﻪ ٣
٣٢٠ﻛﻴﻠﻮﺑﻴﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ
ﺑﺨﺶ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺴﮏ
داﻣﻨﻪ دﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ:
دﻗﺖ اﻓﻘﯽ:
ﻛﻮﺑﺶ و ﻟﺮزش:
ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ : MP3
ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻴﺖ:
ﻗﺴﻤﺖ دک ﻛﺎﺳﺖ
ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ
ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ )ﻧﻮع :(١
ﻛﻮﺑﺶ و ﻟﺮزش:
ﻣﴫف ﺑﺮق:
اﺑﻌﺎد )ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﯽ(:
وزن )ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﯽ(:
ﻟﻮازم اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه
١١٠وﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ١٢٧ /وﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب/
،
٢٢٠وﻟﺖ ٢٣٠ - ACوﻟﺖ AC
)ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ وﻟﺘﺎژ(،
۵٠ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ۶٠/ﻫﺮﺗﺰ
W ٩٠وات )در ﺣﲔ ﻛﺎر(
W ١٢وات )در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آﻣﺎده(
۵٫٣وات )ﺑﺎ ﻓﻌﺎل ﺷﺪن ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ(
١٧۵م.م × ٢٣٧م.م × ٣٧۵م.م
)ﭘﻬﻨﺎ/ارﺗﻔﺎع/ﻋﻤﻖ(
٧٫۵ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﮔﺮم
رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ .٣
ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ
ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ از ﻧﻮع ٢ﻃﺮﻓﻪ اﻧﻌﻜﺎس ﺑﺎس
ﻧﻮع:
ووﻓﺮ ١٠ :ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﻣﱰ ﳐﺮوﻃﯽ ×١
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ:
ﺗﻮﻳﱰ ۴ :ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﻣﱰ ﳐﺮوﻃﯽ ×١
W ٢٠ :HIGH
ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻗﺪرت:
W ٢٠
:LOW
Ω ۴ :HIGH
اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ:
Ω ۴ :LOW
۵۶ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ۴٠ ٠٠٠ -ﻫﺮﺗﺰ
داﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ:
ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ٨۴ :دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ/وات .ﻣﱰ
ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺻﺪا:
١۴۵م.م× ٢٣۶م.م × ٢٠۵م.م
اﺑﻌﺎد )ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﯽ(:
)ﭘﻬﻨﺎ/ارﺗﻔﺎع/ﻋﻤﻖ(
ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام ٢٫٣ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم
وزن )ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﯽ(:
.
ﻃﺮح و ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺑﺪون اﻋﻼم ﻗﺒﻠﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ
اﻳﻦ ﳏﺼﻮل ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺣﻖ ﺗﻜﺜﲑ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮژی اﻣﺘﻴﺎز اﻳﺎﻻت ﻣﺘﺤﺪه
ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪه وﺣﻘﻮق ﻋﻘﻼﻧﯽ اﻳﻦ ﳏﺼﻮل ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﴍﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺮووﻳﮋن ودﻳﮕﺮ
ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎن اﻳﻦ ﳏﺼﻮل اﺳﺖ .اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺣﻖ ﺗﻜﺜﲑ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮژی ﺑﺮای
اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻫﺎی ﺧﺎﻧﮕﯽ واﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻫﺎی دﻳﺪاری ﳏﺪود دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﴍﻛﺖ
ﻣﺎﻛﺮووﻳﮋن اﺟﺎزه داده ﺷﻮد ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ دﻳﮕﺮ ﲢﺖ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻳﻦ ﴍﻛﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ.
ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﯽ ﻣﻌﻜﻮس ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮدن ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﳑﻨﻮع اﺳﺖ.
”ﻣﴫف ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﮔﺎ ن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﳘﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﳖﺎی ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻸ ﺑﺎ
اﻳﻦ ﳏﺼﻮل ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر ﻧﻤﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ اﻳﻦ ﳏﺼﻮل ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﭘﺨﺶ
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﮔﺮدد .در ﺻﻮرت ﺑﺮوز ﻣﺸﻜﻼت ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ اﺳﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ
ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ ۵٢۵و ۶٢۵؛ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ”وﺿﻌﻴﺖ
اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد“ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ دﻫﺪ .اﮔﺮ ﺳﺌﻮاﻻﺗﯽ در ﻣﻮرد ﺳﺎزﮔﺎری دﺳﺘﮕﺎه
ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪل ۵٢۵pو ۶٢۵pﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه DVDدارﻳﺪ ،ﻟﻄﻔ ًﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ
ﺧﺪﻣﺎت ﻣﺸﱰﻳﺎن ﻣﺎ ﲤﺎس ﺑﮕﲑﻳﺪ“.
M
۵٠ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ١۴ ٠٠٠ -ﻫﺮﺗﺰ
(WRMS) %٠٫١۵
۵٠
6/8/2004, 1:08 PM
50
50-50.indd
M EM O .fm Pag e 2 W ed nesd ay,January 21,2004 6:03 PM
MEMO
Cover[UX].fm Page 2 Thursday, June 10, 2004 11:14 AM
Mains (AC) Line Instruction (not applicable for Europe, U.S.A.,
Canada, Australia, and U.K.)
PU
SH
AU
TO
OP
EN
RE
VE
RS
E
NTSC
PAL
VOLTAGE
SELECTOR
VID
EO
OUT
SEL
ECT
ER
VIDEO
S-VIDE
O
LOW
220V—
230V
127V
HIG
H
VO
LT
SELE AGE
CTO
R
220V
230V—
127V
110V
110V
CAUTION for mains (AC) line
BEFORE PLUGGING IN, do check that your mains (AC) line voltage corresponds with the position of the voltage
selector switch provided on the outside of this equipment and, if different, reset the voltage selector switch, to prevent
from a damage or risk of fire/electric shock.
VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LIMITED
EN, AR, PE
© 2004 VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LIMITED
0604AIMMDWJEM
Instructions
MICRO COMPONENT SYSTEM
UX-S77
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.3 Linearized : Yes Encryption : Standard V1.2 (40-bit) User Access : Print, Fill forms, Extract, Assemble, Print high-res Create Date : 2004:06:10 02:17:55Z Modify Date : 2004:06:14 14:08:16+09:00 Subject : GVT0131-013A Page Count : 157 Creation Date : 2004:06:10 02:17:55Z Mod Date : 2004:06:10 11:30:21+09:00 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 5.0.1 for Macintosh Author : Nishizawa Metadata Date : 2004:06:10 11:30:21+09:00 Creator : Nishizawa Title : Cover[UX].fm Page Mode : UseOutlines Page Layout : SinglePageEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools